This is a modern-English version of The Mystery Boys and the Inca Gold, originally written by Powell, Van. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

The Mystery Boys and the Inca Gold

THE MYSTERY BOYS
AND THE
INCA GOLD


By VAN POWELL

By Van Powell


Author of
“The Mystery Boys Series,” etc.

Author of
“The Mystery Boys Series,” etc.

Mystery Boys logo

THE
WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.
Cleveland, Ohio New York City

THE
WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.
Cleveland, OH NYC

Copyright, 1931
by
THE WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.

Copyright, 1931
by
THE WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.

World Book logo

Printed in the United States of America

Made in the USA

CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE
I.A Dead Letter Comes to Life 5
II.The Mystery Boys Add a Member 13
III.Gold, and a Life At Stake 21
IV.“Quipu Bill” 30
V.The Chums Prove Their Mettle 39
VI.A New Mystery Develops 49
VII.Cliff Tries a Ruse 59
VIII.The Outcome 67
IX.Ambushed! 78
X.The Hidden City 89
XI.“Chasca, Hailli!” 98
XII.Cliff Faces a Problem 114
XIII.The Games 123
XIV.Gold, and a Surprise 131
XV.The Feast of Raymi 139
XVI.The Mystery Boys Hold Council 147
XVII.From Bad to Worse 154
XVIII.Tit For Tat 163
XIX.Huamachaco’s Secret 174
XX.On the Temple Steps 179
21.Rats in a Trap 184
XXII.The Temple of the Sun 189
XXIII.Chasca Appears Again 196
XXIV.The Inca Speaks 202
XXV.Tom’s Adventure 207
XXVI.Into the Dungeons 213
XXVII.Beasts of Burden 221
XXVIII.“Can We Get There in Time?” 229
XXIX.At the Cistern 236
XXX.A Fortune by Misfortune 244
XXXI.Cliff Becomes a Prophet 253
XXXII.The Andes Close Their Jaws 258
XXXIII.No Way Out? 264
XXXIV.Huayca Plays Decoy 269
XXXV.Folded Arms 278
5

THE MYSTERY BOYS
AND THE INCA GOLD

CHAPTER I
A DEAD LETTER COMES TO LIFE

The whole mysterious affair puzzled Cliff. To have those queer strangers appear suddenly at Aunt Lucy’s with their unusual questions threw him a little off his stride.

The whole mysterious situation confused Cliff. Having those strange strangers show up unexpectedly at Aunt Lucy’s with their odd questions threw him off balance a bit.

“No,” he answered the stocky Spaniard with the crafty, shifty eyes, “I did not get a letter from Peru. Who wrote it? Is it from my father? How do you know about it?”

“No,” he replied to the stocky Spaniard with the sly, darting eyes, “I didn’t get a letter from Peru. Who wrote it? Is it from my dad? How do you know about it?”

While the Spaniard interpreted the answer to his companion Cliff studied them both. If the tall, stalwart man with copper skin and piercing eyes was not an Indian, Cliff had never seen a truthful picture of one. He wore European clothes but he was not at his ease in them. While he listened to the queer language which the Spaniard used he kept his eyes boring Cliff and Cliff saw that his denial was not believed.

While the Spaniard interpreted the answer, his companion Cliff observed them both. If the tall, strong man with copper skin and piercing eyes wasn’t an Indian, Cliff had never seen an accurate depiction of one. He wore European clothes, but he didn’t seem comfortable in them. As he listened to the strange language the Spaniard used, he kept his gaze fixed on Cliff, and Cliff realized that his denial wasn’t believed.

6

Copper-skin muttered something and the Spaniard turned again to Cliff.

Copper-skin mumbled something and the Spaniard turned back to Cliff.

“You not get letter? Mi amigo, my friend, say it mail ‘nine, ten week’ ago.”

“You didn't get the letter? My friend, my friend, says it was mailed ‘nine, ten weeks’ ago.”

“I can’t help that,” Cliff declared, “It hasn’t come. Who is it from—my father?” Cliff had not heard from his father in nearly five years: naturally he was anxious about the scholar who studied ancient civilizations and who had gone to Peru to write a book about the Incas.

“I can't help that,” Cliff said. “It hasn't come. Is it from my dad?” Cliff hadn't heard from his father in almost five years; naturally, he was worried about the scholar who studied ancient civilizations and had gone to Peru to write a book about the Incas.

“Letter from man you not know.” The Spaniard was very impressive; he spoke slowly, “When it come you not open it. You give to us pronto! We pay much money.”

“Letter from a man you don't know.” The Spaniard was very impressive; he spoke slowly, “When it arrives, don’t open it. You give it to us pronto! We’ll pay a lot of money.”

“Why?” demanded Cliff, “What is in the letter?”

“Why?” asked Cliff, “What’s in the letter?”

The Spaniard turned and began exchanging words with the Indian. Cliff, sitting with his chums, Nicky and Tom, on Aunt Lucy’s cottage porch, looked at his friends helplessly. They, staring with wide eyes, showed plainly that they could not help him with his puzzle. A letter from Peru; from a man he did not know! It must be delivered to these strangers unopened. They would pay well for it. Why? What was it all about?

The Spaniard turned and started talking to the Indian. Cliff, sitting with his friends, Nicky and Tom, on Aunt Lucy’s cottage porch, looked at them in confusion. They, staring wide-eyed, clearly showed that they couldn't help him with his dilemma. A letter from Peru; from a man he didn't know! It had to be delivered to these strangers unopened. They would pay well for it. Why? What was going on?

7

Clifford Gray was as clean-cut a youth of fifteen as any of the several hundred who attended Amadale Military Academy, in this suburb of a thriving mid-Western city. He was not handsome but he had clear, direct, observant eyes, a firm, almost stubborn chin and a cheerful grin; his body was well built and kept in splendid trim by much athletic activity. That he was calm, cool, in full control of his finely muscled arms was proved on the day that the Amadale baseball pitcher “blew up” in the fourth inning of an important game, letting two runs come in and filling two bases by “walking” a pair of the opposing team; Cliff went in to pitch, with one man out. After two wild balls that clipped the corner of the plate, he surprised the confident batsman with swift pitches which rapped the catcher’s glove as the bat swung, and fine, teasing curves that broke just too soon to be hit. After holding the opposing runs where they were for the next five innings he drove in the tying run and himself scored the needed one to win and became a hero in Amadale.

Clifford Gray was as clean-cut a fifteen-year-old as any of the several hundred who attended Amadale Military Academy in this suburb of a bustling Midwestern city. He wasn't handsome, but he had clear, direct, observant eyes, a firm, almost stubborn chin, and a cheerful grin; his body was well-built and kept in great shape by lots of athletic activity. His calmness and control over his well-toned arms were proven on the day the Amadale baseball pitcher "blew up" in the fourth inning of an important game, allowing two runs to come in and loading the bases by "walking" two players from the opposing team; Cliff stepped in to pitch with one out. After two wild pitches that barely clipped the corner of the plate, he caught the confident batter off guard with fast pitches that hit the catcher's glove as the bat swung, and clever curves that broke just early enough to avoid contact. After preventing any more runs from the opposing team for the next five innings, he drove in the tying run and then scored the winning run, becoming a hero in Amadale.

8

He lived with his Aunt Lucy because his father traveled in distant lands, studying old ruins for his histories of ancient people. Aunt Lucy took a few “boarders” and mothered the boys without coddling them. Among her “boarders” Tom and Nicky were favorites. Tom was a quiet, thoughtful youth just a month older than Cliff; Nicky, talkative and full of spirits, was the youngest of the trio. All three were drawn together by a common bond; each had a mystery in his life. Cliff’s mystery seemed in a fair way to become very much alive.

He lived with his Aunt Lucy because his dad traveled to faraway places, researching old ruins for his books on ancient civilizations. Aunt Lucy took in a few “boarders” and cared for the boys without spoiling them. Among her “boarders,” Tom and Nicky were her favorites. Tom was a quiet, reflective guy just a month older than Cliff; Nicky, chatty and full of energy, was the youngest of the three. They were all connected by a shared mystery in their lives. Cliff’s mystery appeared to be on the brink of becoming very real.

The Spaniard and his companion had reached some agreement. Cliff, his eyes missing nothing, his brain alert, surmised from the stocky foreigner’s shifting glance that he was about to say something either wholly or partly untrue.

The Spaniard and his companion had come to some agreement. Cliff, noticing everything and with his mind sharp, inferred from the stocky foreigner's restless gaze that he was about to say something that was either completely or partly false.

“I tell you,” he stated to Cliff, “it look to you—how you say!—funny, eh? I make you see.

“I’m telling you,” he said to Cliff, “it looks to you—how do you say it?—funny, right? Let me show you.

Mi amigo—this friend, he live in Quito, that place was once great Peruvian city of Inca people.” Cliff nodded. He knew something about Quito, capital of an empire conquered by the Incas before the Spaniards, in their turn, conquered them.

My friend—this friend lives in Quito, which was once a great Peruvian city of the Inca people.” Cliff nodded. He knew a bit about Quito, the capital of an empire that the Incas conquered before the Spaniards, in turn, conquered them.

9

Si! Si. You sabe Quito. White man come there—five year’ ago. Ask this amigo to guide to old ruins.”

Yes! Yes. You know Quito. A white man came there—five years ago. He asked this friend to guide him to the old ruins.”

“My father!” declared Cliff, eagerly, while Tom and Nicky sat forward on the porch swing, intent and excited.

“My dad!” exclaimed Cliff, eagerly, while Tom and Nicky leaned forward on the porch swing, focused and enthusiastic.

Quien sabe—who knows? I think yes. This man agree to take white man to old ruins in cordillerras—mountains! They stop in village where is—how you say?—festival of wedding.

Quien sabe—who knows? I think so. This man agreed to take the white man to the ancient ruins in the mountains! They stopped in a village where there is—how do you say?—a wedding festival.

“White man get very drunk. He have fight and shoot natives.”

“White man gets very drunk. He fights and shoots natives.”

To Cliff that did not ring true; his father was a quiet man, not the sort to take much wine or to use firearms except in self defense. However, he said nothing.

To Cliff, that didn't seem right; his father was a quiet man, not the type to drink much wine or to use guns unless it was for self-defense. However, he kept silent.

“One native die,” went on the Spaniard, “Others very angry. Put white man in prison. He think they kill him. He write letter and ask this friend of me, here, to escape away and send letter. This man must swim in river to escape. Water make the address of letter so it is not to send.” He made a gesture of smudging ink and flung out his hands to indicate helplessness.

“One native died,” continued the Spaniard, “and others are really angry. They put the white man in prison. He thinks they’re going to kill him. He wrote a letter and asked this friend of mine here to escape and send the letter. This man had to swim across the river to get away. The water messed up the address on the letter, so it can't be sent.” He motioned as if smudging ink and threw his hands out to show his helplessness.

“This friend not know what to do. He not read. He put letter away and forget. He learn after ‘while the white man kill’ by natives.”

“This friend didn’t know what to do. He didn’t read. He put the letter away and forgot about it. He learned later that the white man was killed by the natives.”

10

Cliff was saddened by the story, even though he had no proof that it really concerned his father. Tom and Nicky looked sorrowful and sympathetic.

Cliff was upset by the story, even though he had no evidence that it actually had to do with his dad. Tom and Nicky looked sad and understanding.

“Ten week ago,” the Spaniard continued, “this man see another white man in mountains, make hunt for the place of gold mining.”

“Ten weeks ago,” the Spaniard continued, “this man saw another white man in the mountains, looking for the spot where they mine gold.”

“A prospector,” Nicky interrupted. Cliff nodded.

“A prospector,” Nicky interrupted. Cliff nodded.

“This man ask white man about letter, what to do. I am in camp with white man, Americano. But I not read letter. Other one do that and grin and laugh and take new envelop’ and put on address from inside letter. He go away and mail at Cuzco.

“This man asks the white man about the letter, what to do. I am in camp with the white man, Americano. But I can't read the letter. The other one does that and grins and laughs and takes a new envelope and puts the address from inside the letter. He goes away and mails it at Cuzco.”

“Then——” he was very impressive. “He tell me letter say this friend of me is one who lead other white man to death!”

“Then——” he was really impressive. “He told me in a letter that this friend of mine is the one who leads other white men to their deaths!”

That explained why they were so anxious to see the letter, of course. It might not be a letter from his father—but who else in Peru knew him or knew his address? But his father would not get into a brawl. Perhaps he did write that he was led into danger. In that case the Indian was guilty of it.

That explains why they were so eager to see the letter, of course. It might not be a letter from his father—but who else in Peru knew him or knew his address? But his father wouldn't get into a fight. Maybe he wrote that he was put in danger. In that case, the Indian was responsible for it.

“The letter has not arrived,” Cliff repeated.

“The letter hasn't arrived,” Cliff repeated.

11

“Maybe it went to the Dead Letter Office,” Nicky suggested. “Maybe the other fellow didn’t address it right.”

“Maybe it went to the Dead Letter Office,” Nicky suggested. “Maybe the other guy didn’t address it correctly.”

The Spaniard did not interpret this; evidently he did not understand, not being familiar with American postal systems.

The Spaniard didn’t get this; clearly, he didn’t understand since he wasn’t familiar with American postal systems.

“White man dead—not letter” he corrected. Cliff smiled.

“White guy dead—not letter,” he corrected. Cliff smiled.

“We can’t do anything until it comes,” he said, “Then——”

“We can’t do anything until it arrives,” he said, “Then——”

“You give to us?” eagerly. “You not open. We pay——”

“You're giving to us?” eager. “You don't open. We pay——”

“I won’t promise anything like that,” Cliff shook his head, Tom and Nicky doing likewise. “But I will promise not to open it until you are here. That’s fair, isn’t it?”

“I won’t promise anything like that,” Cliff shook his head, Tom and Nicky nodding in agreement. “But I will promise not to open it until you’re here. That’s fair, right?”

When the Spaniard had interpreted, his companion said something that made the interpreter laugh with a vicious glint in his eyes.

When the Spaniard finished interpreting, his companion said something that made the interpreter laugh with a malicious glint in his eyes.

At the same instant Nicky laid an excited hand on Cliff’s arm. All of them saw the direction of his intent gaze and turned to look.

At that moment, Nicky put an excited hand on Cliff’s arm. They all noticed where he was looking and turned to see.

12

The postman was coming along the suburban street, chatting with this one and that one as he delivered mail. His mission was clear to the foreigners and they stood waiting, tense and eager. Those were mild poses compared to the suspense of the three chums. They almost trembled in their excitement.

The postman was walking down the suburban street, talking to people as he delivered the mail. His purpose was obvious to the strangers, and they stood there, anxious and eager. Their calmness was nothing compared to the suspense felt by the three friends. They were almost shaking with excitement.

At their gate their jolly letter carrier waved something at Cliff.

At their gate, their cheerful mailman waved something at Cliff.

“I declare,” Cliff, eyes fixed on him, heard him banter. “How did you ever get you a girl so far away? Why, it would cost you a year’s allowance to go and call on her!”

“I swear,” Cliff, staring at him, heard him joke. “How did you manage to get a girl who's so far away? It would take you a whole year’s allowance just to visit her!”

He skimmed a fat missive toward the porch. Cliff ran half way down the steps and caught it. From above him, the others stared. There was no mistaking that unusual stamp.

He tossed a thick letter toward the porch. Cliff ran halfway down the steps and caught it. The others stared at him from above. There was no mistaking that distinctive stamp.

The letter was from Peru.

The letter was from Peru.

13

CHAPTER II
THE MYSTERY BOYS GET A NEW MEMBER

As Cliff came up the steps with his Peruvian letter both strangers acted together; each made a grab. Cliff stopped.

As Cliff came up the steps with his Peruvian letter, both strangers acted at the same time; each reached out to grab it. Cliff paused.

“Look here!” he challenged, “You wait until I open this!”

“Look here!” he challenged, “Just wait until I open this!”

He put the letter behind him. They saw that on the steps he was in a position to turn and elude them. Retreating a step the Spaniard nodded and the Indian stood aside, his arms folded. Tom and Nicky were already beside Cliff, ready to help him.

He put the letter behind him. They saw that on the steps he was ready to turn and escape. Taking a step back, the Spaniard nodded, and the Indian stepped aside, his arms crossed. Tom and Nicky were already next to Cliff, prepared to help him.

Flanking him they accompanied him as he mounted to the porch and faced the men. The chums formed a tableau; it might have been called “United we stand.”

Flanking him, they walked with him as he climbed onto the porch and faced the men. The friends created a scene; it could have been called "United We Stand."

But they held the pose for only an instant! As they passed him the Indian, with catlike agility, moved back and then stepped down to the point Cliff had just vacated. He, then, was on the steps. They saw that they had lost a point of strategic advantage for the Indian blocked the way of escape to the yard.

But they only held the pose for a moment! As they passed him, the Indian moved back with catlike agility and then stepped down to the spot Cliff had just left. So, he was now on the steps. They realized they had lost a strategic advantage because the Indian was blocking the escape route to the yard.

14

Cliff, about to strip open the letter, paused.

Cliff, ready to tear open the letter, stopped.

“What are you trying to do?” he demanded.

“What are you trying to do?” he asked.

He discovered the answer at once. The Spaniard made a spring toward Cliff, hand reaching, fingers clutching at the letter. The Indian opened his arms to block any leap toward the steps and Cliff saw that he was almost trapped. But not quite!

He figured out the answer immediately. The Spaniard lunged at Cliff, his hand reaching out, fingers grasping for the letter. The Indian spread his arms to block any jump toward the steps, and Cliff realized he was nearly cornered. But not quite!

Nicky stuck out a foot to trip the springing man. Tom made a tackle but the Spaniard swerved. That swerve enabled Cliff to snatch away the letter. Like a shot Cliff stepped backward, turned and in several quick strides reached the cottage door. He swung it open, dashed in, slammed the door. The Spaniard, baffled, said something under his breath and paused.

Nicky stuck out a foot to trip the jumping guy. Tom tried to tackle him, but the Spaniard dodged. That move allowed Cliff to grab the letter. In an instant, Cliff stepped back, turned, and quickly made his way to the cottage door. He swung it open, ran inside, and slammed the door shut. The Spaniard, confused, muttered something under his breath and hesitated.

Tom and Nicky promptly executed a backward movement that drew them up, side by side, before the door. Both aggressors stared and showed that they were baffled.

Tom and Nicky quickly stepped back, positioning themselves next to each other in front of the door. Both attackers looked stunned and confused.

Cliff appeared at the sitting room window which he lifted.

Cliff showed up at the living room window and opened it.

15

“You just cool down until I see what is in this that you are so afraid to have me see,” he exclaimed.

“You just chill out until I figure out what’s in this that you’re so scared to let me see,” he shouted.

The Spaniard, however, seemed to have recovered. There were neighbors, perhaps some of them were watching. Whatever was to be done must be done at the instant. He muttered something to the Indian and made a spring toward the window. He caught the lower edge before Cliff could slam it down, gave Cliff a push. The young man stumbled back and caught his foot on a chair; he saved a backward fall only by supple contortion.

The Spaniard, however, looked to have regained his composure. There were neighbors, and some of them might be watching. Whatever needed to be done had to happen right away. He muttered something to the Indian and lunged toward the window. He grabbed the bottom edge before Cliff could slam it shut and gave Cliff a shove. The young man stumbled back and tripped over a chair; he managed to avoid falling backward only by twisting his body skillfully.

At the same time Nicky and Tom sprang from the door to catch the Spaniard but found their coat collars in the powerful grip of the copper colored one behind them. He swung them off their balance and started to run them toward the steps, backward, scratching, clawing, trying to break his hold.

At the same time, Nicky and Tom jumped from the door to catch the Spaniard but found their coat collars in the strong grasp of the copper-colored guy behind them. He threw them off balance and started pulling them backward toward the steps, scratching and clawing, trying to break free from his hold.

As Cliff recovered himself, still clinging to his letter he saw the man scramble into the room. He made a fresh clutch at the envelope but Cliff sent it spinning into a corner, then felt powerful fingers grasp his arm.

As Cliff composed himself, still holding onto his letter, he saw the man rush into the room. He made another grab for the envelope, but Cliff sent it flying into a corner, then felt strong fingers grip his arm.

16

At the same time a small automobile turned into the street. Nicky shouted, “Mr. Whitley!” as Tom, fighting ferociously, tore loose from his captor. He made a stroke but the Indian flung them both away at the top of the steps and vaulted the porch rail at one end with a shout as the car brakes screamed and the tires smoked. Before the car was at a standstill its occupant, his strong face set and intent, was coming with long strides up the path.

At the same time, a small car turned onto the street. Nicky yelled, “Mr. Whitley!” as Tom, struggling fiercely, broke free from his captor. He took a swing, but the Indian tossed them both off the top of the steps and jumped over the porch rail at one end with a shout as the car's brakes screeched and the tires smoked. Before the car came to a stop, its driver, his strong face determined and focused, was striding up the path.

“Let him go,” Tom called as the rescuer swerved to pursue the Indian. Tom saved Nicky a nasty fall down the steps and turned to see how Cliff was faring, shouting to the newcomer to come with him. Nicky, catching his equilibrium, went with them through the cottage door.

“Let him go,” Tom shouted as the rescuer swerved to chase after the Indian. Tom prevented Nicky from taking a bad spill down the steps and turned to check on Cliff, calling to the newcomer to join him. Nicky, regaining his balance, followed them through the cottage door.

Within, Cliff was striving to hold back while his captor, who clung to Cliff as Cliff clung to him, pulled steadily and surely to where he could reach for the letter on the floor.

Within, Cliff was trying to hold back while his captor, who held onto Cliff just as Cliff held onto him, pulled steadily and confidently toward the letter on the floor.

Cliff felt that he must act swiftly; he heard the noise on the porch but could not tell what had happened. He used a jui-jitsu trick taught him by a young Japanese student at Amadale, and the Spaniard, with a muttered word, crumpled for an instant; it was enough; Cliff had caught the letter and put the table between them by the time his adversary was up.

Cliff knew he had to move fast; he heard the noise on the porch but couldn't figure out what was going on. He used a jiu-jitsu move taught to him by a young Japanese student at Amadale, and the Spaniard, with a murmured word, fell for a moment; that was all Cliff needed; he grabbed the letter and placed the table between them by the time his opponent got back up.

17

He was trapped; Cliff blocked the window; three were entering the door. Nevertheless, with a final, futile snatch at the object in Cliff’s hand, the Spaniard caught up a chair and sent it sidewise against the legs of his advancing attackers; in their scuffle and scramble he avoided them, got to the door and was gone before they could right themselves.

He was cornered; Cliff was blocking the window; three more were coming through the door. Still, with one last, pointless grab at the thing in Cliff’s hand, the Spaniard picked up a chair and shoved it sideways into the legs of his advancing attackers. In the chaos, he dodged them, reached the door, and was out before they could recover.

“Don’t chase him,” Cliff panted. “Thank you for coming, Mr. Whitley. Everything is all right. They wanted this letter—but they did not get it!”

“Don’t run after him,” Cliff panted. “Thanks for coming, Mr. Whitley. Everything is fine. They wanted this letter—but they didn’t get it!”

They all observed one another. Mr. Whitley was the youngest instructor at Amadale; he taught history and was a great friend of Cliff. His method of teaching made him popular with all the youths and boys at the Academy. His classes were more like round-a-camp-fire gatherings, with chats and anecdotes, than like cold, matter-of-fact history lessons. The boys all liked and respected Mr. John Whitley. He was hardly more than twenty-four and had a companionable manner and clear honest eyes. His sense of fairness made him mark examinations so justly that no student ever complained of favoritism.

They all watched each other. Mr. Whitley was the youngest teacher at Amadale; he taught history and was a close friend of Cliff. His teaching style made him popular with all the students at the Academy. His classes felt more like casual gatherings around a campfire, filled with discussions and stories, rather than stiff, factual history lessons. The students all liked and respected Mr. John Whitley. He was barely twenty-four and had a friendly demeanor and clear, honest eyes. His sense of fairness meant he graded exams so fairly that no student ever complained about favoritism.

“What is it all about?” he asked, “If that is any of my affair.”

“What’s it all about?” he asked, “If that’s any of my business.”

18

Cliff promptly began to tell about the arrival of the two men, their strange question followed by the coming of the letter.

Cliff quickly started talking about the arrival of the two men, their unusual question, and then the arrival of the letter.

And while he talked he began to make signs that were not noticeable to anyone who did not understand them. In actual fact his gestures were part of the secret signs of an order to which the three chums had pledged themselves. They could carry on communication that each understood but without giving away to others the secrets they discussed.

And as he spoke, he started to make gestures that wouldn't be noticed by anyone who didn't understand them. In reality, his movements were part of the secret signs of a group that the three friends had committed to. They could communicate in a way that each of them understood, but without revealing to others the secrets they were talking about.

Thus, when Cliff scratched his ear with the middle finger of his left hand, he called for a secret council; when his chums folded their arms quietly it signified that they understood and that the lodge was convened.

Thus, when Cliff scratched his ear with the middle finger of his left hand, he called for a secret meeting; when his friends folded their arms quietly, it meant that they understood and that the gathering was in session.

Cliff talked to Mr. Whitley, told him everything up to the rescue. In the meanwhile he had appealed to his chums to judge the advisability of admitting Mr. Whitley to their secrets. Nicky, who was more excitable than Tom, forgot that they were carrying on their communication secretly.

Cliff spoke with Mr. Whitley, filling him in on everything up to the rescue. In the meantime, he asked his friends to decide whether they should let Mr. Whitley in on their secrets. Nicky, who was more fired up than Tom, forgot that they were supposed to keep their conversation private.

“Make him take the oath—and—and everything!” he cried.

“Make him take the oath—and—and everything!” he shouted.

19

Naturally, unaware that they had decided to accept him, Mr. Whitley was surprised at Nicky’s cry. Cliff explained.

Naturally, not realizing they had decided to accept him, Mr. Whitley was surprised by Nicky’s shout. Cliff explained.

“We have a secret order that we call The Mystery Boys!” he said, “we can talk together by signals so no one else understands. Each one of us has a mystery and that is why we formed the order. I don’t know what became of my father, since he went to Peru, and Tom’s sister has been missing for years, and Nicky has an old cipher in his family. These mysteries kind of drew us together and we formed ourselves into a band——”

“We have a secret group that we call The Mystery Boys!” he said. “We can communicate using signals so that no one else gets it. Each of us has a mystery, which is why we started the group. I don’t know what happened to my dad since he went to Peru, and Tom’s sister has been missing for years, and Nicky has an old code in his family. These mysteries kind of brought us together, and we formed ourselves into a crew——”

“‘The Mystery Boys!’” broke in Nicky.

"The Mystery Boys!" Nicky interrupted.

“We have secret signs so that we can carry on a conversation right in front of you—as we just did while I told you some things,” Cliff explained, “you see, Mr. Whitley, we have sworn not to tell our secrets to anyone who was not under the Oath of the Oracle——‘by the sacred Emblem’,” he quoted, “‘Seeing All, I see nothing; Knowing All, I know nothing; Telling All, I tell nothing!’”

“We have special signals so we can talk right in front of you—as we just did while I shared some information,” Cliff explained. “You see, Mr. Whitley, we’ve promised not to reveal our secrets to anyone who isn’t under the Oath of the Oracle—‘by the sacred Emblem,’” he quoted, “‘Seeing All, I see nothing; Knowing All, I know nothing; Telling All, I tell nothing!’”

“I don’t quite see,” began the mystified instructor—what this has to do with the two men, he would have added, but Tom spoke up.

“I don’t quite see,” began the confused instructor—what this has to do with the two men, he would have added, but Tom spoke up.

20

“We have decided that we need your help,” he said, “we have talked it over together and we want you to know all about Cliff’s mystery and advise us—but we can’t break our oath.”

“We've decided that we need your help,” he said. “We've discussed it and we want you to know everything about Cliff’s mystery and give us your advice—but we can’t break our oath.”

“Oh! That clears it all up. Very well. I am willing to help Cliff, that is certain. If I have to promise things and join your order, I am willing. But can we not dispense with all but the promises just now and discover what is in that letter?”

“Oh! That explains everything. Alright. I'm definitely willing to help Cliff. If that means I have to make promises and join your group, I'm on board. But can we skip everything except the promises for now and find out what’s in that letter?”

“Let’s!” urged Cliff, “I want to see what it is.”

“Let’s go!” urged Cliff, “I want to see what it is.”

“Well——‘On the Sacred Emblem’——” Mr. Whitley, who had a good memory, repeated the oath solemnly, his hand on a curiously cut Egyptian scarab, the sacred beetle of the ancient Egyptian mysteries which Cliff produced from among his father’s collection in a cabinet.

“Well——‘On the Sacred Emblem’——” Mr. Whitley, who had a good memory, recited the oath seriously, his hand on a uniquely carved Egyptian scarab, the sacred beetle of ancient Egyptian mysteries that Cliff took out from his father’s collection in a cabinet.

“Now,” he added, “let’s see the letter, Cliff.”

“Now,” he said, “let’s take a look at the letter, Cliff.”

21

CHAPTER III
GOLD AND A LIFE ON THE LINE

Cliff was quite as anxious as the others to see what the envelope from Peru contained; he slit it and drew out two folded papers.

Cliff was just as eager as the others to see what the envelope from Peru held; he opened it and pulled out two folded papers.

While the others watched eagerly he glanced hastily at one paper and crammed it into his pocket as he opened the second.

While the others watched eagerly, he quickly glanced at one piece of paper and stuffed it into his pocket before opening the second one.

“It is!” he cried, “It is from my father!”

“It is!” he shouted, “It’s from my dad!”

22

They crowded closer and urged him to read it aloud. The letter, after the address, fortunately placed there so that the destination was known even when its outer cover was spoiled in the river, was amazing.

They gathered around and encouraged him to read it out loud. The letter, after the address—which was fortunately placed there so the destination was clear even when the outer cover was damaged in the river—was incredible.

“Dear Son and dear Lucy:

“Dear Son and dear Lucy:

“If you ever receive this it will be fond love and farewell.

“If you ever get this, it will be my sincere love and farewell.

“I am in a city in the most inaccessible valley of the Andes. When the Spaniards conquered Peru some Incas and their subjects fled here and set up a city. I have tried for over four years to get away but there is no place where the cliffs can be climbed.

“I’m in a city tucked away in a remote valley of the Andes. When the Spaniards invaded Peru, some Incas and their people escaped here and built a city. I've been trying to get out for over four years, but there’s no way to scale the cliffs.”

“When first I went to Quito I saved a native who was very ill. In gratitude he told me of this hidden city and even guided me to a mountain where a glimpse of it was possible; but he would not help me to enter the valley. When I said I must explore and study it he deserted me. Later I lowered myself with a rope and found a city of the old Inca sort, filled with gold.”

“When I first arrived in Quito, I helped a local who was really sick. In return, he told me about this hidden city and even took me to a mountain where I could see it; but he wouldn’t help me enter the valley. When I mentioned I wanted to explore and study it, he left me behind. Later, I lowered myself down with a rope and discovered a city reminiscent of the ancient Inca, filled with gold.”

“In the old Inca empire, before the Spanish looted it,” Mr. Whitley broke in, “gold was so plentiful that it was used for dishes, utensils, ornaments, even for decorating their temples to the sun, which they worshipped as a god—but go on, Cliff.”

“In the old Inca empire, before the Spanish looted it,” Mr. Whitley interrupted, “gold was so abundant that it was used for dishes, utensils, ornaments, even for decorating their temples to the sun, which they worshipped as a god—but continue, Cliff.”

Cliff finished the letter without further interruption.

Cliff wrapped up the letter without any more interruptions.

“It is a perfect treasure land. But, though there is a way in, there is no way out. The natives are kind but they took away my rope; they do not want me to escape and bring the outside world to their hidden place.

“It’s a perfect treasure land. But even though there’s a way in, there’s no way out. The locals are friendly, but they took my rope; they don’t want me to escape and reveal their secret place to the outside world.”

“Being anxious to explain my absence I have trained and tamed a young eagle and I am fastening this to its leg in the remote chance that it may be found when I release him.

“Eager to explain my absence, I have trained a young eagle, and I’m attaching this message to its leg in case it’s found when I release it.”

“If so, dear son Cliff—and sister Lucy—goodbye. I am very ill and fear I may not get better.

“If so, dear son Cliff—and sister Lucy—goodbye. I am very ill and fear I may not recover.”

“Your loving Father and Brother.”

“Your loving Father and Brother.”

23

“My!” exclaimed Nicky, “but people get well, Cliff,” as he saw the depression in his chum’s face.

“My!” Nicky exclaimed, “but people do get better, Cliff,” as he noticed the sadness on his friend’s face.

“The Spaniard told a different story,” Tom said, thoughtfully, “I think he wanted to get this for the Indian, to prevent you from learning where your father is. The Incas may be afraid you will try to go there.”

“The Spaniard told a different story,” Tom said, thoughtfully. “I think he wanted to get this for the Indian, to keep you from finding out where your father is. The Incas might be worried you’ll try to go there.”

“I would,” Cliff said eagerly, “If——” ruefully “——I had any money and knew where it was.”

“I would,” Cliff said eagerly, “If——” he added with a sigh, “——I had any money and knew where it was.”

“What was the other paper?” Mr. Whitley inquired.

“What was the other paper?” Mr. Whitley asked.

Cliff had forgotten it; he drew it from his pocket and read it aloud. It was in the same handwriting that the envelope bore, and was in a style totally different from his father’s letter.

Cliff had forgotten it; he took it out of his pocket and read it aloud. It was in the same handwriting as the envelope, and it had a style that was completely different from his father's letter.

24

Cliff, reading its clipped sentences slowly, began to tremble with excitement. When he finished and looked around he saw in the faces about him eagerness, hope, wistfulness.

Cliff, reading its short sentences slowly, started to shake with excitement. When he finished and looked around, he saw eagerness, hope, and longing in the faces around him.

The letter read:

The letter said:

“Clifford Gray; Sir:

“Clifford Gray; Sir:

“You don’t know me. I don’t know you. But I think we will know each other.

“You don’t know me, and I don’t know you. But I have a feeling we’re going to get to know each other.”

“I caught a tame eaglet and found your pa’s letter. There was a map, too. It was to show how he got to where he went into the valley.

“I caught a young eagle and found your dad’s letter. There was a map included. It showed how he got to the point where he entered the valley.”

“I kept the map. Tell you why. I went to the place and saw the valley. I am a prospector and know these cordillerras.

“I kept the map, and here's why: I went to that place and saw the valley. I'm a prospector, and I know these mountain ranges well.”

“Reason I kept the map is I want to be with you if you go to find your pa. If you don’t it’s not any use to you anyhow. If you do I can help.

“The reason I held onto the map is that I want to join you if you decide to look for your dad. If you don’t go, it won’t do you any good anyway. But if you do, I can help."

“What I want is some of that Inca gold. Not a lot. Enough to settle down, buy a ranch, live easy. I will be in Cuzco at the Tambo Atahualpa—that means Atahualpa hotel, for a while, till I hear from you. Let me know. With you and a couple more I could find your father and we could get him out.

“What I’m after is some of that Inca gold. Not a ton, just enough to settle down, buy a ranch, and live comfortably. I’ll be in Cuzco at the Tambo Atahualpa—that's the Atahualpa hotel—for a while, waiting to hear from you. Let me know. With you and a couple of others, I could help find your father and bring him back.”

“Signed respectfully, Quipu Bill Sanders.”

“Respectfully signed,” Quipu Bill Sanders.”

25

“Oh—if we could!” Cliff said. It was clear that his comrades felt exactly as he did.

“Oh—if only we could!” Cliff said. It was obvious that his friends felt the same way he did.

Mr. Whitley was very thoughtful. While the trio discussed possibilities and re-read the two letters time after time, he sat without saying anything. Finally he looked up.

Mr. Whitley was very thoughtful. While the trio discussed possibilities and reread the two letters over and over, he sat quietly without saying anything. Finally, he looked up.

“See here,” he told them, “you have made me a member of your secret order and asked for advice.” They nodded eagerly.

“Listen up,” he said to them, “you’ve made me a part of your secret group and asked for my advice.” They nodded enthusiastically.

“I think,” he went on, “that if your relatives would let you go with me, it would be an instructive and an interesting trip.”

“I think,” he continued, “that if your relatives would let you come with me, it would be an educational and interesting trip.”

The chums agreed with that quite heartily. But how?—where was money to come from?

The friends agreed with that wholeheartedly. But how?—where was the money going to come from?

“I have been given some money recently. I inherited it,” Mr. Whitley informed them, “I will be glad to advance the amount for expenses. If we find Cliff’s father and rescue him I shall feel that the money is well spent.”

“I recently came into some money. I inherited it,” Mr. Whitley told them, “I’d be happy to cover the expenses. If we find Cliff’s father and save him, I’ll feel the money was well spent.”

“And there is the treasure!” Nicky exclaimed.

“And there’s the treasure!” Nicky shouted.

“Yes,” John Whitley agreed. There began an eager discussion of what they would do with their shares; but the young history instructor became rather serious.

“Yes,” John Whitley agreed. They started an enthusiastic conversation about what they would do with their shares; however, the young history instructor grew somewhat serious.

26

“I am not so sure that we will try to get the treasure,” he told them. Their faces fell, but they did not argue.

“I’m not really sure we’re going to go after the treasure,” he told them. Their faces dropped, but they didn’t argue.

“You see,” he went on, “we aren’t going to be thieves. That treasure is the Incas’ own; it isn’t like buried gold. Of course, the people have taken a white man prisoner, and perhaps if we find it wise to take enough away from them to reimburse us for the expenses, it would not be dishonest.”

"You see," he continued, "we're not going to be thieves. That treasure belongs to the Incas; it’s not like buried gold. Sure, the locals have taken a white man captive, and maybe if we think it’s smart to take enough from them to cover our expenses, it wouldn't be dishonest."

“I agree with you,” Cliff declared, “anyway, if we do find my father——” a hope which his chums eagerly echoed, “——he will be able to get all the royalties from his other books, which the publishers have held back, not knowing what to do, and only giving me enough to pay expenses. He will share with us all. My father is that kind of man!”

“I agree with you,” Cliff said. “Anyway, if we do find my dad——” a hope that his friends eagerly echoed, “——he’ll be able to get all the royalties from his other books that the publishers have been holding back, not knowing what to do, and only giving me enough to cover expenses. He’ll share everything with us. My dad is that kind of person!”

They were quite satisfied. The adventure would be sufficient as Tom put it.

They were very satisfied. The adventure would be enough, as Tom said.

27

Eager were their plans. Lists of things to take were made; plentiful discussions ensued, even amounting almost to arguments, for Nicky wanted a full arsenal of weapons, and enough ammunition to load down a mule. But he gave it up, for Cliff, from a study of his father’s notes for part of his book, assured them that the Incas were not very warlike or cruel. They were not like the Mexican Aztecs, who, in days past, had been cruel and harsh. The Incas, he said, were rather gentle, making war only in self defense, or to add territory when it was essential to their growth of empire.

Their plans were full of enthusiasm. They made lists of things to bring and had lots of discussions, which nearly turned into arguments because Nicky wanted a complete set of weapons and enough ammo to weigh down a mule. But he dropped the idea when Cliff, after looking at his father's notes for part of his book, convinced them that the Incas weren't very warlike or cruel. Unlike the Mexican Aztecs, who had been brutal and harsh in the past, the Incas, he said, were quite gentle, engaging in war only for self-defense or to expand their territory when it was necessary for their empire's growth.

Cliff, from his studies, conceived a great plan. Mr. Whitley agreed that it would be worth trying. What it was, and how it would work out, only time could tell; but it was so well thought of that some special articles were included in their supplies in order that they could use Cliff’s method of entry into the country.

Cliff came up with an amazing plan from his studies. Mr. Whitley thought it was worth a shot. What the plan was and how it would turn out was something only time would reveal; but it was so well thought out that they packed some special items in their supplies to implement Cliff’s way of getting into the country.

“Of course that means if you boys go beyond Cuzco with us,” John Whitley said, when he had secured parents’ consent to the adventure and had given promises to avoid danger. The chums felt very certain that they would go well beyond Cuzco, old Inca city, once capital of their vast empire.

“Of course that means if you guys go beyond Cuzco with us,” John Whitley said, after he got his parents' approval for the adventure and promised to stay out of trouble. The friends felt sure that they would travel far past Cuzco, the ancient Inca city that was once the capital of their huge empire.

In time goodbyes were said, final promises made, handkerchiefs waved from a departing train. The day spent in New York was a delight to the chums, and so was the embarkation on the great white fruit liner which would take them southward.

In time, goodbyes were said, final promises made, and handkerchiefs waved from a departing train. The day spent in New York was a delight for the friends, and so was the departure on the great white fruit liner that would take them south.

28

They laughed when, soon after the boat sailed, great clusters of bananas were placed within easy reach of passengers; that was a custom on the liners and it made the tropics seem very real and quite close already. The days of their voyage to the Panama Canal were spent in studying some books of Inca lore, and in working out better systems of signals for the Mystery Boys’ order.

They laughed when, shortly after the boat set sail, big bunches of bananas were put within easy reach of the passengers; that was a tradition on the liners, and it made the tropics feel very real and really close already. The days of their journey to the Panama Canal were filled with studying some books about Inca history and figuring out better signaling systems for the Mystery Boys’ organization.

The passage through the Canal, the visit to one of its huge mechanically worked locks, the sights of the strange mingling of East and West in Panama City, added zest to the trip.

The journey through the Canal, the visit to one of its massive, mechanically operated locks, and the unique blend of Eastern and Western culture in Panama City made the trip more exciting.

Then, tracing the route taken by the original Spanish caravels, they turned, as Nick said, “down the map,” along the South American coast, and landed at Lima, in Peru, where Mr. Whitley wanted to locate an old acquaintance of his college days and get more information and a proper set of ancient Inca costumes, if possible, for use in Cliff’s plan.

Then, following the path of the original Spanish caravels, they turned, as Nick said, “down the map,” along the South American coast and landed in Lima, Peru, where Mr. Whitley aimed to find an old college friend and gather more information, as well as a proper set of ancient Inca costumes, if possible, for use in Cliff’s plan.

29

They found the city a thriving one and spent pleasant days there. The journey to Cuzco seemed almost endless, so eager were they. But, like all things that depend on time, the trip was eventually completed and the chums, hardly able to speak for their suppressed excitement, saw the first glimpses of what Cliff termed “The Gateway to Adventure”—Cuzco!

They found the city to be vibrant and spent enjoyable days there. The journey to Cuzco felt almost never-ending, as they were so eager. However, like everything that relies on time, the trip eventually came to an end, and the friends, barely able to talk because of their contained excitement, caught their first sights of what Cliff called “The Gateway to Adventure”—Cuzco!

30

CHAPTER IV
"QUIPU BILL"

Romance! Adventure. To Cliff, Tom and Nicky the ancient capital city of the Inca empire was built on those two words.

Romance! Adventure. For Cliff, Tom, and Nicky, the ancient capital city of the Inca empire was all about those two words.

Not that Cuzco, when they reached it, had any of its old treasures; Spanish invaders had stripped it centuries before. But the memory was there among the ruins.

Not that Cuzco, when they arrived, had any of its old treasures; Spanish invaders had taken everything centuries earlier. But the memory lingered among the ruins.

The native Peruvian Indians—over whom the Incas had ruled, for the Incas were a superior tribe which governed its subjects kindly but firmly—these natives were shiftless, poor and inclined to be lazy.

The native Peruvian Indians—who had been ruled by the Incas, a superior tribe that governed its people with kindness but firmness—were unambitious, impoverished, and prone to laziness.

But to the three adventurers, with their imaginations fired by what Cliff had read and what Mr. Whitley had told them on the boats, Cuzco still echoed to the tramp of armies carrying bows and arrows, swords and light shields; the great square shook again to the shouts of hosts gathered for ceremonies and feasting in the rites of their worship of the Sun.

But for the three adventurers, inspired by what Cliff had read and what Mr. Whitley had shared with them on the boats, Cuzco still resonated with the footsteps of armies carrying bows and arrows, swords and light shields; the vast square trembled once more with the cheers of crowds gathered for ceremonies and celebrations in the rituals of their worship of the Sun.

31

“It is certainly interesting,” declared Cliff, as they stood near the stripped temple which had once rivaled in splendor any other place of worship ever built. “The gold cornice is gone and so is the silver and so are the emeralds and ornaments. But we can imagine them. And notice how perfectly the edges of these stones are ground and fitted and matched.”

“It’s definitely fascinating,” Cliff said, as they stood by the bare temple that once matched the grandeur of any other place of worship ever built. “The gold trim is gone, and so is the silver, along with the emeralds and decorations. But we can picture them. And look at how perfectly the edges of these stones are shaped, fitted, and aligned.”

“How big they are, too,” Nicky added, “tons, some of them must weigh. The Incas had no beasts of burden to haul things—how they ever got these stones cut and shaped and hauled here and lifted into place—it is too much for me.”

“How big they are, too,” Nicky added, “some of them must weigh tons. The Incas didn’t have any animals to carry things—how they ever managed to cut, shape, haul these stones, and lift them into place is beyond me.”

“Patience and time did it,” Tom said, “I believe they say it took fifty thousand men twenty years and more to build one great palace or temple.”

“Patience and time did it,” Tom said, “I think they say it took fifty thousand men over twenty years to build one grand palace or temple.”

“With their hands—and without iron tools,” Cliff added, “they mixed some tin with copper and made an alloy that they could make almost as hard as steel. But their roads and their aqueducts and their buildings all took labor and plenty of it.”

“Using just their hands—and no iron tools,” Cliff added, “they combined some tin with copper and created an alloy that was nearly as hard as steel. But their roads, aqueducts, and buildings all required a lot of hard work and plenty of it.”

“Isn’t it time we started for the hotel?” Tom glanced at his watch, “Quipu Bill Sanders is to come to see us at four.”

“Isn’t it time we headed to the hotel?” Tom checked his watch, “Quipu Bill Sanders is supposed to meet us at four.”

32

They agreed and turned to retrace their way around the ruin.

They agreed and turned to make their way back around the ruins.

As they rounded a corner Cliff, in the lead, stopped sharply, in surprise. While there was one chance in a thousand that they should encounter the very Indian who had been with the Spaniard in Amadale, it was certain that the fellow into whom Cliff had almost banged had turned and seemed to stiffen when he saw them.

As they turned a corner, Cliff, who was in the lead, stopped abruptly, surprised. Even though the chance of running into the exact Indian who had been with the Spaniard in Amadale was slim, there was no doubt that the guy Cliff had nearly bumped into had turned around and seemed to tense up when he saw them.

He stood facing a slender fellow, almost a boy, whose well developed leg muscles made Cliff think of a runner. With a swift word under his breath as the trio of chums stared, the Indian sent the youth off; and he was a runner and no mistake. He went lightly but with almost incredible speed down the road. The stalwart Indian paid no attention to Cliff but hastened away.

He stood facing a lean guy, almost a kid, whose strong leg muscles made Cliff think of a runner. With a quick word under his breath as the group of friends watched, the Indian sent the youth off; and he really was a runner, no doubt about it. He moved quickly but with almost unbelievable speed down the road. The strong Indian didn’t pay any attention to Cliff and quickly went on his way.

“Do you think he was——?” Nicky whispered.

“Do you think he was——?” Nicky whispered.

“He jumped,” Tom replied.

“He leaped,” Tom replied.

“Ought we to follow him?” Nicky wondered.

“Ought we to follow him?” Nicky wondered.

Cliff thought not. The runner was gone, the Indian might have been surprised to see white youths turn suddenly into view. Cliff could see no advantage to be gained by following.

Cliff didn’t think so. The runner was gone, and the Indian might have been surprised to suddenly see white kids appear. Cliff saw no benefit in chasing after them.

33

They crossed the square to enter one of the four straight avenues which quartered the city. Cuzco was beautifully laid out, every ancient street as straight as if made by a surveyer’s lines. Presently they reached the “tambo” or inn.

They crossed the square to enter one of the four straight avenues that divided the city. Cuzco was beautifully arranged, with each ancient street perfectly straight as if marked by a surveyor's lines. Soon, they arrived at the "tambo" or inn.

Bill Sanders was already there: he and John Whitley were in the courtyard around which all the rooms opened. Bill was squatted on his heels, cowboy fashion, with a knife in his hand, idly whittling a stick.

Bill Sanders was already there: he and John Whitley were in the courtyard where all the rooms opened up. Bill was squatting on his heels, cowboy-style, with a knife in his hand, casually whittling a stick.

As he saw them and stood up they saw that he was tall and very thin; so thin, in fact, that he looked more like an underfed man than a tough, sinewy, sturdy mountaineer. However his skin was brown with healthy exposure and his grip, when they shook hands, made Nicky wince a little.

As he noticed them and got up, they saw that he was tall and really thin; so thin, in fact, that he looked more like someone who was underfed than a tough, muscular, sturdy mountaineer. However, his skin was a healthy brown from being out in the sun, and his grip, when they shook hands, made Nicky wince a little.

Quipu Bill Sanders had the eyes of a fox and the courage of a lion; and he was cunning, too; but his cunning was not the stealthy, wicked sort.

Quipu Bill Sanders had the eyes of a fox and the bravery of a lion; and he was clever, too; but his cleverness wasn’t the sneaky, malicious kind.

“You know who I am,” he greeted. “Let’s see if I know which of you is which.”

“You know who I am,” he said. “Let’s see if I can figure out which of you is which.”

34

Cliff, who had discovered a little skein of colored yarn at the roadside near the inn entrance and who had paused to glance at it and slip it aimlessly in his pocket as some decorative native object about which he would ask later, came forward at once.

Cliff, who had found a small bundle of colored yarn on the side of the road near the inn's entrance and had stopped to take a look at it before casually putting it in his pocket as a decorative local item he would ask about later, stepped forward immediately.

“You’re Cliff,” said Bill. “The others stood back for you. And this is Tom—because he sort of fits his name, for he looks quiet and has a manly grip. Of course there’s only Nicky left so this must be Nicky.”

“You’re Cliff,” said Bill. “The others stepped back for you. And this is Tom—he kind of fits his name, since he looks calm and has a strong handshake. Of course, there’s only Nicky left, so this must be Nicky.”

They smiled at his deduction and felt as though they had known him for a long time, he was so easy to meet. He already called Mr. Whitley by his first name, insisted they call him Bill, and alluded to them as “comrade” or “comrade Cliff.”

They smiled at his deduction and felt as though they had known him for a long time; he was so easy to talk to. He already called Mr. Whitley by his first name, insisted they call him Bill, and referred to them as “comrade” or “comrade Cliff.”

“How is it you are called ‘Quipu’ Bill?” Nicky asked at once.

“How did you get the name ‘Quipu’ Bill?” Nicky asked immediately.

Bill squatted and began work on his stick again.

Bill crouched down and started working on his stick again.

“The Incas didn’t have any alphabet or writing to keep their records and history,” Bill answered, “Nor any stone carvings such as you see in Egypt. When they wanted to send a message or make a record, or even figure up accounts, they used wool yarn of different colors and wove it together with different knots. The colors meant something and so did the placing of the knots and the number and the way they were made.

“The Incas didn’t have an alphabet or writing to keep their records and history,” Bill answered, “Nor any stone carvings like you see in Egypt. When they needed to send a message, make a record, or even calculate accounts, they used wool yarn in different colors and wove it together with various knots. The colors had meanings, as did the placement of the knots, along with the number and way they were tied.”

35

“They called these records or messages ‘quipus’ and a fellow who understood them, could make them and read them, was a ‘quipucamayu.’”

“They referred to these records or messages as ‘quipus,’ and someone who understood, made, and could read them was known as a ‘quipucamayu.’”

“And you studied and got to be one of them,” Nicky guessed.

“And you studied and became one of them,” Nicky guessed.

“Yep! So I shortened it down to just the name of the yarn message.”

“Yeah! So I cut it down to just the name of the yarn message.”

“Were they like this? Isn’t this one?” asked Cliff, recalling what he had found. He produced it. Bill nodded.

“Were they like this? Is this the one?” asked Cliff, remembering what he had discovered. He pulled it out. Bill nodded.

“That’s one. Where did you get it?”

“That’s one. Where did you find it?”

Cliff told him. Bill dropped his stick and became suddenly mighty serious.

Cliff told him. Bill dropped his stick and suddenly got really serious.

“Why—look here! This is queer. This thing is a message about two grown men and some children and mountains and the snowy pass—and war—or ambush——”

“Why—check this out! This is strange. This is a message about two adult men and some kids and mountains and the snowy pass—and war—or ambush——”

He began to study the short woven length with its knotted strands and its weave of colors, some white, a bit of red and other colors mingled.

He started examining the short piece of fabric, with its knotted threads and mix of colors, some white, a bit of red, and other shades blended together.

36

Then he looked up as he saw Tom’s eyes turn toward the road, visible from the courtyard. They all looked. A youth—it might be the one they had seen before—was searching. He went along, head bent low, eyes on the road, turning from side to side.

Then he looked up as he noticed Tom’s eyes shift toward the road, which was visible from the courtyard. They all glanced over. A young man—it could be the one they had seen earlier—was searching. He walked along, head down, eyes on the ground, scanning from side to side.

Bill rose, dropping the quipu carelessly into his left coat pocket. Cliff, who was always observant, noted it though he paid little attention, being too busy wondering what Bill meant to do.

Bill stood up, casually dropping the quipu into his left coat pocket. Cliff, who was always attentive, noticed it even though he didn't think much of it, as he was too preoccupied with wondering what Bill was planning to do.

He went to the road and called. The youth turned, came back to him. There was a brief exchange of words, too far away to be heard. Then Bill put a hand in his pocket, drew out an object of woven yarn. The boyish fellow almost snatched it and while Bill called and pretended to be very angry the boy dashed out of sight and Bill strolled back to the party.

He walked over to the road and shouted. The young guy turned around and came back to him. They had a quick conversation that was too far away to catch. Then Bill reached into his pocket and pulled out something made of woven yarn. The young guy nearly grabbed it, and while Bill yelled and acted really mad, the boy ran off and Bill casually headed back to the group.

“For Pete’s sake!” exclaimed Mr. Whitley, appearing exasperated. “You gave him that quipu.”

“For Pete’s sake!” Mr. Whitley exclaimed, looking frustrated. “You gave him that quipu.”

“I gave him that quipu—yep.”

“I gave him that quipu—yep.”

“But—with the Spaniard visiting America to forestall that letter and with our lads seeing the Indian give that runner a quipu—don’t you see that the message might have been about us?”

“But—with the Spaniard coming to America to intercept that letter and with our guys watching the Indian give that runner a quipu—don’t you see that the message could have been about us?”

Bill nodded. “It all hooks up. It likely was,” he agreed.

Bill nodded. “It all connects. It probably was,” he agreed.

37

John Whitley stared, as did Nicky and Tom. Was this new acquaintance as much on their side as he claimed to be?

John Whitley stared, just like Nicky and Tom. Was this new person really on their side as much as he said he was?

“Wasn’t that the same boy you saw?” John Whitley inquired.

“Wasn’t that the same kid you saw?” John Whitley asked.

“It was, sir,” Nicky answered. “He had a bright yellow thing-umjig on his head.”

“It was, sir,” Nicky replied. “He had a bright yellow thingamajig on his head.”

Bill whittled one side of his stick to satiny smoothness. “Now I don’t know your mind and you don’t know mine,” he said, “But——”

Bill whittled one side of his stick to a silky smooth finish. “Now, I don't know what you're thinking and you don't know what I'm thinking,” he said, “But——”

“Wait!” broke in Cliff. “You dropped that quipu into your left hand pocket, Bill. I think—I’m sure—I saw you take what you gave him out of the other side of your coat.”

“Wait!” interrupted Cliff. “You dropped that quipu into your left pocket, Bill. I think—I’m sure—I saw you pull out what you gave him from the other side of your coat.”

Bill grinned approval. “Right as can be,” he agreed. “I had picked up an old quipu in my diggings to show you fellows and that’s the one I gave him.” He showed them the other one, still where he had dropped it in his pocket. “He’s taking—to whoever he’s sent to find—a quipu that has a history or record of how a great sky god, or courtier of the Sun-god that they worship—of how this Chasca came to earth and brought great peace and prosperity to the Inca people.”

Bill smiled in agreement. “Absolutely,” he said. “I found an old quipu in my diggings to show you guys, and that’s the one I gave him.” He pulled out the other one, still where he had dropped it in his pocket. “He’s taking—to whoever he’s sent to find—a quipu that tells the story or records how a great sky god, or a courtier of the Sun-god they worship—how this Chasca came to earth and brought great peace and prosperity to the Inca people.”

“Why, that fits in with my plan!” exclaimed Cliff.

“Wow, that works perfectly with my plan!” exclaimed Cliff.

“So it does,” said Mr. Whitley.

“So it does,” Mr. Whitley said.

38

They had a long discussion. Bill told them that he “figured” that the Indian who had been with the Spaniard had been sent out from the hidden city to try and prevent the letter from being delivered.

They had a long discussion. Bill told them that he thought the Indian who had been with the Spaniard was sent out from the hidden city to try and stop the letter from being delivered.

“They must have learned about it,” he said, “and guess they tried to stop it. Then, when they failed, they let us come on down here, where we are, in a way of speaking, right in their hands——”

“They must have found out about it,” he said, “and I guess they tried to stop it. Then, when they couldn’t, they let us come down here, where we are, in a way, right in their hands——”

“That means that Cuzco is as far as our young chums will go,” said Mr. Whitley seriously. The youthful faces became downcast. “I promised not to take you into danger,” continued their Captain, as Bill named him, “and so Cuzco will be your stopping place.” There was no argument. The Captain’s word was law.

“That means that Cuzco is as far as our young friends will go,” Mr. Whitley said seriously. The young faces fell. “I promised not to take you into danger,” their Captain, as Bill called him, continued, “so Cuzco will be your stopping point.” There was no arguing. The Captain’s word was final.

But events were to compel a change in Mr. Whitley’s ideas.

But events were going to force a change in Mr. Whitley’s ideas.

39

CHAPTER V
THE FRIENDS SHOW THEIR STRENGTH

In Cuzco, while final plans were made and supplies were being assembled, the chums were free, for several days, to explore. Bill had shown them their map, which he had kept out of Mr. Grey’s note when he coaxed the eaglet to his camp. The map did not mean much to them, but to Bill, who had already gone alone over the passes to be sure there was a hidden city, the map was quite clear. They would go on foot over the mountains, he said. It was safer than by muleback: some of the passes were quite narrow and dangerous, although he could show the best ones to them.

In Cuzco, while final plans were being made and supplies were being gathered, the friends had a few days off to explore. Bill had shown them the map he kept hidden from Mr. Grey when he lured the eaglet to his camp. The map didn’t mean much to them, but to Bill, who had already crossed the passes alone to confirm the existence of a hidden city, the map was very clear. He said they would hike over the mountains. It was safer than going on horseback; some of the passes were pretty narrow and dangerous, although he could guide them through the best ones.

The chums were rather depressed that they could not accompany Mr. Whitley and Bill: however they agreed to make the best of it, and with the naturally buoyant spirits of youths in a new place they went about and had a fine time.

The friends were a bit down that they couldn’t go with Mr. Whitley and Bill; however, they decided to make the best of it, and with the naturally cheerful energy of young people in a new environment, they explored and had a great time.

40

One of the people they met was a youth, quite near their own ages. He spoke a little English and acted as their guide.

One of the people they met was a young guy, about their age. He spoke some English and served as their guide.

None of them, nor their older companions, suspected his real purpose, but it was divulged, one day, as they were in a meaner quarter of the city where some of the natives of Peru, degraded and listless remains of a once noble race, had their poor homes.

None of them, nor their older friends, suspected his true intentions, but it was revealed one day while they were in a rougher part of the city where some of the Peruvian natives, tired and indifferent remnants of a once great race, lived in their humble homes.

“Come—here—I show—how I live!” said their young guide. They all followed him into a low room in an old building, squat and roughly built of a composition something like the adobe of the Mexicans.

“Come—here—I’ll show—you—how I live!” said their young guide. They all followed him into a small room in an old building, short and roughly made of a material similar to the adobe of the Mexicans.

But once they were inside they turned in dismay. The youth was not alone with them: three fierce looking half-caste men, part Inca, part Spanish, rose from a dark corner: one slammed the rude door and fastened it. “Now,” he said, “you stay here.”

But once they were inside, they turned in shock. The young man wasn't alone with them: three intimidating mixed-race men, part Inca, part Spanish, stood up from a dark corner. One of them slammed the rough door and locked it. “Now,” he said, “you stay here.”

“What’s the big idea?” demanded Nicky hotly, relapsing into slang in his excitement.

“What’s the big deal?” Nicky asked impatiently, slipping into slang because he was so excited.

“You see!” said the man. He and his companions held a low-voiced conference and then one of them rose and was gone: his malevolent looking friends gave the door a vicious slam and shot its bolt.

“You see!” said the man. He and his friends had a quiet discussion and then one of them got up and left: his threatening-looking friends slammed the door shut and locked it.

41

“What are you going to do with us?” demanded Tom.

“What are you going to do with us?” Tom demanded.

“We keep you. When that tall one—” he meant Mr. Whitley,”—start for Lima once more, we let you go!”

“We keep you. When that tall guy—” he meant Mr. Whitley—“heads for Lima again, we let you go!”

“You daren’t!” cried Nicky, and made a dash for the window. But Tom and Cliff restrained him.

“You can't!” yelled Nicky, and rushed toward the window. But Tom and Cliff held him back.

“We’ll have the police—or whatever they’re got here!” Nicky said. He gave a shout. But one of the men advanced with a very threatening gesture.

“We’ll call the police—or whoever’s in charge here!” Nicky said. He shouted. But one of the men moved forward with a very intimidating gesture.

“Keep quiet,” Tom urged and Cliff added, “we’re in a strange place.” He counseled, “We have to keep our heads. We’ll find a way out but not by making a disturbance. We don’t know these men or this part of town: we don’t know the customs they have. If we keep quiet they may let us go or relax their guard.”

“Stay quiet,” Tom urged, and Cliff added, “we’re in an unfamiliar place.” He advised, “We need to stay calm. We’ll figure a way out, but not by making noise. We don’t know these guys or this area: we don’t understand their customs. If we keep quiet, they might let us go or lower their guard.”

“But then our trip’s ruined!” argued Nicky.

“But then our trip is ruined!” argued Nicky.

“Yes,” said Cliff, morosely, “and my father is the worst sufferer if he is still alive. But we are trapped. We must do our best to get out of it before they send that man to Mr. Whitley.”

“Yes,” Cliff said gloomily, “and my dad is the worst off if he’s still alive. But we’re stuck. We have to do everything we can to get out of this before they send that guy to Mr. Whitley.”

“He’s already gone,” grumbled Nicky.

"He's already left," grumbled Nicky.

42

“No he isn’t. He’s just outside. I see him through the window. He’s rolling a cigarette out there by a post.”

“No, he’s not. He’s just outside. I can see him through the window. He’s rolling a cigarette by a post out there.”

“He’s waiting for someone,” said Tom, “I see him.”

“He's waiting for someone,” Tom said. “I can see him.”

“Tom,” whispered Nicky, “your uncle gave you a pistol, didn’t he? Have you got it? Let’s shoot our way out!”

“Tom,” whispered Nicky, “your uncle gave you a gun, right? Do you have it? Let’s shoot our way out!”

That was Nicky all over! He was excitable and quick. He knew that Tom had been trusted to carry a light .22-caliber revolver given him by his uncle, because Tom had a cool head and would not abuse the possession. It was more for signalling, than for a fight.

That was totally Nicky! He was energetic and fast-paced. He knew that Tom had been entrusted with a light .22-caliber revolver that his uncle gave him because Tom was level-headed and wouldn’t misuse it. It was more for signaling than for a fight.

“Easy, Nicky!” counseled Tom, “We don’t want to hurt anybody.”

“Take it easy, Nicky!” Tom advised, “We don’t want to hurt anyone.”

“No,” chimed in Cliff, “we’re outnumbered and we don’t know how dangerous this neighborhood may be. Besides, if we do anything to get into police courts it will make us tell what we are going to do and that will upset all Mr. Whitley’s plans.”

“No,” Cliff interjected, “we’re outnumbered and we don’t know how dangerous this neighborhood could be. Plus, if we do anything that gets us in front of the cops, we’ll have to explain what we’re planning, and that would mess up all of Mr. Whitley’s plans.”

“They’re upset already,” Nicky grumbled, “That man’s gone——”

“They’re already upset,” Nicky complained, “That guy’s gone——”

43

“No he isn’t,” Tom replied, “He’s waiting outside, by a post—I can see him through the window. There! Why—I believe the very same Indian we saw by the temple is giving him money!”

“No he isn’t,” Tom replied, “He’s waiting outside, by a post—I can see him through the window. Look! I think the same Indian we saw by the temple is giving him money!”

“Yes—I’m sure it’s the same one,” Cliff said, “He’s coming in.”

“Yes—I’m sure it’s the same one,” Cliff said, “He’s coming in.”

The tall Indian, or Inca noble, for he was really that, was admitted. The two waiting men stretched out eager hands.

The tall Indian, or Inca noble, because that's what he really was, was let in. The two men waiting reached out with eager hands.

“We get them,” said one, “You pay. We go.” Then he remembered that he spoke a half-halting English, and repeated it in dialect.

“We understand,” said one, “You pay. We go.” Then he remembered that he spoke English with a bit of an accent and repeated it in his dialect.

The Indian paid them some money and the two men, as if glad to be away, left quickly. The boy came in, acting shamefaced, but trying to look cheerful. He, too, stretched out a hand.

The Indian gave them some money, and the two men, seemingly relieved to be leaving, rushed off. The boy came in, looking embarrassed but trying to appear happy. He also reached out a hand.

“Now—if only we had some way to take these two by surprise,” began Tom.

“Now—if only we could find a way to catch these two off guard,” Tom started.

“Sh-h-h!” warned Nicky, “They’ll hear you.”

“Sh-h-h!” warned Nicky, “They’ll hear you.”

Cliff reminded him that the Indian had not understood the half-breeds when one spoke in English, and that the boy had to stop and translate. He spoke in low, eager tones.

Cliff reminded him that the Native American hadn’t understood the mixed-race people when one of them spoke in English, and that the boy had to pause to translate. He spoke in soft, enthusiastic tones.

“Nicky, what did you do with that little box of magnesium powder you took out of the supplies this morning? You were going to try to take a daylight kodak picture inside a temple by flashlight. If you had it, now——”

“Nicky, what did you do with that little box of magnesium powder you took from the supplies this morning? You were planning to try taking a daylight Kodak picture inside a temple using a flashlight. If you had it now——”

44

“I have,” Nicky whispered, “but——”

"I have," Nicky whispered, "but—"

“Listen. Here’s a plan. It may work. It would play on the superstitions of these fellows. They are both natives and I don’t think either one has seen a flashlight, or an electric torch. If we could make them think we were powerful magicians and could burn them, they might be scared enough to be off guard——”

“Listen. Here’s a plan. It could work. It would take advantage of these guys' superstitions. They’re both locals, and I don’t think either of them has seen a flashlight or an electric torch. If we could convince them we were powerful magicians and could burn them, they might be scared enough to let their guard down—”

“It’s an idea!” exulted Tom, “I have that small burning glass, Cliff—suppose I got to the window, and set the burning glass so it focuses, while the man is paying the boy. Then——” That was Cliff’s idea, too. Tom moved quietly over and pretended to look out of the window. Really, he was adjusting a small lens, hidden by his hand on the stone window ledge, so it focused the sun rays in one spot. On Cliff’s instructions Nicky maneuvered his body to help conceal the tiny lens from the sight of the others. Tom opened the flash powder box, a small, single charge of magnesium powder which, when ignited, makes a great white flash and a big puff of smoke, but is not dangerous.

“It’s an idea!” Tom exclaimed. “I have that small magnifying glass, Cliff—what if I go to the window and position it so it focuses while the man is paying the boy? Then——” That was Cliff’s idea, too. Tom quietly moved over and pretended to look out of the window. In reality, he was adjusting a small lens, hidden by his hand on the stone window ledge, so it concentrated the sun’s rays in one spot. Following Cliff’s instructions, Nicky shifted his body to help conceal the tiny lens from the others’ view. Tom opened the flash powder box, containing a small, single charge of magnesium powder, which, when ignited, produces a brilliant white flash and a big puff of smoke but is not dangerous.

The boy turned from being paid.

The boy turned away from the payment.

“Listen,” Cliff commanded, “You—tell—that—man—” he spoke slowly and impressively, “—we—are—going—away—from—here. If—he—tries—to—stop—us, we—will—burn—him—up!”

“Listen,” Cliff commanded, “You—tell—that—man—” he spoke slowly and impressively, “—we—are—going—away—from—here. If—he—tries—to—stop—us, we—will—burn—him—up!”

45

The boy stared. Cliff repeated his words. The boy, mystified, translated. The man laughed scornfully. Cliff drew a small pocket electric flashlamp into view. In a dark corner he played the rays while the natives stared. Then, suddenly, he pointed a dramatic finger at the tiny box on the window ledge. The natives stared at it curiously, not knowing what to expect.

The boy stared. Cliff repeated his words. The boy, confused, translated. The man laughed mockingly. Cliff brought out a small pocket flashlight. In a dark corner, he shone the light while the locals watched. Then, suddenly, he pointed dramatically at the tiny box on the window ledge. The locals looked at it with curiosity, unsure of what to expect.

“Tell—him—we—burn—that—box—to—show—what happen—to you—if—you—stop us!” Cliff said with a bold and threatening expression. The boy spoke in dialect and both seemed unable to take their eyes off the box.

“Tell him we’ll burn that box to show what happens to you if you stop us!” Cliff said with a bold and threatening look. The boy spoke in dialect and both seemed unable to take their eyes off the box.

Cliff made a sign to Tom who pushed the small box into the focus of the lens which Nicky screened from the natives’ view. Cliff pressed his light switch, and pointed the ray with a few signs of his free hand.

Cliff signaled to Tom, who positioned the small box in front of the lens that Nicky was blocking from the natives’ sight. Cliff turned on his light and directed the beam with a few gestures from his free hand.

Nothing happened!

Nothing happened!

The man laughed and the boy snickered. Nicky began to feel weak and cold; but Cliff stood his ground.

The man laughed and the boy snickered. Nicky started to feel weak and cold, but Cliff held his ground.

46

Then, so suddenly as to startle even Nicky, the focused rays ignited the powder: there was a dull “boop!” and a blinding glare.

Then, so suddenly that it surprised even Nicky, the focused beams ignited the powder: there was a dull “boop!” and a blinding flash.

Before the smoke had risen and began to spread Cliff whispered, “Now—make for the door!”

Before the smoke had risen and started to spread, Cliff whispered, “Now—head for the door!”

Holding the flashlight pointed at the boy until the latter cowered back against the man, Cliff led his chums to the door. He fumbled with the catch: the man made a move as if to grapple with him but Cliff threw the ray into his eyes and he flung up his arm, instinctive fear of something not understood overcoming his wit. Cliff unfastened the clumsy catch, the chums fled to the street and were off like young gazelles.

Holding the flashlight on the boy until he backed up against the man, Cliff guided his friends to the door. He struggled with the latch: the man made a move as if to grab him, but Cliff shone the light in his eyes and he raised his arm, a natural fear of the unknown overwhelming his reason. Cliff unlatched the awkward catch, and the friends dashed out to the street and took off like young gazelles.

“They’ll find the lens!” Nicky panted.

“They’ll find the lens!” Nicky gasped.

“What do we care?” demanded Tom, “They won’t get us!”

“What do we care?” Tom asked. “They won’t catch us!”

Of course all plans had to be altered; the youths could not be left behind. They were glad that in trying to prevent the expedition the Indian had only made their part in it certain.

Of course, all plans had to change; the young men couldn't be left behind. They were glad that by trying to stop the expedition, the Indian had actually made sure they were part of it.

47

On a fine evening, with all the natives engaged, and with all supplies packed, and with their course through the mountains carefully determined, they went to sleep for the last time in a civilized hotel—if the mean accommodations of the place they had selected could be called “civilized.” Mr. Whitley’s Lima friend had not proved a very good adviser. However, bright and early the next clear, temperate day—for Cuzco was not in the hotter lowlands where tropical heat was fiercest—they began their real adventure.

On a lovely evening, with all the locals busy, and with all their supplies packed, and their route through the mountains carefully planned, they went to sleep for the last time in a civilized hotel—if the shabby accommodations of the place they had chosen could even be called “civilized.” Mr. Whitley’s friend from Lima hadn’t been much help as an advisor. However, early the next clear, pleasant day—since Cuzco wasn’t in the hotter lowlands where tropical heat was at its worst—they started their real adventure.

Bill and Mr. Whitley were in advance: then came the natives, laden with quite heavy packs, under which they toiled along on an ever ascending slope, singing native chants and talking in their unintelligible jargon. Behind them came the Mystery Boys, also laden with packs containing personal things and articles they wished to protect from prying eyes.

Bill and Mr. Whitley were ahead: then came the locals, carrying heavy backpacks as they struggled up an inclined path, singing traditional songs and chatting in their confusing language. Following them were the Mystery Boys, also carrying their packs filled with personal items and things they wanted to keep hidden from curious eyes.

“We’re on our way,” they told each other and felt like capering at the certainty that in trying to frustrate their plans the Indian had made it possible for them to go along.

“We're on our way,” they told each other and felt like celebrating at the certainty that by trying to sabotage their plans, the Indian had actually made it possible for them to proceed.

Up in the hills a tall, well built Indian stood with several companions, watching the lower passes.

Up in the hills, a tall, well-built Indigenous man stood with several other people, watching the lower trails.

One day, as the comrades toiled along, entering the real mountains, the vigilant watcher turned toward his companions.

One day, as the friends worked their way forward, entering the actual mountains, the alert lookout turned to his companions.

“Brother, they come!” he said.

"Bro, they're coming!" he said.

48

“They come—yes,” agreed his nearest aide, a noble of the old and almost extinct true-blooded Incas, “They come—yes.”

“They're coming—yes,” agreed his closest aide, a noble from the old and nearly extinct true-blooded Incas, “They're coming—yes.”

He made a meaning gesture.

He made a meaningful gesture.

“But—they will not come back!”

“But—they won’t come back!”

That same day Cliff borrowed Bill’s field glasses and focused them on a small band, toiling along far behind them.

That same day, Cliff borrowed Bill’s binoculars and zoomed in on a small group working a long way behind them.

“I think we’re being followed—I’ve noticed that group several times,” he told the older members of their party.

“I think someone is following us—I’ve seen that group several times,” he told the older members of their party.

They agreed, and frequently thereafter the followers were observed, but always too far behind to enable the chums to guess their identity. Was it the Spaniard? Was it the Indian?

They agreed, and often after that the followers were seen, but always too far behind for the friends to figure out who they were. Was it the Spaniard? Was it the Indian?

Many days passed and they were well in the high cliffs before they learned the truth!

Many days went by, and they were high up on the cliffs before they discovered the truth!

49

CHAPTER VI
A new mystery unfolds

Quichua, the almost universal dialect which the Incas had introduced into Peru as they conquered its tribes, was quite well understood by Bill Sanders. He spent much time on their daily marches, and in camp, teaching it to John Whitley and the three chums. It was the language that the hidden city’s inhabitants would be most apt to understand, he believed.

Quichua, the nearly universal dialect that the Incas brought to Peru while conquering its tribes, was pretty well understood by Bill Sanders. He spent a lot of time during their daily marches and at camp teaching it to John Whitley and the three friends. He believed it was the language that the people of the hidden city would most likely understand.

When they had learned that a “chasqui” was a runner or messenger; that Cuzco, the name of the principal city and hub of the old empire was so called because the word meant navel, the center of the body; and many other things such as that “Pelu” meant river and was thought by some to have been the word that gave the Spaniards their name for the nation—Peru!—they began to study brief sentences and after a while could hold short and simple conversations together.

When they found out that a “chasqui” was a runner or messenger; that Cuzco, the name of the main city and center of the old empire, was called that because it meant navel, the center of the body; and many other things like that “Pelu” meant river and was thought by some to be the word that inspired the Spaniards' name for the country—Peru!—they started to study short sentences and eventually could have simple conversations together.

50

In return they taught Mr. Whitley and Bill the secret ways of exchanging ideas in the signals of their order. After some discussion and hesitation Bill was made a member of The Mystery Boys and although the chums debated the good sense of letting him know all their signs, they finally gave them to him—and as events proved, they were to be glad they had done so.

In exchange, they taught Mr. Whitley and Bill the secret methods of communicating through their group's signals. After some discussion and reluctance, Bill was accepted as a member of The Mystery Boys, and although the friends debated whether it was wise to reveal all their signals to him, they ultimately decided to share them—and as things turned out, they were happy they did.

In camp Cliff and his friends spent a great deal of time studying the rude map: because Quipu Bill had some misgivings about letting the only guide they had become damaged or lost, Tom, who was quite a draftsman, made a very good copy which they used and over which they watched jealously so that the natives would not discover what it was.

In camp, Cliff and his friends spent a lot of time examining the crude map. Quipu Bill worried about the only guide they had getting damaged or lost, so Tom, who was a decent draftsman, created a really good copy for them to use. They kept a close eye on it to make sure the locals wouldn’t find out what it was.

The small party—not more than eight—which had been following them hung on like wolves on the flank of a buck: when Bill hurried along the others kept the same distance, when his party lagged the others dallied also.

The small group—not more than eight—following them stayed close like wolves on the side of a buck: when Bill rushed ahead, the others maintained the same distance; when his group fell behind, the others hung back as well.

51

“I think it is either the Indian, or the Spaniard, or both of them,” said Bill, “They know—at least the Spaniard does—that there was a map, for he was in camp when I caught the eaglet.” But the other party kept just too far behind for them to see, even with fine glasses, just who comprised the group.

“I think it’s either the Indian or the Spaniard, or maybe both,” said Bill. “They know—at least the Spaniard does—that there was a map because he was in camp when I caught the eaglet.” But the other group stayed just far enough behind for them to see, even with good binoculars, exactly who made up the group.

Then, one afternoon, Cliff looked down from a high point and called to Bill.

Then, one afternoon, Cliff looked down from a high point and called to Bill.

“Bill—get out your field glasses. I don’t see that party anywhere below.” Bill looked. John Whitley and the youths took their turns. But there was no sign of pursuit.

“Bill—get out your binoculars. I don’t see that party anywhere below.” Bill looked. John Whitley and the guys took their turns. But there was no sign of anyone chasing us.

“We must have lost them,” Nicky said.

“We must have lost them,” Nicky said.

“But we have been on a straight road all day,” Mr. Whitley objected. “No. Either they have dropped too far behind for us to see them at all, or they have given it up——”

“But we’ve been on a straight road all day,” Mr. Whitley said. “No. Either they’ve fallen too far behind for us to see them at all, or they’ve given up——”

“Or they have turned into some side pass, thinking that can get around us in some way,” Bill added, “But they won’t. I guess we have lost them for good.”

“Or they have taken some side route, thinking they can get around us somehow,” Bill added, “But they won’t. I guess we’ve lost them for good.”

They all felt rather glad of it. There had been some fun in the game of hare and hounds at first, but after a few days the continual watching became wearisome and perhaps worrisome. Their natives noticed it, for one thing, and they did not want the Peruvians to think their story of an engineering and educational trip was a ruse. They all breathed more freely that night as they made camp.

They all felt pretty happy about it. At first, the game of hare and hounds was fun, but after a few days, the constant watching got tiring and maybe even a bit concerning. Their locals picked up on it, and they didn’t want the Peruvians to think their story about an engineering and educational trip was just a cover-up. They all felt more relaxed that night as they set up camp.

52

But Cliff kept wondering why the pursuit had stopped.

But Cliff kept wondering why the chase had stopped.

That night—and it was cold for they were very high up in the levels just a little below snow level—he lay rolled in his blanket, in the tent the chums shared, thinking about it.

That night—and it was cold since they were high up, just below the snow line—he lay wrapped in his blanket in the tent he shared with his friends, thinking about it.

“Cliff,” Tom’s voice whispered through the dark, “Are you asleep?”

“Cliff,” Tom whispered in the dark, “Are you awake?”

“No,” Cliff answered under his breath. But he need not have been so cautious. Nicky was not asleep, either: and he declared the fact promptly.

“No,” Cliff replied quietly. But he didn’t need to be so careful. Nicky wasn't asleep either, and he stated that right away.

“I’m awake too. Is it to be a session of the Inner Circle?”

“I’m awake too. Are we having a session of the Inner Circle?”

“Maybe,” Tom replied, “I was going to ask Cliff if he noticed that Indian that Bill calls Whackey—the one whose name is Huayca?”

“Maybe,” Tom replied, “I was going to ask Cliff if he noticed that guy Bill calls Whackey—the one named Huayca?”

“Notice him? Notice what about him?” Nicky demanded.

“Did you see him? See what about him?” Nicky asked.

“He kept dropping back from one carrier to the next one, right along the line, today.”

“He kept falling back from one carrier to the next, right along the line, today.”

“Yes,” Cliff said, “I saw him. He talked to each one for a few minutes, then he dropped behind and talked to the next one.”

“Yes,” Cliff said, “I saw him. He spoke to each person for a few minutes, then he fell back and chatted with the next one.”

“What do you suppose it meant?” Nicky wondered. “Nothing, I guess. I have seen him do it before.”

“What do you think it meant?” Nicky wondered. “Nothing, I guess. I've seen him do it before.”

53

“You have?” Cliff and Tom asked it at one instant.

“You have?” Cliff and Tom asked at the same time.

“Certainly. But he is the boss isn’t he? He has to give orders.”

“Sure. But he’s the boss, right? He has to give orders.”

“When he gives orders he yells them out so that we all hear him,” Tom objected.

“When he gives orders, he shouts them out so that we all hear him,” Tom said.

“In the morning,” Cliff said, “Let’s ask Mr. Whitley and Bill if they have noticed.” They agreed and discussed the curious disappearance of the trailing party for a while.

“In the morning,” Cliff said, “Let’s ask Mr. Whitley and Bill if they’ve noticed anything.” They agreed and talked about the strange disappearance of the trailing party for a bit.

Then, suddenly, Cliff hissed under his breath, “Sh-h-h-h!”

Then, suddenly, Cliff whispered under his breath, “Sh-h-h-h!”

They became alert, intent: they listened with straining ears.

They became alert and focused: they listened intently, straining to hear.

“It was only some pebbles—a little landslide,” Nicky whispered. “They do that in the mountains. I saw some pebbles slip this afternoon.”

“It was just a few pebbles—a small landslide,” Nicky whispered. “That happens in the mountains. I saw some pebbles slip this afternoon.”

Nevertheless Cliff gently crawled out of his blanket and his head came in rather vigorous contact with Tom’s cranium for he was doing the same thing. They forgot the bump in the excitement for more pebbles were clattering at a little distance.

Nevertheless, Cliff carefully crawled out of his blanket, and his head bumped into Tom's head hard because he was doing the same thing. They forgot about the bump in the excitement because more pebbles were clattering nearby.

Cliff and Tom unhooked their tent flap and without widening its opening much, looked into the dim, starlit night.

Cliff and Tom unfastened their tent flap and, without making the opening much larger, peered into the dim, starlit night.

54

Nicky pushed his face between them. Each felt that the others were tense, Nicky was trembling a little. They stared and listened.

Nicky pushed his face between them. Each felt that the others were tense; Nicky was trembling a little. They stared and listened.

From a greater distance came the crackle of a broken twig.

From farther away came the snap of a broken twig.

Without a word Cliff pushed into the open and stared around. Then he saw figures, silent, drifting like spectres through the night, shadows with lumpy heads.

Without saying anything, Cliff stepped into the open and looked around. Then he noticed figures, silent, gliding like ghosts through the night, shadows with misshapen heads.

At first he almost cried out at a touch on his arm but in the instant that he controlled his impulse he realized that it came from Nicky’s grip on his arm.

At first, he almost shouted at a touch on his arm, but in the moment he managed to control his impulse, he realized it was just Nicky gripping his arm.

“It’s Indians!” Nicky gasped.

“It’s Native Americans!” Nicky gasped.

“Yes,” said Tom, at his side; then he added in a puzzled way, “But they are going away from us.”

"Yes," said Tom, standing next to him; then he added in a confused tone, "But they’re leaving us."

“It’s our Indians——” Cliff said, “They’re running away. Hey!” he shouted, then, poised to race after them, he called to his comrades to waken Bill and Mr. Whitley; but they were already awake and emerging dazedly from their tent as Cliff thrust the ground behind him with racing feet, in hot pursuit of figures now making no effort to be quiet as they galloped away.

“It’s our Indians——” Cliff said, “They’re running away. Hey!” he shouted, then, ready to chase after them, he called to his friends to wake up Bill and Mr. Whitley; but they were already awake and groggily coming out of their tent as Cliff pushed off the ground with quick feet, in hot pursuit of figures now making no attempt to be quiet as they galloped away.

55

It was a hazardous pursuit in the dark and on a strange mountain path; but Cliff had observed, as was his habit, while they climbed earlier in the day: he knew when to swerve to avoid a heavy boulder, he seemed to avoid by instinct the more pebbled and slippery parts.

It was a risky endeavor in the dark on an unfamiliar mountain trail; but Cliff had noticed, as he usually did while they climbed earlier in the day: he knew when to dodge a heavy boulder, and he seemed to instinctively steer clear of the more pebbled and slippery sections.

While Nicky and Tom, after shouting the news, pounded in pursuit he overtook the hindmost runner.

While Nicky and Tom, after shouting the news, raced after him, he caught up to the last runner.

“Stop—you!” he shouted. The man swerved. Cliff made a tackle. The man tripped, was down. Instantly Cliff was erect again and racing on while Tom caught up with the man already scrambling to his feet and held him until Nicky arrived.

“Stop—you!” he yelled. The man swerved. Cliff tackled him. The man tripped and fell. As soon as Cliff was back on his feet, he took off running while Tom caught up with the man, who was already trying to get back up, and held him until Nicky showed up.

Then, from behind them, Bill, in the dialect, yelled a call to halt to the natives. Cliff reached his second man and put a hand on his arm. From behind came the flash of Quipu Bill’s rifle, fired into the air over the runners’ heads.

Then, from behind them, Bill shouted a halt to the locals in his dialect. Cliff caught up to his second man and placed a hand on his arm. From behind came the flash of Quipu Bill’s rifle, fired into the air over the runners' heads.

They stopped, uncertainly, and Cliff, racing down the path, took advantage of the interval to get to a point where he could at least try to “bluff” and hold the men.

They paused, unsure, and Cliff, sprinting down the path, seized the moment to reach a place where he could at least attempt to "bluff" and keep the men at bay.

56

The natives clustered in a little knot. They had bundles on their heads—probably most of the camp food and supplies. Cliff shouted to them to stand while Mr. Whitley and Bill made a scrambling, awkward, but rapid approach.

The natives gathered together in a small group. They had bundles on their heads—likely most of the camp food and supplies. Cliff shouted for them to stay still while Mr. Whitley and Bill made a hurried, clumsy, yet swift approach.

“Running out at night with our grub, eh?” Bill snapped, “You hombres about face and back to camp!” He translated into dialect and they sullenly obeyed for he still carried his rifle.

“Running out at night with our food, huh?” Bill snapped, “You guys turn around and head back to camp!” He translated into slang and they reluctantly complied since he still had his rifle.

“All of ’em here?” he asked Mr. Whitley, “it’s so dark——”

“All of them here?” he asked Mr. Whitley, “it’s so dark——”

“The fellow you call Whackey isn’t!” Cliff cried. Then a queer misgiving assailed him. He rushed to Bill and whispered. Bill, bent to hear, stiffened.

“The guy you call Whackey isn’t!” Cliff shouted. Then a strange feeling hit him. He rushed over to Bill and whispered. Bill, leaning in to listen, tensed up.

“Glory-gosh!” he gasped, “Go and see. In my coat pocket!”

“Wow!” he exclaimed, “Go check it out. In my coat pocket!”

They herded their morose captives back to camp while Cliff made his hasty retreat and a thorough but equally hurried examination in certain places.

They escorted their gloomy captives back to camp while Cliff made his quick escape and a thorough but also rushed inspection in specific areas.

He met Bill, approaching anxiously with John Whitley.

He met Bill, who was walking up nervously with John Whitley.

“It’s gone—the map’s gone!” he gasped.

“It’s gone—the map is gone!” he gasped.

57

“So that’s why the other party stopped following. That’s why Whackey isn’t around!” exclaimed the chief of the party.

“So that’s why the other group stopped following. That’s why Whackey isn’t here!” exclaimed the leader of the group.

“I saw him, today,” Nicky cried, and explained, “Tom did, too.”

“I saw him today,” Nicky exclaimed, and added, “Tom did as well.”

“Planned to cut away during the night,” Bill snapped, “Guess he planned deeper, too: I think he expected these natives to make enough noise to be caught—that gave him a chance to get the map. I wondered why he watched me so closely, last couple of days.”

“Planned to escape during the night,” Bill snapped, “I guess he thought it through even more: I think he expected these locals to make enough noise to get caught—that gave him a chance to grab the map. I was curious why he had been watching me so closely the last couple of days.”

“Well, never mind,” Mr. Whitley counseled, “He and the others he went to join cannot get there ahead of us. Bill knows the passes.”

“Well, never mind,” Mr. Whitley said, “He and the others he went to join can’t get there before us. Bill knows the routes.”

“All but one place after we get back to the snowy pass,” Bill objected, “Cliff’s pa only drew it rough and indicated the one right way—the way he took; but I know there’s a regular slather of cross cuts and paths between the cliffs up there. It’s all torn up by some earthquake long ago. I’d need the map there!”

“All but one spot after we get back to the snowy pass,” Bill said. “Cliff’s dad only pointed out the rough route and showed the one right path—the one he took; but I know there’s a ton of detours and trails between the cliffs up there. It’s all messed up from some earthquake ages ago. I’d need the map for that!”

58

“Well, we have the copy Tom made—” but Mr. Whitley stopped, arrested by Cliff’s clutch on his arm. Flashlights trained, the five, with a solemn warning to the natives, who seemed not to know what to do and so were for the time in no danger of mischief, hurried into Cliff’s tent. They flicked their lights around but Cliff, catching one from Nicky, trained it on the ground cloth.

“Well, we have the copy Tom made—” but Mr. Whitley stopped when Cliff grabbed his arm. With flashlights aimed, the five of them, giving a serious warning to the locals who looked confused and were, for the moment, not a threat, rushed into Cliff’s tent. They pointed their lights around, but Cliff, taking one from Nicky, directed it onto the ground cloth.

Tiny fragments of paper, too fine ever to match together, littered the cloth under Tom’s little writing case!

Tiny scraps of paper, too small to fit together, scattered across the cloth under Tom's little writing desk!

59

CHAPTER VII
CLIFF TRIES A STRATEGY

When Quipu Bill questioned the Peruvians they remained sullenly wordless. What he called the vanished Whackey was, fortunately, expressed in Spanish; otherwise it would have called for reproof from Mr. Whitley.

When Quipu Bill asked the Peruvians questions, they stayed quietly silent. What he referred to as the vanished Whackey was thankfully expressed in Spanish; otherwise, it would have needed correction from Mr. Whitley.

“What are you going to do?” John Whitley asked as Bill threw a fresh shell into the magazine of his rifle and offered the weapon to him.

“What are you going to do?” John Whitley asked as Bill loaded a fresh shell into the magazine of his rifle and handed the weapon to him.

“You stand guard till dawn,” Bill replied, “Don’t let one of these hombres leave. The rifle is only to scare them—I don’t expect you to use it. I’m going after that Whackey and get that map back.”

“You stay on watch until morning,” Bill said, “Make sure none of these hombres get away. The rifle is just for intimidation—I don’t expect you to actually use it. I’m going to track down that Whackey and get that map back.”

Tom, who had been very thoughtful, spoke up.

Tom, who had been quite reflective, spoke up.

“Are you certain that you can trail him?” he asked.

“Are you sure that you can follow him?” he asked.

60

Bill grinned in the light of their rekindled campfire. “He may go a roundabout way,” he stated, “But he is bound to end up at the Spaniard’s camp. That’s where I’ll go. I can locate it. That party must be somewhere behind us, maybe in a cut that’s out of sight of the main pass.”

Bill smiled in the glow of their revived campfire. “He might take a detour,” he said, “but he’s sure to end up at the Spaniard’s camp. That’s where I’m headed. I can track it down. That group has to be somewhere behind us, probably in a spot that’s hidden from the main path.”

“What Tom is thinking is that it might not be the Spaniard’s party, I believe,” Cliff said. Tom nodded.

“What Tom is thinking is that it might not be the Spaniard’s party, I believe,” Cliff said. Tom nodded.

“There is the man—or the men—that runner was sent to find,” Tom suggested.

“There’s the man—or the men—that runner was sent to find,” Tom suggested.

“That is so,” said Mr. Whitley, “How can you know which party is behind this affair?”

“That’s true,” said Mr. Whitley, “How can you tell which group is behind this situation?”

“I don’t,” Bill admitted, “But the Spaniard’s crowd stopped dogging us just before this happened.”

“I don’t,” Bill admitted, “But the Spaniard’s crowd stopped following us just before this happened.”

“Perhaps his natives have started trouble—or deserted,” Mr. Whitley hinted.

“Maybe his people have caused some trouble—or left,” Mr. Whitley suggested.

“I think the Spaniard would have told Whackey to take both maps,” Nicky said, “It would take less time to grab a paper than to stand and tear it to pieces.”

“I think the Spaniard would’ve told Whackey to take both maps,” Nicky said, “It would take less time to grab a paper than to stand there and rip it to shreds.”

“Maybe Whackey did that on his own inspiration,” Bill said.

“Maybe Whackey came up with that on his own,” Bill said.

“Then the evidence points more toward the Incas than toward the Spaniard,” Cliff urged, “The Spaniard is cunning enough not to leave anything to be decided by Whackey.”

“Then the evidence leans more toward the Incas than the Spaniard,” Cliff insisted, “The Spaniard is clever enough not to let anything be left up to Whackey.”

61

Bill began to whittle on a stick, thinking. He nodded.

Bill started carving a stick, lost in thought. He nodded.

“You may be right,” he agreed, “We must find out which party has the map. If it is the Spaniard we can hide and let him pass and then trail him; but if it is the other side, then we must either take a long chance at finding the one right path or else we must give up the trip.”

"You might be right," he said, "We need to figure out who has the map. If it's the Spaniard, we can hide and let him go by, and then follow him; but if it's the other side, then we either have to take a big risk trying to find the one correct path or we have to abandon the trip."

Cliff thought of his father. Perhaps he was still alive; unless they completed their plans he might never know.

Cliff thought about his dad. Maybe he was still alive; unless they finished their plans, he might never find out.

“Probably we will have to give up,” said Mr. Whitley, “There are so many menacing things: I promised the relatives of our younger members——”

“Probably we’ll have to give up,” said Mr. Whitley, “There are so many threatening things: I promised the families of our younger members——”

“We can at least be sure which side has the map,” said Cliff, “Before we do give up.”

“We can at least be sure which side has the map,” Cliff said, “before we give up.”

“How can we find out?” asked Nicky eagerly.

“How can we figure this out?” Nicky asked eagerly.

Cliff explained a plan he had worked out. It was very simple, so simple that Bill poked fun at himself because he had not worked it out himself. He agreed, as did Mr. Whitley, that it was worth trying.

Cliff shared a plan he had come up with. It was really straightforward, so straightforward that Bill joked about himself for not figuring it out on his own. He and Mr. Whitley both agreed that it was worth a shot.

Carrying out the scheme, Bill called the natives.

Carrying out the plan, Bill called the locals.

62

“You tried to run away,” he told them, “We don’t want you now. We cannot trust you. Take food enough to get to your homes, or at least enough to get out of the mountains. And go.”

“You tried to run away,” he told them, “we don’t want you now. We can’t trust you. Take enough food to get home, or at least enough to get out of the mountains. And go.”

To their surprise the natives protested.

To their surprise, the locals protested.

“Not so,” said the spokesman, “We not try run away. We do all to make you follow us while Huayca do what he plan.”

“Not true,” said the spokesman, “We’re not trying to run away. We’re doing everything to make you follow us while Huayca does what he planned.”

“What did he plan?”

“What was his plan?”

“That we not know. We must do that way. That all we know.”

“That we don’t know. We have to do it that way. That’s all we know.”

“I see the scheme, I think,” Mr. Whitley told Bill, “Huayca made the natives pretend to be stealing the food, so that our attention would be concentrated on them while he took the map. It does not seem logical to me that natives as clever as these would make enough noise to attract attention otherwise.”

“I see the plan, I think,” Mr. Whitley told Bill. “Huayca made the locals act like they were stealing the food, so we would focus on them while he took the map. It doesn’t seem sensible to me that locals as smart as these would make enough noise to attract attention otherwise.”

“We not like to run away. You not pay us yet,” said a native.

“We don’t want to run away. You haven’t paid us yet,” said a native.

63

So they knew no more than before. But Cliff was not discouraged. “Now we must try the second part of my plan,” he pleaded. Mr. Whitley sanctioned it, cautioning the youths to take no needless chances in the event of possible trouble. He remained with Bill’s rifle, out of the direct glow of the fire, his eyes watchful, although the natives seemed content to lie down for sleep.

So they were no more informed than before. But Cliff wasn’t disheartened. “Now we need to try the second part of my plan,” he insisted. Mr. Whitley approved it, warning the guys to avoid unnecessary risks in case trouble arose. He stayed with Bill’s rifle, away from the direct light of the fire, his eyes alert, even though the locals seemed settled in for the night.

Cliff, Nicky, Tom and Bill made final plans and then drifted quietly away from camp, down the mountain pass.

Cliff, Nicky, Tom, and Bill made their final plans and then quietly left the camp, heading down the mountain pass.

“He has had time to get there—Whackey has,” Tom whispered.

“He's had time to get there—Whackey has,” Tom whispered.

Bill agreed and no further conversation was used. For hours they moved like flitting ghosts, avoiding noise as much as they could.

Bill agreed, and there was no more conversation. For hours, they moved like fleeting shadows, trying to avoid making any noise.

In time Bill held out an arm against which, in turn, they came to a stop. He pointed to a very faint flicker that showed on a rock at the mouth of a narrow diverging break in the cliff. For an instant the flare of a bit of wood showed, then it died.

In time, Bill extended his arm, and they came to a stop. He pointed to a faint flicker that appeared on a rock at the entrance of a narrow split in the cliff. For a moment, a small flare from a piece of wood appeared, then it went out.

Its brief reflection on the rock showed them the location within the cleft of the hidden company: at least, it proved that someone was there with a fire; the deduction that followed was almost sure to be right. No one else was likely to be there.

Its quick glance at the rock revealed the spot in the cleft where the hidden group was located: at least, it confirmed that someone was present with a fire; the conclusion that came next was almost certainly correct. No one else was likely to be around.

64

When Bill came back, after a long silence, he had made a scouting trip into the cleft and in a whisper reported to the trio of chums that the camp was there. Final plans were made and Bill crept away again. Cliff held his radium dialed watch so that all three could watch the slow minutes crawl away.

When Bill returned after a long silence, he had scouted into the canyon and quietly told his three friends that the camp was there. They finalized their plans, and Bill slipped away again. Cliff held his radium-dialed watch so all three of them could see the minutes slowly ticking by.

It became a matter of seconds before they could act. And how the seconds dragged! But finally the hands touched an agreed point. “Now!” said Cliff.

It took just seconds for them to act. And those seconds dragged on! But finally, the hands reached a set point. “Now!” Cliff said.

They gathered hands full of pebbles and moved into the mouth of the cleft which they had not dared enter before for fear of making some noise that would disturb the camp. Now noise was their very purpose!

They collected handfuls of pebbles and stepped into the opening of the cleft that they hadn't dared to enter before, worried that making any noise would disturb the camp. Now, creating noise was exactly what they wanted!

All together, at Cliff’s word, as they saw the dull embers of the dying campfire, sole proof of the camp’s existence, they shouted wildly, with all their lungs. At the same time there was a shower of pebbles, thrown wildly but toward and beyond the fire. Then they rushed closer, screeching, yelling, howling.

All together, at Cliff's command, as they looked at the dull embers of the fading campfire, the only evidence of the camp's existence, they yelled with all their might. At the same time, a shower of pebbles rained down, thrown haphazardly but toward and beyond the fire. Then they rushed in closer, screeching, yelling, and howling.

Excited, frightened cries greeted the surprise attack.

Excited, terrified shouts welcomed the surprise attack.

Then, like a beam of white fire, the flare of Bill’s flashlight cut into the opened flap of a tent, the only one in camp. Guttural, surprised Spanish came from within.

Then, like a beam of white fire, the shine of Bill’s flashlight sliced into the opened flap of a tent, the only one in camp. Guttural, surprised Spanish came from inside.

65

Running feet and terrified cries proved that the surprise had demoralized the natives and put them to flight. But hardly had the flash cut into the darkness than it was out and Cliff, seeing it disappear, urged his comrades to retreat with him; their purpose was accomplished and they must be gone before the Spaniard could organize pursuit.

Running feet and terrified screams showed that the surprise had thrown the locals off balance and sent them fleeing. But just as the flash pierced the darkness, it was gone, and Cliff, seeing it vanish, urged his teammates to back away with him; their mission was complete, and they needed to leave before the Spaniards could get their act together and chase them.

“I found him sound asleep when I threw the light on him,” Bill said as they hurried back up the pass. “He was so dazzled by the light I know he didn’t recognize me, with all the noise to muddle up his mind.”

“I found him deep asleep when I shone the light on him,” Bill said as they rushed back up the pass. “He was so blinded by the light I know he didn’t recognize me, with all the noise confusing him.”

“Then he has no map,” Cliff declared. “When he is surprised and can’t take time to exercise his willpower a man does things by instinct; I read a lot about that in a book. If a man has something very valuable and he thinks—or doesn’t have time to think—there is any sudden threat to its safety, he makes a grab for it.”

“Then he doesn’t have a map,” Cliff said. “When he’s caught off guard and can’t take a moment to think things through, a person acts on instinct; I read a lot about that in a book. If someone has something really valuable and he believes—or doesn’t have time to think—that there’s a sudden threat to its safety, he instinctively reaches for it.”

“Well,” Bill told them, “Our ‘friend’ Sancho Pizzara, was sound asleep and when I woke him up, with noise and excitement, he reached for his Crucifix. So, you see, he did not have the map stolen—unless Whackey failed to get there.”

“Well,” Bill told them, “Our ‘friend’ Sancho Pizzara was fast asleep, and when I woke him up with all the noise and excitement, he reached for his Crucifix. So, you see, he didn’t have the map stolen—unless Whackey didn’t make it there.”

“This Sancho man would be awake—waiting,” Tom objected.

“This Sancho guy would be awake—waiting,” Tom argued.

66

“With his gun ready and—and everything!” Nicky added.

“With his gun ready—and everything!” Nicky added.

When they reported to Mr. Whitley he agreed that they had fixed the theft of the map and its destination. The Incas!

When they told Mr. Whitley, he agreed that they had sorted out the theft of the map and where it was headed. The Incas!

“That ends our trip,” he declared, “I cannot risk our lads in such dangerous affairs.”

“That wraps up our trip,” he said, “I can’t put our guys at risk like that.”

Cliff did not argue; that was not his nature. He did not remind Mr. Whitley that the plan suggested by Cliff before they started and for which certain materials had been packed, would not be likely to incur any danger. He simply sat still and watched Nicky and Tom show their disappointment.

Cliff didn't argue; that's just not who he was. He didn't point out to Mr. Whitley that the plan he had suggested before they started, for which some materials had been prepared, was unlikely to lead to any danger. He just sat quietly and watched Nicky and Tom express their disappointment.

But when the camp was once more quiet, if not asleep, he spoke to his comrades quietly and later on slipped away.

But when the camp was quiet again, if not asleep, he spoke to his friends quietly and later slipped away.

67

CHAPTER VIII
THE RESULT

What Cliff planned to do was based more on intuition than on any carefully thought out ideas. When the excitement broke out it was early morning; by the time that the camp settled down again it was almost time for dawn. As he returned to his tent with Tom and Nicky he had a sudden flash of inspiration and when he saw that in spite of their excitement his two companions fell into futile speculation, he decided that what he wanted to do could be done only if he acted alone and at once. Discussion would only waste time; no one else could accompany him. Of course he thought of consulting his elders; but like any young fellow who had what appeared to be a bright idea he wanted to accomplish his plan alone and not have to turn it over to someone else.

What Cliff planned to do was driven more by instinct than by any well-thought-out ideas. When the excitement kicked in, it was early morning; by the time the camp calmed down again, it was almost dawn. As he made his way back to his tent with Tom and Nicky, he had a sudden burst of inspiration. He noticed that despite their excitement, his two friends were stuck in pointless speculation, so he decided that he could only carry out his plan if he acted alone and immediately. Discussion would only waste time; no one else could go with him. He did consider asking his elders for advice, but like any young person who felt they had a great idea, he wanted to carry out his plan by himself and not hand it off to someone else.

So Cliff slipped quietly out of camp as the first pale gray of approaching daylight threw the peaks ahead into jagged silhouette.

So Cliff quietly slipped out of camp as the first light of dawn cast the peaks ahead into sharp silhouettes.

68

They had already gone down the pass; that way they had failed. Cliff turned upward. He moved quickly, alertly, progressing rapidly.

They had already gone down the pass; that way they had failed. Cliff turned upward. He moved quickly and attentively, making good progress.

His intuition had told him that it was probable that the Indian, Huayca, if he really did mean to go to the Incas, would want to be able to report to them what the white people did when their map was stolen.

His gut feeling told him that the Indian, Huayca, if he truly intended to go to the Incas, would want to be able to inform them about what the white people did when their map was stolen.

That meant to Cliff that Huayca would only go far enough ahead to find a secure hiding place. He would not want to travel off into the next stretch of pass, which was very close to a deeply cut ravine, without daylight. He could hide and watch! He might!

That meant to Cliff that Huayca would only go far enough ahead to find a secure hiding place. He wouldn’t want to travel into the next stretch of the pass, which was very close to a deep ravine, without daylight. He could hide and watch! He might!

“If I had to watch,” Cliff thought, “I would find a place high up and out of sight. Not a tree, because I might be seen in a tree; but I would get up on a ledge if I could find one.”

“If I had to watch,” Cliff thought, “I would find a spot high up and out of sight. Not a tree, because I might be spotted in a tree; but I would climb up on a ledge if I could find one.”

There were plenty of ledges because that part of the pass led through fissures broken in the mountain by some great force of Nature in past ages. But the problem was to locate the right and most probable one in the dark and then to ascend to its top.

There were lots of ledges because that section of the pass went through cracks in the mountain created by some huge force of Nature ages ago. But the challenge was finding the right and most likely one in the dark and then climbing to its top.

69

Far above, toward the East, the sky began to glow with the first proof that the sun was stoking his fires for a new day; in the pass night still fought to hold its own. The light gave the higher points a greater prominence and helped Cliff while the darkness around him also helped him by hiding his moving form.

Far above, towards the East, the sky started to glow with the first sign that the sun was getting ready to rise for a new day; the night was still trying to hold on. The light made the higher spots stand out more and assisted Cliff, while the darkness around him also helped by concealing his movements.

“From the shape of that ledge ahead,” he said to himself, “I am coming to a bend in the pass; now that would be a fine spot if——”

“From the shape of that ledge ahead,” he thought to himself, “I’m approaching a bend in the path; that would be a great spot if——”

He reached the bend; carefully he peered around. There ended the fissures; the pass, which had run between high cliffs, swung rather sharply around the nose of a ledge and ran along the side of an open depth, a valley filled with mist; in the dark Cliff could not tell how deep it was, nor how wide.

He reached the bend and cautiously looked around. The cracks stopped there; the path, which had run between tall cliffs, turned sharply around a ledge and followed the edge of an open depth, a valley filled with fog. In the darkness, Cliff couldn't tell how deep or wide it was.

The ledge, right at the turn, projecting a trifle, and about sixty feet above his head, was an ideal spot to spy from; if he could find a way up it would give him a place to see the pass toward the camp and also around the bend.

The ledge, just at the turn, sticking out a bit and about sixty feet above him, was a perfect spot to watch from; if he could figure out a way to get up there, it would give him a vantage point to see the path to the camp and also around the bend.

“Such a ledge as that would be perfect for an ambush,” he thought. Cliff had read how the Incas, in their battles against the invading Spaniards, had ambushed soldiers in these mountain passes, dropping rocks from points above them, loosing flights of arrows, stunning them with stones from the slings with which they were expert. Here was the spot for such an attack.

“Such a ledge would be perfect for an ambush,” he thought. Cliff had read about how the Incas, in their battles against the invading Spaniards, had ambushed soldiers in these mountain passes by dropping rocks from above, shooting arrows, and stunning them with stones from their skilled slings. This was the ideal place for such an attack.

70

How did the Incas get to such ledges? As he remembered his history, Cliff thought of a ladder woven of osier strands, tough vines that were to be found in that country. Bridges were swung across mountain streams with twisted ropes and cables of those stout vines; with planks supported by them footways were made that swayed dizzily, dipped in terrifying fashion, but that gave safe crossings to sure footed mountaineers.

How did the Incas reach those ledges? As he recalled his history, Cliff thought of a ladder made from flexible branches, tough vines that were native to that region. Bridges were strung across mountain streams using twisted ropes and cables made from those strong vines; walkways were built from planks supported by them, which swayed unsteadily and dipped dangerously, but provided safe passage for sure-footed mountain climbers.

He stepped off the rocky path into brush under the lip of the ledge and, almost as much by feeling as by sight, explored the side of the cliff. There was nothing, at first, to reward his search; but after some time, cleverly hidden among the brush, he found twisted, sturdy ropes that were so woven as to give the shape of a rude ladder with sagging but staunch crosspieces of the same vines. The ladder ran upward as high as his arms could reach, and without any hesitation Cliff began to climb.

He stepped off the rocky path into the bushes under the edge of the ledge and, mostly by feel rather than sight, explored the side of the cliff. At first, there was nothing to show for his search; but after a while, cleverly hidden among the bushes, he found twisted, sturdy ropes woven together to form a makeshift ladder with sagging but strong crosspieces made of the same vines. The ladder extended up as high as he could reach with his arms, and without any hesitation, Cliff started to climb.

71

From its location his ladder could not be seen until one got well around the bend and there, for the light was better and he could see, the pass ran only a short way, then swung across one of those osier bridges, still kept in repair because this was one of the main-traveled paths. Amid the brush and stuff and with trees between it and the path, the ladder was not apt to attract attention. Its withes felt pliant and fresh with sap. Cliff decided that it was not an old ladder, but a new one, recently placed; perhaps for the very purpose to which Huayca might recently have put it.

From where he stood, the ladder was out of sight until you got around the bend. There, the light was better and he could see that the passage only went a short way before it curved over one of those willow bridges, which was still maintained because this was one of the main paths. Surrounded by brush and trees blocking the view from the path, the ladder was unlikely to be noticed. Its twigs felt flexible and fresh with sap. Cliff concluded that it wasn't an old ladder, but a new one, recently installed; maybe even for the same purpose that Huayca had just used it for.

As he neared the top, Cliff became cautious. He lifted himself slowly so that he would make very little noise. When his head was level with the top of the ledge he protruded it upward with utmost care and spied around, his eyes just able to see.

As he got closer to the top, Cliff started to be careful. He raised himself slowly to avoid making any noise. When his head was level with the top of the ledge, he cautiously peeked over, his eyes just able to see.

The flat top of the ledge, he saw, was about an acre in extent. It sloped slightly upward to the next sharp rise at the back and light showing from the brightening sky indicated a fissure, possibly another pass, in the cleft.

The flat top of the ledge was about an acre in size. It sloped gently upward to the next sharp rise at the back, and light coming from the brightening sky hinted at a crack, maybe another pass, in the cleft.

But his attention focused on a clump or mass of stone, quite large, near the middle of the level space.

But his attention was drawn to a sizable chunk of stone located near the center of the flat area.

In the pale light it bulked like a ghostly ruin. Cliff eased carefully until he could get to the pajonal—short, yellow grass of the mountains—which covered the top of that ledge.

In the dim light, it loomed like a spooky ruin. Cliff moved cautiously until he could reach the pajonal—short, yellow grass of the mountains—which grew on top of that ledge.

72

Then he made his way with as soft a tread as he could, to the ruin. It looked as though, in some ancient day, a granary or rest house or barracks had been built; time had helped the frost and heat to crumble many of its stones, so that it had little shape; but at one point there seemed to be a rude hut rebuilt from the stones. Toward this Cliff crept.

Then he made his way as quietly as possible to the ruins. It looked like, in some distant past, a granary or rest house or barracks had been built there; time had caused the frost and heat to break down many of its stones, so it had lost its shape. However, at one spot, there appeared to be a rough hut that had been rebuilt from the stones. Toward this, Cliff crept.

He had scarcely reached the side of the small stone pile when he heard what at first sounded like a groan, but then was more like a yawn.

He had just arrived at the small stone pile when he heard what initially sounded like a groan, but then resembled a yawn.

“Huayca!—I guess!” Cliff reasoned, “he came here and when he saw our fire die down—he could, from that further ledge—he decided to take a nap.”

“Huayca!—I guess!” Cliff reasoned, “he came here and when he saw our fire die down—he could, from that further ledge—he decided to take a nap.”

He wasted no time in hesitation while he thought; he sent his eyes darting here and there till he saw, close to the hut, a spot in the crumbled masonry where he could creep into a niche and be out of sight of anyone emerging from the hut door.

He didn't waste a moment hesitating while he thought; his eyes quickly scanned the area until he spotted a place in the crumbled masonry near the hut where he could slip into a niche and remain out of sight of anyone coming out of the hut door.

He squeezed into his niche only just in time. Yawning, stretching, a tall figure, arms flung wide, stood in the hut doorway for a moment, then strolled over toward the edge of the cliff, lay flat and peered toward Cliff’s camp.

He squeezed into his spot just in time. Yawning and stretching, a tall figure with arms spread wide stood in the hut doorway for a moment, then wandered over to the edge of the cliff, laid down, and looked towards Cliff’s camp.

73

Cliff, peering from his hiding place, watched steadily. The Indian, for the light was strong enough to distinguish him as dark, lithe and dressed as a native, rose to a kneeling posture.

Cliff, looking out from his hiding spot, watched intently. The Indian, as the light was bright enough to make him out as dark-skinned, agile, and dressed like a native, got into a kneeling position.

He fidgeted with his garments while Cliff became very intent. He saw the Indian draw a paper into view. He flattened it on his knee, and in the growing brightness studied it. Then, after an instant of hesitation, he drew off one of his sandal-like foot coverings and thrust the paper, folded, into the shoe.

He fidgeted with his clothes while Cliff focused intensely. He noticed the Indian pull out a piece of paper. He smoothed it out on his knee and examined it in the increasing light. Then, after a moment of hesitation, he took off one of his sandal-like shoes and stuffed the folded paper into it.

Cliff did some hard thinking. This must be Huayca although the light did not yet give proof of that. But the paper did. Cliff’s problem was this: if he disclosed his presence and tried to surprise the Indian the latter might escape—perhaps run to the fissure in the rocks and vanish. With the map—as Cliff surmised the paper must be—in his sandal it was imperative to capture him, and in such a way that Cliff could then be certain he would not destroy the map before Cliff could get it or summon help.

Cliff thought hard. This had to be Huayca, even though the light hadn’t confirmed it yet. But the paper did. Cliff’s dilemma was this: if he revealed himself and tried to catch the Indian by surprise, the Indian might escape—maybe run to the crevice in the rocks and disappear. With the map—since Cliff assumed the paper was the map—in his sandal, it was crucial to capture him in a way that ensured Cliff could retrieve the map before the Indian could destroy it or call for help.

Therefore, his thinking made him determine that he must get the native into some situation where surprise and location would make up for Cliff’s inferior strength and size.

Therefore, his thinking led him to decide that he needed to put the native in a situation where surprise and positioning would compensate for Cliff’s lower strength and size.

74

He reasoned that no native would travel in the mountains without food. Therefore there must be some sort of pack within the hut; probably a pack containing some charqui—the dried, thin sliced deer meat which was a large part of a mountaineer’s food, and dried or parched grain.

He figured that no local would hike in the mountains without food. So there had to be some kind of bag in the hut; likely a bag with some charqui—the dried, thinly sliced deer meat that was a big part of a mountaineer's diet, along with dried or roasted grains.

The Indian was again peering intently toward camp. Perhaps the fire was being made up by natives, or some other activity went forward. Cliff took the chance that the watcher would be so absorbed that he would not see a moving figure in the shadow beside the ruins.

The Indian was once more staring intently toward the camp. Maybe the natives were tending to the fire, or some other activity was happening. Cliff took the opportunity, thinking that the watcher would be so focused that he wouldn’t notice a figure moving in the shadows next to the ruins.

Sidling along, stepping cautiously to avoid loose stones—for the least sound, in that stillness, would carry to keen Indian ears!—he slipped to the hut door and vanished inside it.

Sidling along and stepping carefully to avoid loose stones—since even the slightest sound in that stillness would reach sharp Indian ears!—he slipped to the hut door and disappeared inside.

The place had no windows. Except for the doorway, lacking any door, there was no place where light could enter; since that opening faced the west, the interior was dark—pitch dark!

The place had no windows. Except for the doorway, which had no door, there was no way for light to come in; since that opening faced west, the inside was dark—completely dark!

Cliff felt his way carefully. His foot touched something; he paused and stooped. Exploring fingers assured him that he had found a small pack; around it was a packstrap with some rope attached so that the pack could be tied up.

Cliff moved cautiously. His foot brushed against something; he stopped and bent down. As he inspected it with his hands, he confirmed he had come across a small pack; it had a strap around it with some rope attached for securing the pack.

75

Loosening the rope, Cliff drew it free; with it he slipped back to the doorway and stopped just inside and beyond the dull glimmer of light it admitted. He saw the Indian fasten his sandal, rise and saunter toward the hut—for his breakfast.

Loosening the rope, Cliff pulled it free; then he backed up to the doorway and paused just inside, beyond the faint light that came through. He saw the Indian tie his sandal, stand up, and stroll toward the hut—for his breakfast.

Totally unsuspicious the Indian approached; Cliff held his breath. As the other stepped in Cliff’s foot shot across the entry and the Indian, with no way to foresee the ruse, stumbled and fell forward. At the same instant Cliff moved.

Totally unsuspecting, the Indian approached; Cliff held his breath. As the other stepped in, Cliff's foot shot across the entry, and the Indian, unable to predict the trick, stumbled and fell forward. At the same moment, Cliff moved.

With pantherish quickness he grasped the two feet which had flung out as the man fell; around them, before the other knew just what had attacked him, Cliff flung the rope, drawing taut the end; a slip-noose, cleverly maneuvered over the ankles, drew tight.

With feline speed, he grabbed the two feet that had kicked out as the man fell; before the other even realized what had happened, Cliff threw the rope, pulling the end tight; a slipknot, skillfully maneuvered over the ankles, tightened.

Then began a battle between the man, prone but able to kick and scramble, and Cliff, working to get his rope over a rock.

Then a battle started between the man, lying down but able to kick and squirm, and Cliff, trying to get his rope over a rock.

In the camp Mr. Whitley came from his tent, yawning; he had secured but a little sleep. He saw Tom and Nicky, beside the campfire and approached.

In the camp, Mr. Whitley emerged from his tent, yawning; he had gotten only a bit of sleep. He noticed Tom and Nicky by the campfire and walked over.

“Where is Cliff?”

"Where's Cliff?"

“He went after Whackey before dawn.” Bill, hearing, ran over.

“He went after Whackey before dawn.” Bill, hearing this, ran over.

76

“Why didn’t he tell me?” Quipu Bill said in an injured voice, “I’m going after him. That Indian—if Cliff comes up with him at all—may be dangerous!”

“Why didn’t he tell me?” Quipu Bill said in a hurt voice, “I’m going after him. That Indian—if Cliff even shows up with him—could be dangerous!”

“Look!” Nicky fairly screamed, “up there——”

“Look!” Nicky practically yelled, “up there——”

His pointing finger called for no further words. They all turned their eyes up the pass. Outlined against the yellow and crimson of sunrise was a silhouetted figure, prancing.

His pointing finger said it all. They all glanced up the pass. Against the yellow and crimson of the sunrise was a silhouetted figure, dancing around.

Faintly came a shouted call.

A faint shout was heard.

Like racers at the clang of a bell the four were away up that pass. As they neared they heard Cliff calling down to them and telling about the ladder.

Like racers at the sound of a bell, the four took off up that pass. As they got closer, they heard Cliff calling down to them and talking about the ladder.

In the hut doorway they soon discovered a scowling but silent captive.

In the hut doorway, they quickly found a scowling but silent captive.

It was Huayca, without any mistake.

It was definitely Huayca.

“How did you ever?——” began Mr. Whitley and Nicky, almost together.

“How did you even?——” started Mr. Whitley and Nicky, almost in unison.

Cliff explained. When he reached the point where he had the rope twisted about Huayca’s ankles he grinned.

Cliff explained. When he got to the point where he had the rope wrapped around Huayca’s ankles, he grinned.

77

“He wriggled and yelled and squirmed,” he said, “but I knew if I could keep his feet in the air long enough and didn’t tire out first I would win; when he stopped wriggling I got a chance to pull home a slip-knot I made and then I got the rope end over that place in the stone—it was sort of like a pulley and when I hauled on the rope his feet were up in the air and I tied the rope and ran to call you.”

“He squirmed and shouted,” he said, “but I knew that if I could keep his feet in the air long enough and didn’t tire out first, I would win; when he stopped wriggling, I had a chance to pull tight the slip-knot I made and then I got the rope end over that spot in the stone—it acted kind of like a pulley, and when I pulled on the rope, his feet were off the ground, and I tied the rope and ran to call you.”

“I wonder if he had the map?” Tom said.

“I wonder if he had the map?” Tom said.

Cliff walked to the man lying with his heels higher than his head, and jerked off a sandal.

Cliff walked over to the man lying with his heels higher than his head and pulled off a sandal.

Then they did slap Cliff’s back!

Then they patted Cliff's back!

78

CHAPTER IX
AMBUSHED!

What to do next was a problem. They discussed it, breakfasting after Huayca had been returned to camp. They had the map again; but, at the same time, they had native carriers who had tried to slip away under cover of darkness; they had Huayca, morose, sullen, who must be guarded constantly or released to slip away and tell the Incas of their movements.

What to do next was a dilemma. They talked it over while having breakfast after Huayca had been brought back to camp. They had the map again, but at the same time, they had local carriers who had attempted to sneak away under the cover of darkness. They also had Huayca, gloomy and withdrawn, who had to be constantly watched or risk being let go to inform the Incas of their plans.

The mystery of the Spaniard was cleared up: when Bill had gone to his camp the night before he had seen from the way the man stumbled up that his ankle had been turned; they had stopped to let it rest or to improvise a rude hamaca—the native sedan-chair or palanquin, really more of a stretcher.

The mystery of the Spaniard was resolved: when Bill went to his camp the night before, he noticed from the way the man stumbled that he had sprained his ankle; they had paused to let it rest or to create a makeshift hamaca—the native sedan-chair or palanquin, which was basically more like a stretcher.

79

They discussed matters from every angle but could not find a plan that suited them all. If they went ahead their natives might disappear with the very things that were most necessary to their plans: if they kept a guard it would show that they were not the innocent travellers that they claimed they were. Of course Huayca knew the truth; but had he told the other natives? If they went on he might make their carriers turn against him. If they released him he would certainly go straight to the Incas, perhaps leaving the natives prepared to desert them or to lead them into some trap and there desert them.

They talked about everything from all perspectives but couldn't come up with a plan that worked for everyone. If they moved forward, their locals might vanish along with the very things they needed most for their plans: if they kept a guard, it would indicate they weren't the innocent travelers they claimed to be. Of course, Huayca knew the truth; but had he shared it with the other locals? If they continued, he might cause their carriers to turn against him. If they let him go, he would definitely head straight to the Incas, possibly leaving the locals ready to abandon them or to lead them into a trap and then betray them.

Their discussion had reached no end when they saw four natives coming up the pass, carrying a roughly made litter. In it was Pizzara, the Spaniard.

Their conversation didn’t seem to be going anywhere when they noticed four locals approaching the pass, carrying a makeshift stretcher. On it lay Pizzara, the Spaniard.

“I twis’ the foot,” he said after he had been brought to their circle and his litter had been set down. “Thank you very much, I have eat the breakfast.”

“I twisted my foot,” he said after he had been brought to their circle and his litter had been set down. “Thank you very much, I’ve had breakfast.”

He rolled a cigarette and they watched him without speech.

He rolled a cigarette, and they watched him in silence.

“You no fools,” he declared, finally, “you know why I follow. When I was in Senor Sander’s camp one Indian come and say he pay me for go to stop letter. I try but—” he nodded at Mr. Whitley, “—I not so lucky.

“You're not fools,” he declared at last, “you know why I'm here. When I was at Senor Sander's camp, an Indian came and offered to pay me to stop a letter. I tried, but—” he nodded at Mr. Whitley, “—I wasn’t so lucky."

“But Indian disappear in Lima. He not pay me. So I think to follow you and so come to place where is much gold.

“But the Indian disappeared in Lima. He didn’t pay me. So I thought I’d follow you and came to a place where there is a lot of gold.”

80

“But why must I follow? Let us join together. That way we are stronger.”

“But why do I have to follow? Let’s come together. That way we’re stronger.”

They exchanged surprised glances.

They shared surprised looks.

At a slight shake of the head from Mr. Whitley, Bill spoke. They were not going after gold, he denied, they were going to try to rescue a white man held captive by Incas. They all knew, of course, Cliff thought, that it was useless to try to hoodwink the Spaniard: he knew all but the exact route. It was wiser to admit the truth.

At a slight shake of the head from Mr. Whitley, Bill spoke. They weren't going after gold, he said; they were trying to rescue a white man held captive by the Incas. They all knew, of course, Cliff thought, that it was pointless to try to deceive the Spaniard: he knew almost everything except the exact route. It was better to just admit the truth.

“We will discuss your offer,” John Whitley said, “perhaps we may agree to it. We will let you know later.”

“We’ll talk about your offer,” John Whitley said, “and maybe we can agree on it. We’ll get back to you later.”

The Spaniard nodded, signaled to his bearers to remove his litter but instead of returning down the pass he was carried the other way. They saw why at once. His camp had been broken up and his natives, not very heavily loaded, for he traveled light, came up the path and overtook their master.

The Spaniard nodded and signaled for his bearers to take away his litter, but instead of going back down the path, he was carried in the opposite direction. They saw the reason right away. His camp had been packed up, and his natives, not carrying too much since he traveled light, came up the path and caught up with their master.

“I don’t know how you feel and you don’t know how I feel,” Bill was whittling industriously as he spoke, “but it looks to me as though he has shown us the way out.”

“I don’t know how you feel and you don’t know how I feel,” Bill was carving intently as he spoke, “but it seems to me that he has shown us the way out.”

81

“I don’t see how,” Nicky broke in, “if we go with him he may spoil our plans and get the gold—and—and—everything!”

“I don’t see how,” Nicky jumped in, “if we go with him, he might mess up our plans and get the gold—and—and—everything!”

“He’d follow us, anyhow,” Tom said.

“He'd follow us anyway,” Tom said.

“He won’t make as much trouble if he is with us as he might the other way,” Cliff agreed, “he could be watched.”

“He won’t cause as much trouble if he’s with us as he might if he’s on his own,” Cliff agreed, “he can be kept an eye on.”

“If his natives could carry some of our things,” Mr. Whitley said, “we could discharge our own: they have not proved trustworthy.”

“If his people could carry some of our stuff,” Mr. Whitley said, “we could unload our own: they haven’t been reliable.”

“That is my idea,” Bill nodded, “he has more muscle in his carriers than he is using. Shall we join forces?”

“That’s my idea,” Bill nodded, “he has more muscle in his carriers than he’s using. Should we team up?”

They decided to travel in company. The spokesman was Bill. He explained to Senor Pizzara that their own bearers had tried to run away with their supplies; if he would let his carriers take heavier loads so they could discharge their own, they would agree to his plan. He was eager to accept the proviso.

They decided to travel together. Bill was the spokesperson. He explained to Señor Pizzara that their own bearers had tried to steal their supplies; if he would allow his carriers to take heavier loads so they could lighten their own, they would agree to his plan. He was eager to accept the condition.

Over the swaying bridge of osier and plank that spanned a chasm they passed as one party; their own men went the other way with just enough food to last until they reached the foothills.

Over the swaying bridge made of willow and wood that crossed a deep gorge, they crossed together as one group; their own people went the opposite way with just enough food to last until they got to the foothills.

82

Huayca they kept with them. He was not openly guarded but either Bill or Mr. Whitley kept watch at night and he made no effort to escape.

Huayca stayed with them. He wasn't openly watched, but either Bill or Mr. Whitley kept an eye on him at night, and he didn't try to escape.

Pizzara asked to see the map; there was no reason to refuse. He promised solemnly that he would help them in their effort to rescue Cliff’s father if he still lived; he would provide one more to aid their plans, although these did not confide to him during the journey.

Pizzara asked to see the map; there was no reason to refuse. He promised seriously that he would help them in their effort to rescue Cliff’s father if he was still alive; he would provide one more for their plans, even though they didn’t share those plans with him during the journey.

Up, ever up they toiled. Great cliffs of granite and porphyry, massive and awe-inspiring, lined the path. Vast chasms yawned beside the way. As Cliff expressed it, they were pygmies going through Nature’s giant workshops, where heat and frost, sun and rain, earthquake and volcanic upheaval, tore apart what had been built and threw the odds and ends everywhere.

Up, always up they worked. Huge cliffs of granite and porphyry, massive and impressive, bordered the path. Vast chasms gaped beside the way. As Cliff put it, they were tiny figures navigating through Nature’s giant workshops, where heat and frost, sun and rain, earthquakes and volcanic eruptions, dismantled what had been created and scattered the remnants everywhere.

Colder and colder grew the sharp winds as they climbed into the snowy land above the timberline.

Colder and colder the sharp winds got as they ascended into the snowy land above the tree line.

It was to such a scene of grand and wild awesomeness that the three chums turned smarting eyes, one icy morning, as they emerged from their tent.

It was to such a scene of grand and wild awe that the three friends turned stinging eyes, one frosty morning, as they stepped out of their tent.

83

Beyond their camp a great pair of twin peaks reared snowy crests into the golden light of dawn. Through the dip between those peaks ran the snowy pass marked in the map. They could see part of it already, from their camp in the slightly depressed space they had chosen in which to avoid as much wind sweep as possible. It was a gorgeous sight. Jagged rock, glistening white blankets of virgin snow, fire-lit at the peaks by the approaching sunbeams, deep clefts diving into pitchy darkness, made a sight they could never forget.

Beyond their camp, a stunning pair of twin peaks rose with snowy tops glowing in the golden light of dawn. The snowy pass marked on the map ran through the gap between those peaks. They could already see part of it from their camp, located in the slightly lower area they had chosen to shield themselves from the wind as much as possible. It was a breathtaking sight. Jagged rocks, shimmering white blankets of untouched snow, illuminated at the peaks by the approaching sunlight, and deep chasms plunging into deep darkness created a scene they would always remember.

“But look!” said Nicky, first to get his fill of Nature’s marvels, “There aren’t any Indians!”

“But look!” said Nicky, the first to take in Nature’s wonders, “There aren’t any Indians!”

“Good gravy!” agreed Tom with his favorite exclamation. “You’re right. Where—? Oh, Bill! Say, Bill!” He and the others raced toward the figure sitting composedly by a roaring dry-alcohol stove over whose wind-fanned blaze he was heating coffee. Mr. Whitley emerged from his tent, shivering, and joined them.

“Good grief!” agreed Tom with his favorite exclamation. “You’re right. Where—? Oh, Bill! Hey, Bill!” He and the others hurried toward the figure sitting calmly by a roaring dry-alcohol stove, over which he was heating coffee with a wind-fanned blaze. Mr. Whitley came out of his tent, shivering, and joined them.

“What has happened?” he inquired.

“What happened?” he asked.

“Just what I expected,” Bill said. “The gay Spanish Don has taken his natives and gone on alone.”

“Just what I expected,” Bill said. “The gay Spanish Don has taken his people and left on his own.”

“Deserted us!” cried Mr. Whitley.

"Left us!" cried Mr. Whitley.

84

“Deserted his first love for gold!” grinned Bill. “Yep! I guessed he would, just about here.”

“Left his first love for money!” grinned Bill. “Yep! I figured he would, right around now.”

The chums looked at him in dismay.

The friends looked at him in shock.

“Oh, he left all our supplies,” Bill assured them. “Everything is intact. That’s why I let him go.”

“Oh, he left all our supplies,” Bill assured them. “Everything is intact. That’s why I let him go.”

“But what shall we do?” asked Nicky.

“But what should we do?” asked Nicky.

“Follow!” stated Tom.

“Follow me!” said Tom.

“Not exactly,” Bill corrected. “See—” he pointed toward the saddle-like depression between the peaks,—“he goes that way. We turn right around on our tracks and go back—that way!”

“Not quite,” Bill corrected. “Look—” he pointed toward the saddle-like dip between the peaks, “he’s going that way. We turn right around on our path and head back—that way!”

“Give up?” said Cliff, disappointedly.

“Give up?” Cliff said, disappointed.

“Nope! Climb down!”

“Nope! Get down!”

They stared at him. Was good old Bill growing queer or was he trying to be funny?

They stared at him. Was good old Bill becoming weird or was he just trying to be funny?

“Climb down?” Nicky demanded. “Where? Why? And where is Whackey?”

“Climb down?” Nicky asked. “Where? Why? And where is Whackey?”

“You don’t know my mind, and—I’m not going to tell you!” Bill varied his usual formula. “As for Whackey, I let him go in the deep, dark night. We don’t need him any more.”

“You don’t know what I’m thinking, and—I’m not going to tell you!” Bill changed up his usual way of speaking. “As for Whackey, I let him go into the deep, dark night. We don’t need him anymore.”

It was all a puzzle and baffled the young fellows. Mr. Whitley seemed to be deeper in Bill’s confidence, for he smiled at them.

It was all a mystery and confused the young guys. Mr. Whitley appeared to have more of Bill's trust, as he smiled at them.

85

“Bill should not tease, up here in this cold place,” he said. “The truth is, we are in the little cup of what must have been a high mountain lake. It is just low enough in altitude to be below the eternal ice line in summer. At present we are really camped on a vast cake of ice which has frozen over it since the past summer. It will stay this way until next year; then the ice will melt gradually and any snow that turns to water will add to the reservoir.”

“Bill shouldn't tease, not here in this cold place,” he said. “The truth is, we're in the small basin of what must have been a high mountain lake. It's just low enough in altitude to fall below the eternal ice line in summer. Right now, we’re actually camped on a huge sheet of ice that has frozen over since last summer. It will remain like this until next year; then the ice will gradually melt, and any snow that turns to water will add to the reservoir.”

In centuries long gone, he explained, the Incas must have chosen this as one of their water-reservoir links. They had wonderfully perfect systems of aqueducts as the chums knew.

In centuries past, he explained, the Incas must have picked this as one of their water-reservoir connections. They had incredibly efficient systems of aqueducts, as the locals knew.

“At any rate,” he proceeded, “Bill is engineer enough to surmise that the ruined and blocked-up stone depression we saw half a mile away is part of an old Inca ‘pipe line’ or aqueduct, and that this one communicates with others. In fact, when he came here the first time he saw that it was possible to pretend to give up and retrace our way, and then to dive into a sort of stone subway and go around to come out beyond the place where there might be an ambush.”

“At any rate,” he continued, “Bill is smart enough to guess that the ruined and blocked-up stone depression we saw half a mile away is part of an old Inca ‘pipeline’ or aqueduct, and that this one connects with others. In fact, when he came here for the first time, he noticed that it was possible to pretend to give up and go back the way we came, and then to dive into a kind of stone subway and go around to come out beyond the spot where there might be an ambush.”

86

“But the others will be caught,” Cliff said, in dismay.

“But the others will be caught,” Cliff said, feeling upset.

“I warned Pizzara several days ago that the Incas were watching for us,” Bill declared. “He thought I was trying to frighten him. We can’t chase him! I think the worst that can happen will be that the Incas will drive him back.”

“I warned Pizzara several days ago that the Incas were watching for us,” Bill declared. “He thought I was just trying to scare him. We can’t go after him! I think the worst that can happen is that the Incas will push him back.”

Which, in fact, was a good guess.

Which, in fact, was a good guess.

A week later, after they had plunged into a rock-buttressed cut and explored its communicating cuts, always working by compass to pass around the frozen lake, they came to a place where Bill halted them while he climbed the jagged, crumbled side of their cut to spy out the lay of the land.

A week later, after they had gone into a rock-walled ravine and explored its connecting paths, always using a compass to navigate around the frozen lake, they arrived at a spot where Bill stopped them so he could climb the rough, crumbled side of the ravine to check the landscape.

It had been no fun, that week in the cut. Packs were all exceedingly heavy since five had to carry the loads of ten, even though depleted by weeks of travel during which the food had dwindled rapidly. So they struggled over rock debris, up sloping walls, over obstacles, sometimes in dark tunnels for a short distance; but as Bill returned to them they knew that it had been an effort well repaid.

It hadn't been fun that week in the wilderness. The packs were incredibly heavy since five people had to carry the loads meant for ten, especially after weeks of travel where their food supplies had quickly run low. They struggled over rocky terrain, up sloping walls, and over obstacles, sometimes crawling through dark tunnels for a short distance. But as Bill came back to them, they realized that all their hard work had really paid off.

87

“Trampled snow,” he said. “Abandoned packs. Signs of a fight. Rocks dropped. Arrows stuck in the snow. I guess they turned our Spanish friend back, and turned him quick!”

“Trampled snow,” he said. “Abandoned packs. Signs of a struggle. Rocks dropped. Arrows stuck in the snow. I guess they sent our Spanish friend back, and did it fast!”

Perhaps Bill did not tell quite all he had seen; nor did the boys press him for details.

Perhaps Bill didn’t share everything he had seen, and the boys didn’t push him for more details.

Bill and Mr. Whitley decided that it was safe to go on; there were no signs of Indians. It was supposed that Huayca had joined his own forces; no doubt, seeing the white party turn and retrace its steps, he and the others decided that they had turned back; at any rate they were not to be seen, those Incas, though a sharp lookout was maintained.

Bill and Mr. Whitley agreed it was safe to continue; there were no signs of any Native Americans. It was thought that Huayca had regrouped his forces; surely, noticing the white party turn back, he and the others assumed they had abandoned their journey. In any case, those Incas were nowhere to be found, even though they kept a close watch.

Many were the adventures through which the chums passed; once, in the White Pass, the whole party lost its footing when Tom slipped and dragged them all over the edge of a small crevice in the ice; but the mountain climber’s staff, which Bill had swiftly jammed in the ice, held them until they could scramble up—and the steep drop where the crevice widened just beyond was avoided.

Many were the adventures the friends experienced; once, in the White Pass, the whole group lost their footing when Tom slipped and pulled them all over the edge of a small ice crevice; but the mountain climber's staff, which Bill quickly wedged into the ice, held them until they were able to scramble back up—and they avoided the steep drop where the crevice widened just beyond.

88

Nicky found a wounded vicuna and tried to take the frightened little mountain sheep with them, but it disappeared during the night and they never knew whether one of the Andean eagles, of which they saw many, had swept it away or if in its struggles against its tether it had lost its footing and fallen over a precipice near the camp. Entering a cave to shelter for the night, they once surprised some of the huge vultures, having a feast on some frozen animal—Cliff and Nicky were badly buffeted by their wings in an effort to escape from the cave without rolling down a steep slide; but in time the high places were behind them and they began to drop slowly down into the verdure of the less chilly slopes.

Nicky found an injured vicuna and tried to take the scared little mountain sheep with them, but it disappeared overnight, and they never found out if one of the Andean eagles, which they saw a lot of, had taken it away or if it had lost its footing and fallen over a cliff near the camp while trying to break free. When they entered a cave to take shelter for the night, they were startled by some huge vultures feasting on a frozen animal—Cliff and Nicky were knocked around by their wings as they tried to escape the cave without sliding down a steep slope; but eventually, they left the high places behind and began to descend slowly into the greenery of the warmer slopes.

After days of rest and other days of travel, they found themselves close to a wide valley, into which there seemed to be no entrance.

After days of resting and more days of traveling, they found themselves near a wide valley that appeared to have no entrance.

They were on a cliff, quite sheer in its drop to the vale beneath; but as they stared, Nicky lifted a hand and pointed—“Look!”

They were on a cliff, with a steep drop to the valley below; but as they looked, Nicky raised a hand and pointed—“Look!”

Far away they saw the hidden city!

Far away, they spotted the hidden city!

89

CHAPTER X
THE HIDDEN CITY

“There it is,” Nicky repeated, “There’s—”

“There it is,” Nicky said again, “There’s—”

“Incaville?” suggested Tom, smiling.

"Incaville?" Tom suggested, smiling.

“No—wait! I know! Quichaka!”

“No—wait! I know! Quichaka!”

“Quichaka it is,” said Bill. “But don’t make any noise. If anybody is down below we don’t want them to know about us until all our plans are completed.”

“Quichaka it is,” said Bill. “But keep it quiet. If anyone is below, we don’t want them to find out about us until we’ve finished all our plans.”

They grew quiet, then, looking down for several hundred feet into the valley. To the right and to the left, similar cliffs and steep drops made the valley inaccessible. It had been well chosen as a retreat by the old tribe when the Spaniards came into their country; and it was not alone a safe retreat; it was a fertile valley also. Corn could be seen in great, green fields, and other spots were tilled and showed the bright colors of growing plants.

They fell silent, gazing down several hundred feet into the valley. On both the right and left, similar cliffs and steep drops made the valley unreachable. The old tribe had chosen it wisely as a refuge when the Spaniards invaded their land; it wasn’t just a safe hideout, but also a fertile valley. You could see corn growing in large, green fields, and other areas were cultivated, displaying the vibrant colors of thriving plants.

90

“The city is too far away to tell much about it, even with the field glasses,” said Mr. Whitley. “But it is guarded by mountains even more rugged than those we have just passed through. We shall soon be in its streets, if all goes well.”

“The city is too far away to see much of it, even with binoculars,” said Mr. Whitley. “But it’s surrounded by mountains that are even tougher than the ones we just went through. We’ll be in its streets soon, if everything goes according to plan.”

They began to prepare at once for their descent into the valley.

They immediately started getting ready to go down into the valley.

It was their purpose to go in disguise. They had the clothing for their disguises and had carefully brought some herbs from which Bill had made a dye. They located a fairly deep depression in a rock, discovered a stream and carried their buckets full of water from it to the stone, a wilderness bathtub, as Cliff called it.

It was their plan to go in disguise. They had the outfits for their disguises and had thoughtfully brought some herbs that Bill used to make a dye. They found a pretty deep dip in a rock, found a stream, and brought their buckets filled with water from it to the stone, a wild bathtub, as Cliff called it.

Nicky and Tom, just to be perverse, as an outlet for their enthusiasm, now that the real adventure was so near, declared: “It’s a small depression in the rocks, selected by Bill!” Joking so, they created a small pool, large enough for their purposes.

Nicky and Tom, just to be difficult, as a way to channel their excitement now that the real adventure was almost here, announced, “It’s a small dip in the rocks, picked by Bill!” By joking like this, they made a small pool that was big enough for what they needed.

Into the water Bill emptied a preparation he had guarded carefully from moisture and damage; it was a dye known to him, that turned the water a dull, murky mud color at first; but when it cleared, it made a limpid, brown-red pool.

Into the water, Bill poured a preparation he had kept safe from moisture and damage; it was a dye he was familiar with, which initially turned the water a dull, murky brown color; but when it cleared, it created a clear, brown-red pool.

91

“Off with every shred of clothes, and in we go!” he said. “Every spot on your bodies, even your hair, must be Indian.”

“Off with all your clothes, and let’s jump in!” he said. “Every inch of your bodies, even your hair, has to be Indian.”

The plan Cliff had suggested in Amadale, and which had been accepted by Mr. Whitley, and, later, by Bill, depended upon a complete disguise so that they could don the native garb, even the robes and ornaments of Inca nobles, later and not be suspected.

The plan Cliff proposed in Amadale, which Mr. Whitley and later Bill agreed to, relied on a full disguise so they could wear the native clothing, including the robes and ornaments of Inca nobles, later without raising any suspicion.

Into the turgid pool they plunged. Nicky, who rather hated cold water, was the only one who did not dive in, so to speak. He dipped a toe and they all roared as he drew it out. “Red-toe!” Cliff shouted. “Nicky-Nicky Red-toe!”

Into the deep pool they jumped. Nicky, who truly disliked cold water, was the only one who didn't dive in, so to speak. He tested the water with a toe, and they all laughed as he quickly pulled it out. “Red-toe!” Cliff called out. “Nicky-Nicky Red-toe!”

“Well, you needn’t talk! Who ever saw an Inca with a white man’s head.”

“Well, you don’t have to say anything! Who ever saw an Inca with a white man's head?”

They bantered and chaffed him as he gradually dipped in and then Tom caught Nicky off his guard and dragged him in, all-over! He tried to duck Tom in return, and they made a game of it until Mr. Whitley warned them against the danger of their shouts being heard.

They joked around and teased him as he slowly dipped in, and then Tom caught Nicky off guard and pulled him in, completely submerged! Nicky tried to duck Tom in return, and they turned it into a game until Mr. Whitley warned them about the risk of their yelling being overheard.

92

When, after carefully inspecting one another and being certain that not even a part in their hair would show a break in the rich, deep, copper-brownish red of the vegetable dye which penetrated their pores but had no ill effects, they stood around in the sunshine, drying.

When, after closely examining each other and making sure that not even a section of their hair showed any break in the vibrant, deep copper-brownish red of the vegetable dye that soaked into their skin but had no negative effects, they stood in the sunlight, drying.

The surprise to them all was the effect which the dye had on Cliff. His light, tow-colored hair had come out a rich, glistening and beautiful reddish golden color!

The surprise for everyone was the impact the dye had on Cliff. His light, blond hair had turned into a rich, shiny, and beautiful reddish-golden color!

“Glory to gramma!” Nicky laughed. “Wouldn’t that be lovely if you were a girl? Those curls! Those ringlets! Those golden red curlies!”

“Glory to Grandma!” Nicky laughed. “Wouldn’t that be nice if you were a girl? Those curls! Those ringlets! Those golden red curls!”

“At that,” said Bill soberly, turning Cliff around as he inspected. “This is going to turn out well for us.”

“At that,” Bill said seriously, turning Cliff around as he looked him over. “This is going to work out well for us.”

“Turn out well? How?” inquired Mr. Whitley.

“Turn out well? How?” asked Mr. Whitley.

“We won’t go as simple natives wandering in by mistake, as we had planned,” Bill said. “Do you happen to remember anything about the Inca religion?”

“We won’t just wander in like clueless tourists, as we originally planned,” Bill said. “Do you happen to remember anything about the Inca religion?”

“Why, yes,” they all chorused, beginning to dress in the simple, but bright wool robes Bill had selected before they left Cuzco and which looked very well with their deeply toned skin.

“Sure,” they all replied, starting to put on the simple but vibrant wool robes Bill had picked out before they left Cuzco, which complemented their richly toned skin nicely.

“They worshipped the Sun,” Tom said. “They built temples to the Sun.”

“They worshipped the Sun,” Tom said. “They built temples for the Sun.”

93

“More than that,” Bill added. “To them the Sun was the visible symbol of the god they worshipped, Raymi. But they also believed that the moon was the wife of the Sun, and that such stars as they could see were like a retinue or court of pages to wait on the royal Sun and his moon-wife.”

“Furthermore,” Bill added. “To them, the Sun was the visible symbol of the god they worshipped, Raymi. They also believed that the moon was the Sun's wife, and that the stars they could see were like a group of attendants serving the royal Sun and his moon-wife.”

“Yes,” Cliff broke in, “I know, or I think I know, what you are about to say. They called Venus—wait, now, let me get it!——”

“Yes,” Cliff interrupted, “I know, or I think I know, what you’re about to say. They called Venus—wait, give me a second!——”

Nicky was bouncing up and down on a rock. Finally he could contain himself no longer.

Nicky was jumping up and down on a rock. Finally, he couldn't hold himself back any longer.

“Chasqui!” he said excitedly.

"Chasqui!" he said excitedly.

“No,” said Tom with contempt, “‘Chasqui’ means a runner—like the chap who carried that quipu.”

“No,” Tom said scornfully, “‘Chasqui’ means a runner—like the guy who carried that quipu.”

Nicky looked crestfallen, but Cliff smiled.

Nicky looked disappointed, but Cliff smiled.

“You were close,” he admitted, “and you reminded me of what I wanted to say.

“You were close,” he admitted, “and you reminded me of what I wanted to say.

“Venus was the favorite star of the Incas and they called her ‘Chaska’—that was like saying ‘Page of the Sun’ but I guess that is a pretty free translation.” He turned to Bill.

“Venus was the favorite star of the Incas, and they called her ‘Chaska’—which was like saying ‘Page of the Sun,’ but I guess that's a pretty loose translation.” He turned to Bill.

“Not too free,” Bill grinned. “But it really meant just exactly what you are at this moment—‘the youth with the flowing and shining locks!’”

“Not too free,” Bill grinned. “But it really meant exactly what you are right now—‘the youth with the flowing and shining hair!’”

94

“Why, yes,” said Mr. Whitley, “I remember that. And it will fit in splendidly. Cliff, from now on, if all goes well, you shall be ‘Chaska—Page of the Sun!’”

“Of course,” said Mr. Whitley, “I remember that. It will fit in perfectly. Cliff, from now on, if all goes well, you’ll be ‘Chaska—Page of the Sun!’”

And, as they made final plans, on their rock, the rush-roofed quarters of Huascar Inca Capac, ruler of hidden Quichaka, were invaded by two unshod men—none wore sandals in the presence of their ruler!—who bowed to the floor.

And as they finalized their plans on their rock, the thatched quarters of Huascar Inca Capac, ruler of the hidden Quichaka, were invaded by two barefoot men—no one wore sandals in front of their ruler!—who bowed to the ground.

“We make report,” said the taller man. “Oh, Inca—” and a stream of titles and words of praise followed.

“We're making a report,” said the taller man. “Oh, Inca—” and a stream of titles and words of praise followed.

“Let it be spoken from the tongues of truth,” said the Inca.

“Let it be said by the voices of truth,” said the Inca.

They bowed again and the story of the exodus into the strange outer world was told. He who had been silent related his experiences on a journey to that strange continent where all men were pale and where many monsters with hot breath and coughing voices dragged great rolling houses along on hard roads of shining metal; where houses were, oh! piled one upon another until one could not count them to the top; where men had even trained huge birds whose wings did not move but whose voices were as the roar of an avalanche, so that these birds did rise from earth to carry the men through the air. Thus, and with many other strange stories he explained to the wondering ruler the sights he had seen but that he did not understand. How could he, buried in his mountain retreat, explain a railway train, or the high skyscrapers of America, or its aeroplanes?

They bowed again, and the story of the exodus into the strange outer world was told. The one who had been quiet shared his experiences from a journey to that unusual continent where everyone was pale and where many monsters with hot breath and coughing voices pulled large rolling houses along hard, shiny metal roads; where houses were piled so high that you couldn't count them to the top; where people had even trained huge birds whose wings didn’t move but whose voices roared like an avalanche, so that these birds would lift off the ground to carry people through the air. With many other strange stories, he explained to the amazed ruler the sights he had seen but didn’t understand. How could he, hidden in his mountain retreat, explain a railway train, or the tall skyscrapers of America, or its airplanes?

95

“And the letter of the captive?” demanded the Inca.

“And what about the letter from the captive?” asked the Inca.

Its story also was told up to the arrival of the party among the snows of the white pass.

Its story was also told up until the party arrived among the snows of the white pass.

“There we flung rocks upon them, and we believe that all ran back except one who lay still until new snow covered him.”

“There we threw rocks at them, and we think all of them ran away except one who stayed still until new snow covered him.”

The Inca commended their splendid work.

The Inca praised their impressive work.

“But this I do not understand,” said he who had been to America, and he displayed the quipu of Bill Sanders. “I sent a message to my brother in the hills and on the way it changed from a message of warning, that men came, to this.”

“But I don’t get this,” said the one who had been to America, holding up Bill Sanders' quipu. “I sent a message to my brother in the hills, and along the way it changed from a warning that men were coming to this.”

“Read it, quipucamayu,” the Inca commanded of the other.

“Read it, quipucamayu,” the Inca commanded of the other.

“It tells, oh Inca, of the coming of one from the stars, yes, even of Chasca, Page of the Sun, himself, as our fathers prophecied so many ages ago.”

“It tells, oh Inca, of the arrival of someone from the stars, yes, even of Chasca, the Page of the Sun, himself, as our ancestors predicted so many ages ago.”

96

“Strange,” mused the ruler. “And last night a star flew from the East to the West and fell into darkness.” The natives of many lands are as superstitious about the marvels of nature as were the Incas. “Is it a good omen, think you?”

“Strange,” thought the ruler. “And last night a star shot across the sky from the East to the West and disappeared into darkness.” People from various lands are just as superstitious about the wonders of nature as the Incas were. “Do you think it's a good omen?”

“Royal Inca, son of the Sun,” answered his priest, “when the royal Atahualpa was on the eve of capture by the men of white faces, it is told by our haravecs—poets, minstrels—that a star fell!”

“Royal Inca, son of the Sun,” replied his priest, “when the royal Atahualpa was about to be captured by the men with white faces, our haravecs—poets and minstrels—tell that a star fell!”

“Even so,” growled the Inca, “if Chasca comes to spell my doom, I care not whether he come from the Sun or from Cupay—the god of evil—I will sink an arrow into his flesh!”

“Even so,” growled the Inca, “if Chasca comes to bring my end, I don’t care whether he comes from the Sun or from Cupay—the god of evil—I will shoot an arrow into his flesh!”

“Not so!” the priest of the Sun was shaking with suppressed dismay. “Oh, Inca, royal though you be, say not thus.”

“Not at all!” the priest of the Sun was shaking with hidden distress. “Oh, Inca, even though you are royal, don’t say that.”

“How be, if I am of the Sun a son—shall I then fear one of his vassals—a page?”

“How can I, if I’m a son of the Sun—fear one of his servants—a page?”

The other noble, a high councillor, spoke softly.

The other noble, a high councilor, spoke quietly.

“Fear not, Inca, neither anger the messenger. When gods begin to fling arrows other gods may be stronger—or weaker.”

“Don’t be afraid, Inca, and don’t get mad at the messenger. When gods start shooting arrows, other gods might be stronger—or weaker.”

97

That evening, just before the moon rose from behind the cliff on which they camped, Tom and Nicky crouched over a tiny electric battery.

That evening, just before the moon rose from behind the cliff where they were camping, Tom and Nicky huddled over a small electric battery.

“There’s Bill’s signal,” whispered Tom. Nicky closed a switch.

“There’s Bill’s signal,” Tom whispered. Nicky flipped a switch.

“Come, Incas, come and watch your first fireworks display!” chuckled Nicky. “I hope it works!” he added.

“Come on, Incas, come and see your first fireworks show!” Nicky laughed. “I hope it goes well!” he added.

In the far city, as the ruddy glow grew on the hilltop, men watching the stars sent word to the Inca of the strange sight. The populace was flat on its collective faces, half terrified, half awed at the red fire shining brightly far to the East; as it died down they saw the silver moon peep at them.

In the distant city, as the red glow brightened on the hilltop, men gazing at the stars informed the Inca about the unusual sight. The people were lying flat on their stomachs, half scared, half amazed at the red fire shining brightly in the East; as it faded, they saw the silver moon peek at them.

And late that night came runners to gasp out their news: in that terror-fire they had seen outlined a figure of black, its arms stretched wide, and on its head a glory of shining hair!

And late that night, messengers arrived to share their news: in that terrifying blaze, they had seen a silhouette of black, its arms spread wide, and on its head, a halo of shining hair!

Through the city the news fled from the nobles to their subjects!

Through the city, the news spread from the nobles to their subjects!

“Chasca! Page of the Sun! He has come!”

“Chasca! Page of the Sun! He’s here!”

And at least one Chasca was sound asleep that that very moment.

And at least one Chasca was sound asleep at that very moment.

98

CHAPTER XI
“CHASCA HAILLI!”

Before the peaks they had crossed were lit by the first hint of morning light, Cliff and his fellows were busy. Already, during the day past, they had selected a sturdy tree with a stout bough projecting over the cliff edge. To this bough Tom and Nicky climbed before break of day on this eventful morning and to the top of the limb, after making a beginning with a large nail, hammered in a little way, they began to screw home a very strong pulley. Gripping the bough, steadying each other, they twisted the screw home until the pulley was safely secured.

Before the peaks they had crossed were illuminated by the first light of dawn, Cliff and his friends were hard at work. The previous day, they had already chosen a sturdy tree with a thick branch jutting over the edge of the cliff. On this significant morning, Tom and Nicky climbed up to that branch just before sunrise. After starting with a large nail, they hammered it in a bit and began to secure a very strong pulley. Holding onto the branch and steadying each other, they tightened the screw until the pulley was firmly in place.

Cliff flung an end of the light, strong rope they had brought and as it hissed upward Tom caught it and thrust its end through the pulley sheaves, drew more of it through and then, with Nicky, descended to the ground.

Cliff tossed one end of the light, strong rope they had brought, and as it zipped upward, Tom grabbed it and pushed the end through the pulley wheels, pulled more of it through, and then, with Nicky, made his way down to the ground.

99

Their problem had been to be able to return to the top of this sheer precipice when their mission would be accomplished. For that purpose careful plans had been made and were being carried out.

Their challenge was figuring out how to get back to the top of this steep cliff once their mission was complete. For this reason, they had made detailed plans and were actively executing them.

In a sort of harness of the rope, at one end, Bill and Mr. Whitley affixed a heavy slab of stone; this they lowered over the sheer wall and let the rope pay out until the stone thudded to a stop far below them.

In a kind of rope harness, at one end, Bill and Mr. Whitley attached a heavy slab of stone; they lowered it over the steep wall and let the rope unwind until the stone thudded to a stop far below them.

“That stone makes a counter-balance,” Bill stated. “Now we make a large loop at this upper end of our rope—so! Take your seat in it, John,” to Mr. Whitley, “we put the pack in your lap and you grip it with your knees. Now the rock makes it easy for us to lower you. Going down!”

“That stone balances everything out,” Bill said. “Now we make a big loop at this end of the rope—like this! Take a seat in it, John,” he told Mr. Whitley, “we’ll put the pack in your lap and you hold it with your knees. Now the rock makes it easy for us to lower you. Here we go!”

When the rock came slowly and easily into their reach, its weight making it simple for them to control the descent of the other end, they waited until a double tug on the rope told them that Mr. Whitley was safe and free; they paid out and the rock slipped back into the darkness.

When the rock came slowly and easily within their reach, its weight making it easy for them to control the descent of the other end, they waited until a double tug on the rope signaled that Mr. Whitley was safe and clear; they let the rope out, and the rock slipped back into the darkness.

“You next, Nicky, with your pack!”

“You’re up next, Nicky, with your backpack!”

100

In that way they all descended, Bill being last. He judged the weight of his own load, combined with his weight, to be about a half as much again as that of the stone; so by paying out the other side of the rope upward he let himself downward to a point where the stone came level with him; then, holding both strands tightly in one mittened hand, he hooked a prepared hook on his pack to the rope under the stone, released that side and with the stone balancing him, felt himself descending at a speed sufficiently retarded to enable them to break his landing without even a jar.

In that way, they all went down, with Bill being the last. He estimated that the weight of his own load, along with his weight, was about one and a half times the weight of the stone. So, by letting out the other side of the rope upward, he lowered himself to a point where the stone was level with him. Then, holding both strands tightly in one mittened hand, he hooked a prepared hook on his pack to the rope under the stone, released that side, and felt himself descend at a speed that was slow enough for them to land without even a bump.

Then they fixed a stout twine to the looped end of the rope and by letting the twine pay upward, lowered stone and pack.

Then they attached a strong twine to the looped end of the rope and, by letting the twine raise upward, lowered the stone and pack.

They next tied a fairly small rock to the low end of their twine and drew downward on the rope. In that way, they were able to recover the entire rope, having loosened its loops so that it passed through the pulley; and still they had the twine led through the upper pulley for future use. Braced against the sheer wall, Bill acted as a sort of “under-stander” for a human pillar, Cliff on his shoulders, Tom as the top man; in that high position Tom let the twine run so that the small rock’s weight drew it up until the end was in his hand; he felt for, and found, a crevice into which he wedged it with a sliver of stone.

They then tied a small rock to the lower end of their twine and pulled down on the rope. This way, they were able to pull up the entire rope, having loosened its loops so it could pass through the pulley; and they still had the twine going through the upper pulley for later use. Braced against the steep wall, Bill acted as a sort of "support" while Cliff stood on his shoulders, with Tom at the top; in that high position, Tom let the twine slide so that the weight of the small rock pulled it up until the end was in his hand; he felt around and found a crevice where he wedged it in with a piece of stone.

101

In that way they left an end of the twine too high to be discovered and removed; later they could secure it and by letting the stone at its other end pull it down, could readily affix their rope and again reave it through the pulley and get themselves back to the high point. They hid the rope carefully and began preparations for the day whose light was already dyeing the sky with vivid colors. Looking upward as the light grew stronger they saw that against the neutral rock their dull twine did not show up at all and only sharp eyes might detect the fine line high above leading over the bough. Their way of escape was quite likely to remain undisturbed.

In that way, they left the end of the twine too high to be found and taken down; later they could secure it and, by letting the stone at its other end pull it down, easily attach their rope again and run it back through the pulley to get back to the high point. They carefully concealed the rope and started getting ready for the day, which was already lighting up the sky with bright colors. As the light got stronger, they looked upward and noticed that against the neutral rock, their dull twine barely stood out, and only sharp eyes might spot the fine line high above leading over the branch. Their escape route was likely to stay undisturbed.

“I only hope our plans will work out,” said Mr. Whitley, as they ate a cold breakfast, not wishing to light a fire.

“I just hope our plans will pan out,” said Mr. Whitley, as they ate a cold breakfast, not wanting to start a fire.

“If we were dealing with the Peruvians near the Pacific, or on the eastern slope, I wouldn’t try it,” Bill declared. “The Spaniards have educated them just a little too much to make it safe. But away off here, buried in the mountains for centuries—ever since about 1532—I feel sure that the old superstitions and beliefs still count in our favor.”

“If we were dealing with the Peruvians near the Pacific or on the eastern slope, I wouldn’t attempt it,” Bill stated. “The Spaniards have educated them just a bit too much to make it safe. But out here, hidden in the mountains for centuries—ever since around 1532—I’m confident that the old superstitions and beliefs still work in our favor.”

102

They had not long to wait before discovering which way the hidden valley would deal with the intruders.

They didn't wait long before finding out how the hidden valley would respond to the intruders.

Through the field glasses Bill reported that people were moving about in distant fields and that a group seemed to be moving slowly toward them on a road which seemed to end about half a mile away, at a low stone building. To that the group proceeded.

Through the binoculars, Bill reported that people were moving around in the far fields and that a group appeared to be slowly making their way toward them on a road that seemed to end about half a mile away at a low stone building. The group continued on.

“You had better get up on your rocks, Cliff,” he suggested. “Don’t pay any attention, whatever happens; just look as if you were lost in meditations.”

“You should get up on your rocks, Cliff,” he suggested. “Don't pay any attention to anything that happens; just act like you’re deep in thought.”

Cliff took the position they had agreed upon and the others squatted at a little distance. Outwardly they paid no attention but Cliff saw, as did Bill, whose position enabled him to report softly to the others, that his position was the focal point for groups and solitary figures from every direction. About two hundred gathered at a respectful distance, murmuring in low tones, evidently fascinated as they watched Cliff.

Cliff took the spot they had agreed on while the others squatted a short distance away. On the surface, they seemed uninterested, but Cliff noticed, as did Bill, who could quietly update the others, that his position attracted groups and individuals from every direction. About two hundred people gathered at a respectful distance, murmuring in hushed tones, clearly captivated as they watched Cliff.

“If I have figured right,” Bill told Tom and Nicky, “in just about two minutes the sun will be high enough.”

“If I’m right,” Bill told Tom and Nicky, “the sun will be high enough in about two minutes.”

“High enough for what?” asked Nicky.

“High enough for what?” Nicky asked.

103

“I think I know,” Tom told him; but Bill signed for quiet and from the corners of their eyes they kept watch of Cliff. He stood without moving, a veritable statue of an Indian in his gaily colored robe which Cliff had been assured by Bill was a garment of the sort worn by the nobles.

“I think I get it,” Tom said to him; but Bill motioned for silence, and out of the corners of their eyes, they kept an eye on Cliff. He stood still, a true statue of an Indian in his brightly colored robe, which Bill had assured Cliff was the kind of clothing worn by nobles.

Several minutes passed and then the sun topped the rim of the ledge and flung its rays downward; slowly the shadow crept back until, almost as if a curtain had been drawn away, the sun shaft fell upon Cliff’s head. It lighted up the reddish gold that the dye had made of his hair, and at the sight, from the clustered natives came a deep murmur.

Several minutes went by, and then the sun peeked over the edge and shot its rays down; slowly the shadow retreated until, almost as if a curtain had been pulled aside, the sunbeam fell on Cliff’s head. It illuminated the reddish gold that the dye had turned his hair into, and at that sight, a deep murmur rose from the gathered natives.

“Chasca—Chasca—as the prophecy told!—the youth with bright and flowing locks!” And then a roar, “Chasca—Hailli! Hailli!” It was a cry of mingled triumph and respect.

“Chasca—Chasca—as the prophecy said!—the young man with bright and flowing hair!” And then a shout, “Chasca—Hailli! Hailli!” It was a call of mixed victory and respect.

“It works well,” Bill said, and slowly rose.

“It works well,” Bill said, and slowly got up.

He stepped forward slowly. The natives melted into a more compact mass and gave ground a pace; but Bill made a sign that they seemed to understand. He made a brief oration; the others listened silently. Then several detached themselves and with incredibly swift legs, sped away toward the distant city.

He stepped forward slowly. The locals grouped together more tightly and took a step back; but Bill signaled, and they seemed to get it. He gave a short speech; the others listened quietly. Then several of them broke away and, with astonishing speed, darted off towards the distant city.

104

“Turn as though you were in a dream and stroll into the tent,” Bill told Cliff. He obeyed.

“Turn like you’re in a dream and walk into the tent,” Bill said to Cliff. He did as he was told.

“No use letting the novelty wear off,” Bill grinned to Mr. Whitley. “And, besides, I want him ready to make a grand entrance, sort of the way they do in the circus.”

“No point in letting the excitement fade,” Bill grinned at Mr. Whitley. “And, besides, I want him ready to make a grand entrance, like they do in the circus.”

“Grand entry? To what?” Nicky was still lost in the mazes of this unusual procedure.

“Big entrance? For what?” Nicky was still confused by the complexities of this strange process.

“To ride to town with the Inca!” Bill chuckled.

“To ride to town with the Inca!” Bill laughed.

Sure enough, about noon, by which time the crowd around their location had trebled in numbers, a procession was seen on the road.

Sure enough, around noon, by which time the crowd around their spot had tripled in size, a procession appeared on the road.

When it reached them the young fellows stared, hiding their surprise at Bill’s muttered warning. Many soldiers, with bows and arrows, some with curious looking swords, came first; they separated into two lines, to the right and to the left; through the lane advanced many tall, erect men in colorful garments.

When it got to them, the young guys stared, trying to hide their surprise at Bill’s quiet warning. A lot of soldiers, some with bows and arrows and others with strange-looking swords, came first; they split into two lines, one to the right and one to the left; through the gap walked many tall, upright men in colorful outfits.

These advanced and stopped in a little group. Behind them other men carrying two gorgeous litters, one a little more gaudy than the other, set down their shafts and rested.

These guys stopped and gathered in a small group. Behind them, other men carrying two beautiful litters, one a bit flashier than the other, set down their poles and took a break.

What Bill said as he advanced to parley with several men who came a few steps toward him, the other members of the party could not hear. Presently he returned.

What Bill said as he moved forward to talk with a few men who stepped toward him, the other members of the group couldn’t hear. Soon, he came back.

105

“I told them we are servants of the royal and heaven-sent Chasca, who has been sent to bless their land; they seemed to like it. That second ‘hamaca’ is for Cliff.”

“I told them we are servants of the royal and divinely appointed Chasca, who has come to bless their land; they seemed to appreciate it. That second 'hamaca' is for Cliff.”

He moved close to the tent.

He moved closer to the tent.

While he pretended to bow and to remove his shoes, and to go through some sort of rites which made Nicky want to laugh, Bill whispered to Cliff.

While he acted like he was bowing and taking off his shoes, going through some sort of ceremony that made Nicky want to laugh, Bill whispered to Cliff.

“Can you hear me, Cliff?”

“Can you hear me, Cliff?”

“Yes.”

"Yes."

“When I say ‘Hailli, Chasca’ the third time, open the tent flap. Pay no attention to anybody. Don’t answer if anybody speaks. Keep yourself erect and act as though everybody here was dirt under your feet. Got all that?”

“When I say ‘Hailli, Chasca’ the third time, open the tent flap. Ignore everyone. Don’t respond if someone talks to you. Stand tall and act like everyone here is beneath you. Got it?”

“Yes, Bill.”

“Yes, Bill.”

“Pick out the biggest of the two litters and walk right to it as if you knew all about it. Stop by it and just bow your head forward a little and say, ‘Hailli, Inca!’ and then turn and let the bearers help you into the other hamaca. Don’t talk, and don’t notice anything. I’ll do everything—with John.”

“Choose the bigger of the two litters and walk straight to it like you know exactly what you're doing. Stop by it, slightly bow your head, and say, ‘Hailli, Inca!’ Then turn and let the bearers assist you into the other hammock. Don’t speak, and don’t pay attention to anything. I’ll handle everything—with John.”

106

Presently the tent flaps separated and out came the counterfeit of the supposed celestial visitor. He did as Bill had instructed him. To the litter, which was covered with gold, or gold leaf, and heavily ornamented with green stones and other glittering gems, he made his solemn, unhurried way.

Currently, the tent flaps opened, and out stepped the impersonator of the supposed heavenly visitor. He followed Bill's instructions. Toward the litter, which was covered in gold, or gold leaf, and lavishly decorated with green stones and other sparkling gems, he walked with a solemn, unhurried pace.

“Hailla, Inca!”

"Hey, Inca!"

“Chasca, Hailli,” answered a deep voice from within. Cliff saw a man reclining, in royal robes, of texture even finer than the robes worn by those around him; on his head was a circle of fringed wool, the scarlet “borla” or sign of the Inca, with its two feathers from the sacred birds which were kept to supply those feathers alone-two of them to be worn by the Inca in his headgear. Huge golden ornaments hung so heavily from the man’s ears that they had dragged his earlobes down practically to his shoulders. He was a strange looking person and yet there was dignity and solemn power in his face.

“Chasca, Hailli,” replied a deep voice from inside. Cliff saw a man lounging in royal robes that were even finer than those worn by the people around him. On his head was a fringed wool circlet, the scarlet “borla” or symbol of the Inca, adorned with two feathers from the sacred birds kept solely for that purpose—two feathers to be worn by the Inca in his headgear. Massive gold ornaments hung so heavily from the man’s ears that they nearly pulled his earlobes down to his shoulders. He looked unusual, yet there was dignity and a solemn power in his face.

While Cliff was helped to ascend to the floor of his own litter, Nicky had a little experience of his own.

While Cliff was assisted in getting up to the floor of his own litter, Nicky had a bit of an experience of his own.

Several llamas, the native sheep, that is the largest of the four varieties, whose wool was the most coarse and used only for the garments of the subjects—the nobles got the finer wools!—had been brought up. They were the only beasts the Incas knew for burdens.

Several llamas, which are the native sheep and the largest of the four types, had been raised. Their wool was the coarsest and used only for the clothing of the common people—the nobles received the finer wools!—and they were the only animals the Incas used for carrying loads.

107

But Nicky thought they were there to be ridden!

But Nicky thought they were meant to be ridden!

Now a llama is a curious animal; he will carry a light burden without complaint; but if the load is heavier than he likes he will lie down and he won’t get up until the load is lightened.

Now a llama is a curious animal; it will carry a light load without complaint; but if the load is heavier than it prefers, it will lie down and won’t get up until the load is lightened.

Nicky flung the strap which was fastened between two small packs over the llama’s back and then, with a hop, was up there himself.

Nicky tossed the strap that connected two small packs over the llama's back and then, with a jump, climbed up there himself.

Thereupon the beast lay down promptly. Nicky shouted and slapped its woolly side, but it made a queer little grunt and lay still. The natives broke into shouts of laughter, as also did Tom and Bill as the latter hastened to explain to Nicky that he must walk.

Thereupon, the beast promptly lay down. Nicky shouted and slapped its fluffy side, but it let out a strange little grunt and remained still. The locals burst into laughter, and so did Tom and Bill, as the latter hurried to explain to Nicky that he needed to walk.

Cliff had seen the little incident and he had hard work to avoid laughing; but he maintained sober gravity and soon the caravan was ready and moved slowly toward the road; first the soldiers, then the nobles, or priests perhaps; then came Bill and John Whitley walking at either side of Cliff’s litter; after them were Nicky and Tom, and then a regular throng of natives chanting and singing.

Cliff had caught the little incident and had to work hard to keep from laughing; but he stayed serious, and soon the caravan was ready to move slowly toward the road. First came the soldiers, then the nobles, or maybe priests; next were Bill and John Whitley walking on either side of Cliff’s litter; following them were Nicky and Tom, and then a crowd of locals chanting and singing.

108

“Don’t ask about the white man—your father—too soon,” Bill warned Cliff softly. “It might arouse suspicion. But we’re on our way to Quichaka and I hope we find your pa well and wise.”

“Don’t ask about the white man—your father—too soon,” Bill said gently to Cliff. “It could raise suspicion. But we’re headed to Quichaka, and I hope we find your dad safe and smart.”

“So do I,” muttered Cliff, “I can hardly wait!”

“Me too,” Cliff said quietly, “I can barely wait!”

It was a slow but interesting journey to Quichaka. The youths feasted their eyes on strange scenes. The valley was laid out in splendid farms, with many vegetables that were not easy to recognize, although great fields of maize or corn could easily be identified. The road was beautifully smooth, of great flat stones laid straight and level. Once they passed over a bridge of huge stonework piles, with heavy timbers laid across to support the flat slabs of the roadway.

It was a slow but intriguing journey to Quichaka. The young people marveled at the unusual sights. The valley was filled with impressive farms, showcasing many unfamiliar vegetables, although vast fields of corn were easy to spot. The road was beautifully smooth, made of large flat stones arranged straight and level. They crossed a bridge made of massive stone piles, with sturdy timbers laid across to support the flat surface of the road.

Finally they came into the city. It was spread out widely, and, as Bill estimated later, probably had a population of some eight or ten thousand. In the poorer quarters the houses were of a rude clay-like composition, much like the adobe of Mexico; the finer homes were of stones, large and small, rough for the most part, but with their edges, where they joined, smooth and so closely matched that the joints were hard to detect; they had no windows; the Incas did not know about glass. The doors were open in the temperate noonday and early afternoon warmth; within there was too much gloom to show the furnishings.

Finally, they arrived in the city. It spread out widely, and, as Bill later estimated, probably had a population of about eight to ten thousand. In the poorer areas, the houses were made of a rough clay-like material, similar to the adobe found in Mexico; the nicer homes were made of stones, both large and small, mostly rough, but with smooth edges where they fit together, making the joints hard to see; they had no windows; the Incas didn’t know about glass. The doors were open in the warm midday and early afternoon; inside, there was too much shadow to see the furniture.

109

Straight streets, laid out in perfect parallels and with exactly right angled cross streets, finally took them to a great square in the center of the city; there were massive, but only single-story buildings all about. At one side were what appeared to be the quarters of the ruler and of his chief nobles. On the other were public buildings whose nature was not readily seen.

Straight streets, arranged in perfect parallels and with perfectly right-angled cross streets, led them to a large square in the heart of the city; there were imposing, but only single-story buildings all around. On one side were what seemed to be the residences of the ruler and his top nobles. On the other side were public buildings whose purpose wasn't immediately clear.

At the far end of the square was a massive building which could be discerned as the temple. It was almost a duplicate of the description that histories gave of the Sun Temple in Cuzco, once capital of the Inca empire; the one in Quichaka had the same ornamented exterior with a cornice of shining gold plates.

At the far end of the square was a huge building that looked like a temple. It was nearly identical to the descriptions found in histories of the Sun Temple in Cuzco, which was once the capital of the Inca empire; the one in Quichaka had the same decorative exterior with a cornice made of shining gold plates.

Groups had lined the farmland along the road; in the suburbs the crowds had been greater.

Groups had gathered along the farmland next to the road; in the suburbs, the crowds were even larger.

In the square there seemed to be almost the whole population of the city, massed at either side. They took up the chant as the party progressed and the sound grew to a roar.

In the square, it felt like almost everyone in the city was gathered on either side. They joined in the chant as the group moved forward, and the noise turned into a roar.

110

At the open space before the temple to the Sun they all stopped and the Inca descended.

At the open area in front of the Sun temple, everyone stopped, and the Inca got down.

Mounting the steps of a smaller building, which Bill whispered was, as its silver ornaments showed, the temple to the Moon, he made a declamation which the youths’ understanding of the dialect called quichua enabled them to understand partly; he welcomed Chasca, messenger of the Sun, come to earth to give plenty and happiness to their land.

Mounting the steps of a smaller building, which Bill whispered was, as its silver ornaments showed, the temple to the Moon, he made a speech that the youths’ understanding of the dialect called quichua allowed them to understand partially; he welcomed Chasca, the messenger of the Sun, who had come to earth to bring abundance and joy to their land.

“See that small temple at one side,” Bill muttered to Cliff. There were about five of the smaller buildings around the greater temple; one for priests, one dedicated to the stars, another to Illapa—general term for thunder, lightning, all the forces of nature which they also reverenced—as well as the larger one dedicated to the Moon. Bill nodded toward that which was sacred to Venus and other stars. Cliff agreed. “If they ask us or give us a chance to choose, pick that one,” Bill muttered. “It fits the part you are playing—it is the star temple.”

“Check out that small temple over there,” Bill whispered to Cliff. There were about five smaller buildings surrounding the larger temple; one for the priests, one dedicated to the stars, another to Illapa— the general term for thunder, lightning, and all the forces of nature that they also honored—plus the larger one dedicated to the Moon. Bill pointed to the one that was sacred to Venus and other stars. Cliff nodded in agreement. “If they ask us or give us a chance to choose, let’s pick that one,” Bill murmured. “It suits the role you’re playing—it’s the star temple.”

The populace greeted the Inca’s talk with shouts and cries of delight. Then a priest, in finely wrought robes, advanced and spoke to Bill; they all seemed to maintain a reverent air and hesitated to address Cliff directly. Bill nodded and told his comrades they were to be housed in the temple of the stars.

The crowd welcomed the Inca's speech with cheers and shouts of joy. Then a priest, dressed in beautifully crafted robes, approached and spoke to Bill; everyone seemed to show a sense of respect and hesitated to speak directly to Cliff. Bill nodded and informed his friends that they would be staying in the temple of the stars.

111

There they were led and young girls of a pretty red-bronze, with long black hair, came to attend to their wants while the crowds outside shouted and applauded until the door was shut.

There they were taken, and young girls with pretty red-bronze skin and long black hair came to take care of their needs while the crowds outside cheered and clapped until the door was closed.

“You have come at a good time,” said the priest who had come in with Bill, “He-Who-Comes-From-the-Stars can destroy the crawling things that eat up our corn.”

“You’ve arrived at the right moment,” said the priest who came in with Bill, “He-Who-Comes-From-the-Stars can wipe out the pests that are ruining our corn.”

“Is it, then, blighted?” Bill asked. The priest stared at him and Bill read his mind: celestial messengers should know everything. Bill smiled grimly and corrected his blunder.

“Is it, then, ruined?” Bill asked. The priest stared at him, and Bill understood his thoughts: heavenly beings should know everything. Bill smiled wryly and fixed his mistake.

“You must know, O, noble of the High-and-Sacred-Order, we who come to earth to serve Chasca must lose the wisdom of the stars and the youth with the bright and shining locks has not chosen to tell us of his purpose among you.”

“You should know, oh, noble member of the High-and-Sacred-Order, we who come to earth to serve Chasca must give up the knowledge of the stars, and the young one with the bright, shining hair has chosen not to reveal his purpose among you.”

He glanced toward Cliff who was keeping apart from them and added: “Now we would have food and then we would be alone and I will speak of this matter of the corn to Chasca.”

He looked over at Cliff, who was staying away from them, and said, “Now we’ll have food, and then we’ll be alone, and I’ll talk to Chasca about this corn issue.”

112

“It shall be so,” replied the priest and issued orders to the girls who began to busy themselves bringing rude tables and utensils into the small antechamber of the temple where they were to be quartered.

“It will be done,” replied the priest and gave instructions to the girls, who started to gather rough tables and utensils into the small antechamber of the temple where they would be staying.

“And if there are those who are sick,” went on Bill, “name them to me that Chasca may be asked to smile toward them and, if it is his purpose, lift them from the ground.”

“And if there are people who are sick,” Bill continued, “tell me their names so that Chasca can be asked to smile upon them and, if it’s his will, lift them up.”

“There is one—but he is only a pale and worthless one, not of our tribe, though quite a scholar. But first, O, servant speak of our corn.”

“There is one—but he is just a pale and worthless one, not from our tribe, although he is quite a scholar. But first, oh servant, let's talk about our corn.”

“It shall be so,” said Bill. “Now—leave us.”

“It’s settled,” said Bill. “Now—leave us.”

While they ate strange meats and other food from dishes of silver and gold, served by the maidens, Bill told Cliff that he knew that the father they had come to help was alive. They were all glad and anxious to find a way to see him.

While they ate unusual meats and other food from silver and gold dishes, served by the maidens, Bill told Cliff that he knew the father they had come to help was alive. They were all relieved and eager to find a way to see him.

“I wonder why those girls keep tittering, and looking at Nicky,” said Tom as the dishes were cleared away.

“I wonder why those girls keep giggling and looking at Nicky,” Tom said as they cleared away the dishes.

Bill, smiling to himself, beckoned to one and said a few words in quichua. The girl giggled, quite like any girl, put her finger to her lips shyly and then whispered a swift word and fled.

Bill, smiling to himself, waved to one and said a few words in Quichua. The girl giggled, just like any girl, put her finger to her lips shyly, then whispered a quick word and ran away.

Bill broke into a hearty laugh.

Bill laughed out loud.

113

“All right for you!” grumbled Nicky. “They have some joke about me. If you don’t want to tell——”

“All right for you!” Nicky complained. “They have some joke about me. If you don’t want to say——”

“They have a name for you,” Bill chuckled. “Never mind the exact word, but it means He-Who-Sits-Down-Upon-Llamas!”

“They have a name for you,” Bill laughed. “Forget the exact word, but it means He-Who-Sits-Down-Upon-Llamas!”

114

CHAPTER XII
CLIFF HAS A PROBLEM

“You fellows are having all the fun,” Cliff said ruefully, while the disguised five sat around after dinner the third day they spent in Quichaka. “You can go all over town and see all the sights and I have to sit like a judge, all alone in my temple.”

“You guys are having all the fun,” Cliff said with a hint of regret, while the disguised five sat around after dinner on the third day of their stay in Quichaka. “You can explore the whole town and check out all the sights while I have to sit here like a judge, all alone in my temple.”

“It won’t be for long,” Nicky cheered him up. “Bill saw your father again—how was he, Bill?”

“It won’t be for long,” Nicky encouraged him. “Bill saw your dad again—how was he, Bill?”

“He’s getting better every minute,” Bill informed them. “When they took me to see him first—at Chasca’s command—and I don’t think they suspected anything—I managed to get a chance to whisper to him that we were disguised friends. He chirked up right away. He isn’t so very sick—just weak. He lost hope and heart, I guess, and sort of pined away. But today I got a chance to whisper that his son is here—you ought to see him spruce up!”

“He’s improving every minute,” Bill told them. “When they first took me to see him—at Chasca’s order—and I don’t think they had any idea—I got a moment to whisper to him that we were undercover friends. He perked up right away. He isn’t really that sick—just weak. He lost his hope and spirit, I guess, and kind of faded away. But today I got a chance to tell him that his son is here—you should see him brighten up!”

“If I could see him——” Cliff said.

“If I could see him—” Cliff said.

115

“It would be dangerous. Either he, or you, might get excited and spoil everything. No! Better wait till the Feast of Raymi. Then we can have him brought before you. He’s pretending that he is no better so that when you see him you can pretend to cure him.”

“It would be risky. Either he or you might get worked up and ruin everything. No! It’s better to wait until the Feast of Raymi. Then we can have him brought to you. He’s acting like he’s just as good so that when you see him, you can pretend to heal him.”

“I think that will be best,” counselled Mr. Whitley. “Now if you are ready, Tom, let us go out to the farm lands and inspect that corn crop again. I am something of a chemist and I think that if I can only find the ingredients to mix a good insecticide, we can show them what will seem like a marvelous destruction of the pests which are eating away the grain. We must search as quickly as we can because we want to be ready at the festival.”

“I think that will be best,” advised Mr. Whitley. “Now if you’re ready, Tom, let’s go out to the farm and check on that corn crop again. I know a bit about chemistry and I believe if I can just find the right ingredients to make an effective insecticide, we can create what will look like an amazing solution to the pests that are destroying the grain. We need to hurry because we want to be prepared for the festival.”

They went away toward the outlying farms and grain fields. Mr. Whitley wanted to see exactly what insects were at work, then he felt sure that he could discover some means of ending their depredations.

They headed out to the rural farms and grain fields. Mr. Whitley wanted to see exactly which insects were causing the damage, as he believed he could find a way to put a stop to their destruction.

Cliff sat in moody silence for a time.

Cliff sat in quiet contemplation for a while.

116

“That girl who always laughs at me and calls me the fellow who sits down on llamas,” Nicky broke the silence. “She is a nice girl, even if she does laugh. She told me there is going to be a big competition—I don’t quite understand what kind—races or something. Why can’t Cliff enter the race and then he could train and get out for exercise.”

“That girl who always laughs at me and calls me the guy who sits on llamas,” Nicky broke the silence. “She’s a nice girl, even if she does laugh. She told me there’s going to be a big competition—I don’t really get what kind—races or something. Why can’t Cliff enter the race so he can train and get some exercise?”

Bill offered to find out what was to occur, and went away. He came back very soon and informed Cliff that before the annual Feast of Raymi, the great festival in honor of their sun-god, the Inca would choose from among his sons the one who should be the next Inca.

Bill offered to find out what was going to happen and left. He returned shortly and told Cliff that before the annual Feast of Raymi, the big festival honoring their sun-god, the Inca would choose one of his sons to be the next Inca.

Such young nobles were carefully trained during a long period of preparation; they were taught the arts of war as the Incas understood them; they were also taught many other things, and then, at an appropriate time, great games and competitions were held in which endurance, prowess and skill were tested.

Such young nobles underwent extensive training over a long period. They learned the art of warfare as the Incas knew it, along with many other subjects. Then, at the right time, grand games and competitions were organized to test their endurance, bravery, and skills.

Such a contest was to be held very soon, just before the great festival. Challcuchima, one of the ruler’s many sons—for the Inca had many wives and many children—was ready to receive the ceremonials of appointment. Cliff, as Chasca, had already received and commended Challcuchima; a fine, clean-limbed fellow near Cliff’s age, the young Indian made a good impression.

Such a competition was set to take place soon, right before the big festival. Challcuchima, one of the ruler’s numerous sons—since the Inca had many wives and many kids—was ready to go through the ceremonial appointment. Cliff, as Chasca, had already welcomed and praised Challcuchima; a strong, fit guy around Cliff’s age, the young man made a great impression.

117

“I had a chat with Inca Capac,” Bill said. “I hinted that it was in the mind of Chasca to become as a mortal youth and try his skill against the noble youths and the son who is the Inca’s favorite. He liked the idea.”

“I talked to Inca Capac,” Bill said. “I suggested that Chasca was thinking about becoming a mortal young man and testing his skills against the noble guys and the son who is the Inca’s favorite. He liked the idea.”

“Then we will change the temple of the stars into training quarters,” Nicky said excitedly, springing up. “I’d like to do some contesting too. And so would Tom, if Mr. Whitley can spare him.”

“Then we’ll turn the temple of the stars into training quarters,” Nicky said excitedly, jumping up. “I’d like to compete too. And so would Tom, if Mr. Whitley can spare him.”

When they returned, Tom and Mr. Whitley took the plan well; the young history instructor saw a splendid chance to give his young charges a real insight into Inca sports while he, with Bill, could be away in the mountains, searching for certain chemicals or ore deposits from which to extract certain mineral salts for his insecticide.

When they got back, Tom and Mr. Whitley handled the plan well; the young history teacher saw a great opportunity to give his students a real look into Inca sports while he and Bill could head out to the mountains, looking for specific chemicals or ore deposits to extract certain mineral salts for his insecticide.

The populace learned of the coming contests and became as excited as children. They loved sports and contests; never a cruel race by nature the nobles, although they endured hardships and inflicted pain mercilessly to themselves and to enemies in war, were by nature gentle and their sports were far less cruel than those history attributes to the Spartan race, yet somewhat akin to these in some aspects.

The people heard about the upcoming competitions and got as excited as kids. They loved sports and contests; while the nobles weren't naturally cruel, they faced hardships and inflicted pain on themselves and their enemies in war without mercy. By nature, they were gentle, and their games were much less brutal than those history assigns to the Spartans, although they were somewhat similar in certain ways.

118

In tests of endurance the Spartan methods were approached; already the young son of the Inca and other noble youths had been going through these. Clad in mean attire and sleeping on the ground, they had endured many hardships; among the tests was a three day fast. But that was over and there was a brief respite during which food and exercise built up strength for the climax—races, archery as they understood it with their war bows and arrows, and contests of an athletic sort.

In endurance tests, they used Spartan methods; the young son of the Inca and other noble youths had already experienced this. Dressed in simple clothing and sleeping on the ground, they endured many hardships; one of the challenges was a three-day fast. But that was done, and there was a short break during which food and exercise helped build strength for the main events—races, archery as they practiced with their war bows and arrows, and various athletic competitions.

Cliff, as Chasca, but less the supposed god than the real youth, was very popular with all the people as he walked in the temple grounds. He and Tom and Nicky strolled about, the day before the great contest, admiring the marvels all about them.

Cliff, as Chasca, but more of the real guy than the supposed god, was really popular with everyone as he walked through the temple grounds. He, Tom, and Nicky wandered around the day before the big contest, admiring all the amazing sights around them.

“Did you ever see so much gold and silver?” Tom exclaimed, “not only their utensils and ornament—but look there! Beyond those real flowers and that little clump of corn—there are gold and silver flowers—and all the varieties of things that they grow!”

“Have you ever seen so much gold and silver?” Tom exclaimed, “not just their utensils and ornaments—but look! Beyond those real flowers and that small patch of corn—there are gold and silver flowers—and all the different types of things they grow!”

They strolled over to examine them. Bill joined them. Mr. Whitley was busy with some minerals.

They walked over to take a look at them. Bill joined in. Mr. Whitley was occupied with some minerals.

119

The garden they entered was an astonishing place. The Incas used precious metals as we use bronze and marble, for statues and ornaments and even duplicates in gold and silver of their garden fruits and flowers. Gold was so common in the mountains that it was not used for money; in fact the Incas had no money of any sort; they did not require it under their system of government whereby everyone was cared for by the governing tribe, so that wool, grain and other articles of daily necessity were distributed fairly and plentifully and everyone shared in the labor of their production. Therefore the precious metals were employed for other uses than that of currency.

The garden they entered was an amazing place. The Incas used precious metals the way we use bronze and marble, for statues and decorations, and even replicas in gold and silver of their garden fruits and flowers. Gold was so abundant in the mountains that it wasn't used as money; in fact, the Incas didn’t have any kind of money. They didn't need it under their system of government, where everyone was looked after by the ruling tribe, so wool, grain, and other daily necessities were distributed fairly and abundantly, and everyone contributed to their production. As a result, precious metals were used for things other than currency.

They examined an especially beautiful parcel of corn stalks and ears of grain, executed in gold and silver; the stalks were of silver, the fat, bulging grain ears were sheathed in golden reproductions of the husk, the corn kernels peeped out, perfect and golden, while the tassel of cornsilk was made of spun silver threads. They exclaimed as they studied the wonderful workmanship and then went on to the fresh wonders—fruit and flowers so perfect that they would deceive except for their sheen of white or deep, glowing yellow.

They looked at a particularly stunning display of corn stalks and ears of grain, made from gold and silver; the stalks were silver, the plump, rounded ears of grain were covered in golden replicas of the husk, and the corn kernels peeked out, flawless and golden, while the cornsilk tassels were made from spun silver threads. They marveled at the amazing craftsmanship and then moved on to the fresh wonders—fruits and flowers so perfect they could almost be mistaken for real, except for their shining white or vibrant, glowing yellow colors.

When they turned the corner of the star-temple they stopped in surprise. In a huddled heap, a girl lay on the ground, her body shaking with sobs that racked her.

When they turned the corner of the star-temple, they stopped in shock. In a curled-up heap, a girl was on the ground, her body shaking with sobs that shook her.

120

“Why,” Nicky cried, “it’s Caya. It’s the girl who called me the fellow who sits on llamas. What’s the matter, Caya?”

“Why,” Nicky exclaimed, “it’s Caya. It’s the girl who called me the guy who sits on llamas. What’s wrong, Caya?”

She sat up, her dusky face streaming with tears, and shook her head, for Nicky had forgotten and spoken in English.

She sat up, her dark face streaming with tears, and shook her head, because Nicky had forgotten and spoken in English.

Bill stepped close, squatted beside her and repeated the question. At first she only shook her head, turned away and buried her face in her arms, rocking in grief.

Bill crouched down beside her and asked the question again. At first, she just shook her head, turned away, and buried her face in her arms, swaying in her sadness.

Finally she gasped out, in a sobbing voice, her story.

Finally, she gasped out, in a sobbing voice, her story.

The Incas were not usually a cruel people, and it was almost unheard of for them to make a human sacrifice to their gods. But, in some great crisis of their community, they were known to resort to such methods to appease their gods.

The Incas weren't typically a cruel people, and it was almost unheard of for them to make a human sacrifice to their gods. However, in times of great crisis for their community, they were known to resort to such methods to appease their gods.

Such a crisis was the attack of the insects upon their corn.

Such a crisis was the insect attack on their corn.

And they were planning a sacrifice to induce Raymi, their god, to look down with favor on their crop and destroy the menace to their future food supply.

And they were planning a sacrifice to get Raymi, their god, to look down favorably on their crop and get rid of the threat to their future food supply.

121

In great buildings far from the everyday life of the tribe they kept certain chosen maidens who were employed in the service of the Sun-god, spinning and weaving tapestries, garments and ornamental cloth. From among these a sacrifice was chosen, when the rare occasion came for such a terrible need.

In grand buildings far from the daily lives of the tribe, they kept a select group of maidens who served the Sun-god by spinning and weaving tapestries, clothes, and decorative fabrics. From this group, a sacrifice was chosen whenever the rare need for such a terrible event arose.

“They have—chosen—my—sister!” sobbed Caya.

“They’ve chosen my sister!” sobbed Caya.

“Goodness!” exclaimed Nicky. “We must do something to stop them.”

“Wow!” exclaimed Nicky. “We have to do something to stop them.”

“We can’t interfere in their religious rites,” warned Bill, sadly but seriously.

“We can’t get involved in their religious ceremonies,” warned Bill, sadly but earnestly.

The girl grovelled before Cliff, as though, being the messenger from the stars he must be able to help her.

The girl pleaded with Cliff, as if, being the messenger from the stars, he must be able to help her.

Cliff felt very badly. It was outrageous and inhuman, this thing those people planned to do.

Cliff felt really upset. It was outrageous and inhumane, what those people planned to do.

But what could he do to stop it?

But what could he do to prevent it?

He bent down and put a hand awkwardly on the girl’s black, touseled hair.

He bent down and placed a hand uncomfortably on the girl’s messy black hair.

“There must be some way——” he said, looking across her head toward Bill.

“There has to be some way——” he said, looking over her head at Bill.

“I can’t see any way,” Bill said morosely.

“I can’t see any way,” Bill said sadly.

“When is this to take place?” he asked the girl in quichua.

“When is this happening?” he asked the girl in Quichua.

“At the Feast of Raymi!” she sobbed.

“At the Feast of Raymi!” she cried.

122

“Well, you stop crying and——” Bill nudged him. Cliff, too, was using English. He hesitated, and Bill lifted the slim, quivering girl to her feet.

“Well, you stop crying and——” Bill nudged him. Cliff, too, was speaking English. He hesitated, and Bill lifted the slim, trembling girl to her feet.

“Be not afraid, child of the long and curling locks,” he said kindly in the dialect she understood, “Chasca does not wish to see your eyes wet. But what can be done, Chasca will do; but breathe not a word lest Chasca’s pity turn to wrath!”

“Don’t be afraid, child with the long, curly hair,” he said gently in the language she understood, “Chasca doesn’t want to see your eyes filled with tears. But whatever can be done, Chasca will do; just don’t say a word or Chasca’s kindness might turn into anger!”

She dropped to the ground and struck her forehead on the path, to Cliff’s great dismay. Then as she remained in that abased position he touched his chums’ arms and they, with Bill, silently slipped away.

She fell to the ground and hit her forehead on the path, much to Cliff’s distress. As she stayed in that low position, he touched his friends’ arms, and they, along with Bill, quietly left.

“Run and tell Mr. Whitley,” he urged Tom. “If he can get his chemicals ready in time we may save Caya’s sister.”

“Run and tell Mr. Whitley,” he urged Tom. “If he can get his chemicals ready in time, we might save Caya’s sister.”

“But if he can’t?” said Nicky desperately.

“But what if he can’t?” said Nicky desperately.

Cliff shrugged helplessly.

Cliff shrugged in frustration.

“I don’t know,” he said.

“I don’t know,” he said.

123

CHAPTER XIII
THE GAMES

“Come on, you Tom! Oh, Tom—come on!” Nicky shouted and screeched above the roar of excitement. Neck and neck, down a circling path beaten in the stubby grass, Tom and an Indian raced, stride for stride; behind them came a fleet following.

“Come on, Tom! Oh, Tom—let’s go!” Nicky yelled over the noise of excitement. Neck and neck, down a winding path worn into the short grass, Tom and an Indian raced side by side; behind them came a fast group of followers.

“Come on, Tom,” said Cliff, under his breath; he had to fight down his desire to shout; he was Chasca and must remember his pose.

“Come on, Tom,” Cliff whispered; he had to control his urge to shout; he was Chasca and needed to keep his composure.

Near the finish came the racers. Shouts and cries of encouragement drowned Nicky’s shrill yells.

Near the finish line, the racers approached. Shouts and cheers of encouragement drowned out Nicky’s high-pitched screams.

But Tom put forth his remaining burst of strength and with scarcely three inches to his credit, flitted over the mark—winner in the race in which all the young nobles contested except the Inca’s son alone.

But Tom gave one last effort and, with barely three inches to spare, leaped over the finish line—taking first place in the race where all the young nobles participated, except for the Inca’s son.

124

Not far beyond Quichaka there was a sudden rise of the hills in front of whose sharp slope a large tract had been leveled off. From early dawn the lesser natives had streamed to their places on the hillside, and after an early and ample breakfast Cliff and his companions had gone forth with the Inca and his retinue, Cliff being honored by a seat in a hamaca, as had been his fortune on their arrival. He and Bill, Mr. Whitley and Nicky, sat near one another, watching Tom in the foot races. Cliff sat in the place of honor at one side of the Inca whose other place on the further side was given to the high priest of the temple of the Sun. Below them, among the nobles, were his friends.

Not far beyond Quichaka, there was a sudden rise of hills with a large area flattened in front of its steep slope. Since early dawn, the local people had been gathering on the hillside, and after a hearty breakfast, Cliff and his friends set out with the Inca and his entourage, with Cliff being honored with a spot in a hammock, just like when they arrived. He, Bill, Mr. Whitley, and Nicky sat close to each other, watching Tom in the foot races. Cliff occupied the place of honor on one side of the Inca, while the high priest of the Sun temple took the other side. Below them, among the nobles, were his friends.

By his victory over the nobles Tom eliminated all competition and would, after a rest, have to race Challcuchima—and it had been privately agreed among the youths of Cliff’s party that they might all best the nobles but it would be an act of wisdom to allow the Inca’s favorite son to be the final victor in any contest except those in which Cliff, himself a “son of the stars” would compete—there, since the Inca was claimed to be of celestial descent, the contest might fall to whom the Fates and skill should decree. So, later, Tom failed to exert his utmost speed, although he felt that by doing so he might have tied, if not outdistanced, Challcuchima.

By beating the nobles, Tom removed all competition and, after taking a break, would have to race Challcuchima. The young men in Cliff’s group had privately agreed that they could all defeat the nobles, but it would be wise to let the Inca’s favorite son win any contest, except those involving Cliff, who was also considered a “son of the stars.” In those cases, since the Inca was said to have a celestial lineage, the victory would depend on fate and skill. So later, when Tom raced, he didn't push himself to his maximum speed, even though he believed that if he had, he might have tied with or even outpaced Challcuchima.

125

To the surprise of all the assembled natives, but not so much to that of his friends, Nicky came off victor—except against Challcuchima—in tests with bow and arrow. While the willow of his own archery outfit was lighter than the stout war bows, even in the size which the youths of sixteen employed, his arm was sturdy and his eye was well trained.

To the surprise of all the gathered locals, but not so much to his friends, Nicky won—except against Challcuchima—in tests with the bow and arrow. While the wood of his own archery kit was lighter than the strong war bows, even in the size used by sixteen-year-olds, his arm was strong and his aim was sharp.

Then came battles with swords, very much like those used in actual fighting; of course their edges were blunted and their points rounded off; nevertheless in the earnest thrust and swing of the mimic contests, several accidents of guard resulted in thrusts that came near to being fatal; in these contests the three chums were spectators.

Then came sword fights that were very similar to real combat; of course, the blades were dulled and the tips rounded off; still, in the intense thrusts and swings of the pretend duels, several mishaps meant that some thrusts nearly turned deadly; during these battles, the three friends watched from the sidelines.

Then came matched wrestlers and there Cliff was in his element; wrestling, under fair rules, he loved; in its clever and strength-testing grips and stresses he was a master.

Then came the matched wrestlers, and there was Cliff, right in his element; he loved wrestling under fair rules. He was a master of its clever and strength-testing grips and pressures.

Although they approached their supposedly celestial antagonist in some awe and perhaps because of that feeling did not use their best skill, nevertheless Cliff had several very arduous and breath-taxing struggles with young nobles; but each he finally laid neatly down with both shoulders touching the sward.

Although they approached their supposed heavenly opponent with some respect and maybe because of that feeling didn’t give it their best effort, Cliff still had several tough and exhausting fights with young nobles; however, he ultimately brought each of them down neatly with both shoulders flat on the ground.

126

Finally he vanquished his third antagonist and threw himself down, panting. There were cheers and, with eyes turned, he saw that Challcuchima had just completed his own final test with a noble’s son. These two, if they came off victors in their respective combats, were to rest and then strive for the final victory.

Finally, he defeated his third opponent and collapsed, out of breath. There were cheers, and as he looked around, he saw that Challcuchima had just finished his own final test against a noble's son. If these two emerged victorious in their respective fights, they would rest and then compete for the ultimate victory.

The time came and the two, evenly matched in weight and with equally quick eyes and well matched skill, took their position on the grass. Cliff, of the two, had the disadvantage that he had not been in athletic training as long as had Challcuchima and was, therefore, the more tired at the end of his three bouts.

The time arrived, and the two, equal in weight with quick reflexes and comparable skills, took their places on the grass. Of the two, Cliff had the disadvantage of not being in athletic training as long as Challcuchima, making him noticeably more fatigued by the end of their three matches.

However, he had no fear or dismay in his mind. At the word of their Indian referee, the youths came together, seeking for best holds and advantages.

However, he felt neither fear nor dismay. At the command of their Indian referee, the young men gathered, looking for the best grips and advantages.

127

Cliff got a surprise. Hands gripping each others arms, straining for a chance to slip quick muscles into knots when the right hold could be won, Cliff felt his antagonist go suddenly as limp as a rag. Challcuchima seemed to be sagging, as if he were weak and was about to fall. Cliff was startled enough to let go in order to catch the youth and prevent a fall. To his dismay Challcuchima was on the very instant a steel spring and a panther for quickness and before his adversary could recover the ruler’s son had caught him with arms that steadily bent the American youth backward for the throw; but Cliff, in his turn, played a surprise trick, for he let his legs go straight out from under him so that instead of being forced down he was falling backward. That threw his weight on Challcuchima’s wrist and the hold broke; Cliff twisted in air as he felt the lock break, so that while Challcuchima fought to regain his stand his opponent landed on all fours and was up and sliding his hands up as Challcuchima caught his arms.

Cliff got a surprise. With their hands gripping each other's arms, straining to find the right hold to gain an advantage, Cliff felt his opponent go suddenly limp. Challcuchima seemed to sag, as if he were weak and about to fall. Cliff was startled enough to let go in order to catch the young man and prevent a fall. To his dismay, Challcuchima instantly became as quick as a steel spring and a panther, and before Cliff could recover, the ruler's son had him in a hold that bent the American youth backward for the throw. But Cliff played a surprise move of his own by letting his legs go straight out from under him, so instead of being forced down, he was falling backward. That shifted his weight onto Challcuchima's wrist, breaking the hold. Cliff twisted in the air as he felt the lock give way, allowing him to land on all fours while Challcuchima struggled to regain his balance. Cliff quickly got back up, sliding his hands up just as Challcuchima caught his arms.

The pace slowed then; each realized that he could gain little by tricks that were more acrobatic than wrestling. The half sneering curl left Challcuchima’s lips, however, and a look of considerable respect was in his eyes as they strove and strained, hands slipping, gripping muscles tensing and flexing, sinews straining to the turn and twist of their supple bodies.

The pace slowed then; each one realized that he could gain little from tricks that were more about show than actual wrestling. The half-sneering curl from Challcuchima’s lips disappeared, and a look of genuine respect appeared in his eyes as they fought and struggled, hands slipping, gripping, muscles tensing and flexing, sinews straining with the twists and turns of their agile bodies.

128

As in the first strife the trickery of one was met by the quick thought and agility of the other, so, during the long minutes, for they wrestled continuously from start to final defeat of one or the other, each saw himself equaled. When Challcuchima secured the Inca equivalent of a half-nelson, Cliff knew how to create overconfidence and eventually disarm the holder and himself get an advantage; when he seized a fortunate instant to drive through into a hammerlock, Challcuchima had a trick that made Cliff’s teeth snap in the pain of suddenly stressed muscles and he had to release. For it seemed that each of them knew some principles of the science of causing a surprise reflex by some hold that taxed a sensitive nerve more than a straining muscle; and both used their knowledge.

As in the initial struggle, one person's tricks were countered by the quick thinking and agility of the other. Throughout the long minutes they wrestled, from the beginning to the eventual defeat of one or the other, they both felt equally matched. When Challcuchima managed to get the Inca equivalent of a half-nelson, Cliff knew how to create overconfidence and eventually disarm him to gain the upper hand. When Cliff found the right moment to switch to a hammerlock, Challcuchima had a move that made Cliff's teeth clench in pain from the sudden strain on his muscles, forcing him to let go. It seemed like both of them understood certain principles of surprise reflexes, using holds that stressed a sensitive nerve more than a straining muscle, and they both put that knowledge to use.

Finally, wearied by strain and exertion they stood, arm to arm, panting, eyeing one another and then the Inca rose and spoke.

Finally, exhausted from the strain and effort, they stood side by side, breathing heavily, looking at each other, and then the Inca got up and spoke.

“Thus must end the contest,” he told them, “the son of an Inca, himself descended from the god we worship, can not hope to put down Chasca, himself holy and from the stars. Nor can Chasca put down the son of the master he has come to visit in friendship.”

“Thus must end the contest,” he told them, “the son of an Inca, descended from the god we worship, cannot hope to defeat Chasca, who is himself holy and from the stars. Nor can Chasca defeat the son of the master he has come to visit in friendship.”

“Even so, royal Father,” panted Challcuchima. “We were evenly matched.”

“Even so, royal Father,” gasped Challcuchima. “We were evenly matched.”

129

Cliff smiled queerly, turning his head away; his chums wondered why. The rest of the ceremonial was rather tedious; long and flowery speeches were made by the Inca and his chief priest, extolling the virtues of his son and exhorting him to carry the wise and generous rule forward when he became Inca. Garlands were placed on the heads of all the contestants, made of bright flowers with evergreen woven into that of Challcuchima to show his endurance. Then he was crowned with the special, tasseled fillet of vicuna wool, yellow in color, which attested his appointment to be the next ruler.

Cliff smiled strangely, turning his head away; his friends wondered why. The rest of the ceremony was pretty boring; long and flowery speeches were made by the Inca and his chief priest, praising the virtues of his son and urging him to continue the wise and generous leadership when he became Inca. Garlands made of bright flowers were placed on the heads of all the contestants, with evergreen woven into Challcuchima's to symbolize his endurance. Then he was crowned with the special tasseled headband made of yellow vicuna wool, marking his appointment as the next ruler.

When the ceremonies were over and, back in their temple, the contenders and Bill and Mr. Whitley discussed the previous events Tom turned to Cliff.

When the ceremonies ended and, back in their temple, the competitors along with Bill and Mr. Whitley talked about what had happened earlier, Tom turned to Cliff.

“Why did you smile at the Inca’s decision—when you and Chally wrestled to a standstill?” he demanded.

“Why did you smile at the Inca's decision—when you and Chally fought to a standstill?” he asked.

“He bribed me,” Cliff answered. “Remember, when I had the hammerlock hold——?”

“He bribed me,” Cliff responded. “Remember when I had that hammerlock hold——?”

“I wondered how he broke that,” Nicky interrupted and Bill nodded.

“I was curious how he broke that,” Nicky interrupted, and Bill nodded.

“He whispered that if I defeated him he would be disgraced, and promised to give me anything I wanted if I would not win.”

“He whispered that if I beat him, he would be humiliated, and promised to give me whatever I wanted if I wouldn’t win.”

“Did you make him promise anything?” Nicky was eager.

“Did you get him to promise anything?” Nicky was excited.

“No—but I will.”

“No, but I will.”

130

“Oh!” Nicky was quick to see the idea in Cliff’s mind. “At the Feast of Raymi—before the sacrifice—Caya’s sister.”

“Oh!” Nicky quickly caught on to what Cliff was thinking. “At the Feast of Raymi—before the sacrifice—Caya’s sister.”

“Yes, if Mr. Whitley doesn’t get his chemicals to save the corn.” Nicky turned a handspring, with a hurrah!

“Yes, if Mr. Whitley doesn’t get his chemicals to save the corn.” Nicky did a handspring, shouting, “Hurrah!”

131

CHAPTER XIV
Gold, and a surprise

“Four days more and you will see your father,” Bill told Cliff. “He is much better. I saw him today.”

“Four more days and you'll see your dad,” Bill told Cliff. “He's doing much better. I saw him today.”

“If only I could slip away and see him, just for a minute.” Cliff spoke wistfully. Bill shook his head.

“If only I could sneak away and see him, just for a minute.” Cliff said with a sigh. Bill shook his head.

“I am afraid they would suspect something,” he said. “It was easy for me to see him, as I told you before; I pretended to know that there was a great, pale scholar from beyond the mountains whose knowledge I wanted to compare with mine. The chief priest often talked with your pa and he was glad to take me; and now I can go alone. You are supposed to be spending all your time pleading with the Sun-god to save their corn. I’m afraid to have you caught going through the tunnels.”

“I’m worried they might get suspicious,” he said. “It was easy for me to meet him, as I mentioned before; I acted like I knew there was a great, pale scholar from beyond the mountains whose knowledge I wanted to compare with mine. The chief priest often chatted with your dad, and he was happy to take me; now I can go by myself. You’re supposed to be spending all your time praying to the Sun-god to save their corn. I’m nervous about you getting caught in the tunnels.”

132

Quichaka was a city modeled very closely along the pattern of the ancient capital, Cuzco. As in that old place, so in Quichaka, the grounds beneath the temples were honeycombed with secret passages, tunnels that led to underground chambers.

Quichaka was a city designed very much like the ancient capital, Cuzco. Just like in that old place, the grounds under the temples in Quichaka were filled with secret passages, tunnels that led to underground rooms.

In the fifteenth century Topa Inca Yapanqui had extended the borders of the flourishing empire of the Incas to the Maule River and his son had later subdued Quito and made it a part of his possessions; then the Spaniards had come into the country. Observing that these invaders had confiscated treasure, one of the many sons of the reigning Inca of the period had gathered much treasure and many of his nobles and their subjects and had found a way to the hidden valley where they had built up Quichaka during long years of labor until it almost duplicated the ancient glories of Cuzco, their former home.

In the fifteenth century, Topa Inca Yapanqui expanded the borders of the thriving Inca Empire to the Maule River. His son later conquered Quito and added it to their territory. Then the Spaniards came into the region. Noticing that these invaders had seized treasure, one of the many sons of the current Inca gathered a lot of wealth along with many of his nobles and their people. He discovered a route to a hidden valley where they spent many years building Quichaka, which almost mirrored the former glory of Cuzco, their original home.

“They don’t keep Cliff’s father in a dungeon, do they?” Tom asked Bill. Mr. Whitley was away, alone, in the foothills, searching for certain minerals. Bill shook his head in reply to Tom.

“They’re not keeping Cliff’s dad in a dungeon, are they?” Tom asked Bill. Mr. Whitley was away, alone, in the foothills, looking for certain minerals. Bill shook his head in response to Tom.

“Not a dungeon,” he explained. “They have some cells down under the ground but he is in a sort of chamber, a good, big room.”

“Not a dungeon,” he explained. “They have some cells underground, but he’s in a kind of chamber, a nice, big room.”

“Why isn’t he allowed to be in a house?” Nicky demanded.

“Why can’t he be in a house?” Nicky asked.

133

“Huamachaco, the high priest, is to blame for that,” Bill said. “Cliff’s pa heard in some way that there was a secret pass or some way to get out of the valley and he tried to find it; they caught him and brought him back and then he tamed the eaglet and when they discovered that it was missing and found some torn scraps of paper which he had tried to destroy after he had spoiled the letter he had started on them, Huamachaco, who isn’t any man’s dummy, decided to have the white man watched.”

“Huamachaco, the high priest, is responsible for that,” Bill said. “Cliff’s dad somehow found out there was a secret way out of the valley, and he tried to locate it; they caught him and brought him back. Then he tamed the eaglet, and when they realized it was missing and found some torn pieces of paper he tried to destroy after messing up the letter he started on them, Huamachaco, who isn’t anyone’s fool, decided to keep an eye on the white man.”

It was because the chief priest was so clever that Bill feared to take the least chance of upsetting their plans.

It was because the chief priest was so smart that Bill was afraid to take any chances of messing up their plans.

Challcuchima, who had become very much attached to Cliff and to his chums, in a respectful awed way, came to visit them while they discussed their plans.

Challcuchima, who had grown quite attached to Cliff and his friends, in a respectful and awe-filled manner, came to visit them while they talked about their plans.

“Holy Chasca,” he said to Cliff in quichua dialect at which Cliff was only fairly proficient, covering up his deficiency by saying very little. “As successor to the Inca rule I have been shown the mysteries of the secret ways beneath the city. Among our hidden treasure is a statue which is like you and yet not like you. My father, the Inca, has permitted me to show it to you that you may say if it is truly your image and if it should be set in the Temple of the Stars.”

“Holy Chasca,” he said to Cliff in Quichua, a language Cliff was only somewhat good at, compensating for his lack of skill by speaking very little. “As the heir to the Inca throne, I’ve been shown the secrets of the hidden pathways beneath the city. Among our concealed treasures is a statue that resembles you yet isn’t exactly like you. My father, the Inca, has allowed me to show it to you so you can tell me if it’s truly your likeness and if it should be placed in the Temple of the Stars.”

134

Cliff consulted Bill with his eyes and Bill, with a very tiny wink and nod, bade him go. The chums, not invited, looked downcast as Cliff walked across the gardens of gold and silver with his young guide; but Bill soothed them by telling them what he had seen underground.

Cliff looked at Bill, who gave him a tiny wink and nod, telling him to go ahead. The friends, not included, felt disappointed as Cliff walked through the beautiful gardens with his young guide; but Bill comforted them by sharing what he had experienced underground.

Cliff was to see far more than was permitted to the eyes of his supposed scholarly servant.

Cliff was about to witness far more than what was allowed for his supposed scholarly servant to see.

Taking him to the Inca, who greeted him with a mixed respect and good feeling, Challcuchima led Cliff through a tapestried and hidden opening in the private rooms of the palace; then they went down many steps; Cliff had brought a flashlight, an implement which caused Challcuchima much awe and wonder when he was allowed to operate it. Mostly, they used torches as they traversed long passages, twisted around sharp bends, slipped through cross-cuts.

Taking him to the Inca, who welcomed him with a blend of respect and friendliness, Challcuchima guided Cliff through a draped and concealed entrance in the palace's private quarters; then they descended many steps. Cliff had brought a flashlight, a tool that filled Challcuchima with awe and amazement when he was allowed to use it. Mostly, they relied on torches as they navigated lengthy corridors, turned around sharp corners, and squeezed through side passages.

Finally the two came to a huge chamber cut out of the rock. Servants, carrying torches, held their lights high and Cliff had to suppress his tendency to gasp. He had never seen a sight to compare with that which met his eyes.

Finally, the two entered a massive chamber carved out of the rock. Servants holding torches raised their lights high, and Cliff had to stifle his urge to gasp. He had never encountered a sight that could compare to what lay before him.

135

“This is the room beneath the Temple of the Sun,” Challcuchima informed him, “this is sacred ground.” He and Cliff removed their sandals for everyone of the few permitted access to the Temple or its underground counterpart, went unshod.

“This is the room beneath the Temple of the Sun,” Challcuchima told him, “this is sacred ground.” He and Cliff took off their sandals, as everyone who had the rare privilege to enter the Temple or its underground counterpart did.

Wide and long was the chamber. The light, flaring and flickering as the torches leaped up and burned down, was filled with gold and silver objects. There were utensils of every sort, from plates, cups and rude pots, to wonderful statues and urns and placques of precious metal. It was a very treasure-house.

Wide and long was the room. The light, flaring and flickering as the torches flickered up and down, was filled with gold and silver objects. There were all kinds of utensils, from plates, cups, and rough pots, to amazing statues and urns and plaques of precious metal. It was a true treasure house.

Challcuchima led Cliff, his eyes dazed by the glories of the objects which he dared only to examine briefly in passing, to a statue depicting a youth cast and moulded in purest gold, a lithe, poised figure of a young man in the action of running, poised on the toes of one foot, the other leg thrust out and lifted as though it had just taken a step.

Challcuchima guided Cliff, his eyes bewildered by the amazing sights of the items he had only dared to glance at briefly, to a statue of a young man made of the finest gold, a graceful figure in the act of running, balanced on the toes of one foot, with the other leg extended as if it had just taken a step.

“It is like to you and yet not like,” said Challcuchima.

“It’s similar to you, but also different,” said Challcuchima.

Cliff thought quickly. It could not be a trap, this effort to discover whether or not he knew the figure. Or could it. And why a trap at all? Was anyone suspicious of his pose and of the part he played?

Cliff thought fast. It couldn’t be a trap, this attempt to find out if he recognized the figure. Or could it? And why would it be a trap at all? Was anyone suspicious of his act and the role he played?

136

If he said it was Chasca and the Incas knew differently, he mused, he would disclose his ignorance: if he denied that it was the image of Venus as they imaged the god of that star, what might they answer?

If he claimed it was Chasca and the Incas thought otherwise, he reflected, he would reveal his ignorance: if he denied that it was the image of Venus as they depicted the goddess of that star, what could they say?

He was spared the need for an answer.

He didn't have to provide an answer.

Huamachaco, the high priest, coming down the passage with a torch, said something in quite an excited manner. Challcuchima grasped Cliff’s arm.

Huamachaco, the high priest, came down the passage with a torch, saying something in a very excited way. Challcuchima grabbed Cliff’s arm.

“There is something new—come,” he urged, “this can wait!”

“There’s something new—come on,” he urged, “this can wait!”

Cliff hurried after the servants with their torches and his royal young guide turned swiftly into a passage they had not used, which brought them out into one of the small houses just beyond the Sun temple, a dwelling of one of the priests.

Cliff rushed after the servants with their torches, and his royal young guide quickly took a turn into a passage they hadn’t used before, leading them to one of the small houses just outside the Sun temple, a home belonging to one of the priests.

There was a crowd assembled near the Temple of the Stars and Cliff saw at once that Bill, Nicky and Tom were on the way to join the gathering crowd. With Challcuchima and Huamachaco he went quickly toward them.

There was a crowd gathered near the Temple of the Stars, and Cliff immediately noticed that Bill, Nicky, and Tom were heading to join the crowd. With Challcuchima and Huamachaco, he quickly moved towards them.

“What goes on?” he asked. Huamachaco did not answer. He was rather stout and the climb had taxed his wind.

“What’s going on?” he asked. Huamachaco didn't reply. He was pretty heavyset, and the climb had worn him out.

137

Cliff met his comrades at the edge of the group: some fell back respectfully to give passage to the young Inca-to-be and to Chasca and the high priest. They pressed to the point of interest.

Cliff met up with his friends at the edge of the group: some stepped back respectfully to let the future Inca, Chasca, and the high priest through. They moved closer to the main point of interest.

A native, much more stocky than the others they had seen, and of a far deeper reddish complexion, seemed to be a captive; but so rapid was the exchange of conversation, so sharp the questions which Huamachaco asked and so hasty the replies that Cliff and his fellows were completely at sea.

A local, much stockier than the others they had seen, and with a much deeper reddish complexion, seemed to be a captive; but the conversation was flowing so quickly, with Huamachaco asking sharp questions and getting hasty replies, that Cliff and his friends were totally confused.

Finally the crowd grew so thick that, at the high priest’s order soldiers formed a quick wedge and began to disperse them. The stranger stared fixedly for a while at the group facing him, while he replied to Huamachaco’s sharp demands with fluent quichua dialect. The priest seemed puzzled. Finally he made a sign to Challcuchima who turned and hurried toward his father’s palace. Huamachaco, taking the stranger by the arm, with the soldiers closing in behind them, apologized to Chasca for leaving so abruptly, and Huamachaco led the stranger away toward another building.

Finally, the crowd got so dense that, at the high priest’s command, soldiers quickly formed a wedge and started to break them up. The stranger stared intently for a moment at the group in front of him while he responded to Huamachaco’s sharp questions in fluent quichua. The priest looked confused. Eventually, he signaled to Challcuchima, who turned and rushed toward his father's palace. Huamachaco, grabbing the stranger's arm, with the soldiers closing in behind them, apologized to Chasca for leaving so suddenly, and he led the stranger away toward another building.

“He claims that he has an important word for Manco Huayna, who was, he says, the fellow who went out into the mountains to find out about the eaglet,” Bill explained as they returned soberly to their own place. “Do you know who I think he is?”

“He says he has an important message for Manco Huayna, who he claims is the guy who went into the mountains to learn about the eaglet,” Bill explained as they returned seriously to their own place. “Do you know who I think he is?”

138

“The Spaniard,” said Nicky promptly, “Did you see his shifty eyes?”

“The Spaniard,” Nicky said right away, “Did you notice his shifty eyes?”

“Did he recognize us?” Tom asked, “I know he stared.”

“Did he recognize us?” Tom asked. “I know he was staring.”

“I think he suspected,” Bill answered.

“I think he had his suspicions,” Bill replied.

“What word do you think he has? About us?” Tom mused.

“What do you think he’s saying? About us?” Tom wondered.

“I hope not,” said Bill, dubiously. “He’s after gold, of course. I don’t know how far that fellow would go in an effort to get it.”

“I hope not,” Bill said, sounding uncertain. “He’s after gold, obviously. I don’t know how far that guy would go to get it.”

And not even Chasca could tell him.

And not even Chasca could explain it to him.

139

CHAPTER XV
Raimi Festival

“Well, anyhow, our three day fast is over,” Cliff yawned as Bill shook him awake, long before dawn. He was sleepy; but he was more hungry than he was drowsy. They had decided to carry out all of the rites of this, the greatest festival of the Inca religion; it began with three fast days which were now past.

“Well, anyway, our three-day fast is over,” Cliff yawned as Bill shook him awake long before dawn. He felt sleepy, but he was more hungry than tired. They had decided to complete all the rituals of this, the biggest festival of the Inca religion; it started with three days of fasting, which were now behind them.

“I wonder what has happened to Mr. Whitley,” Tom said as he drew on his robe.

“I wonder what’s happened to Mr. Whitley,” Tom said as he put on his robe.

“I hope he comes back before the ceremony gets to the place where we have to try to stop the sacrifice,” Nicky whispered. “I don’t know whether the Inca’s son can stop it or not, even if Cliff reminds him of his promise.”

“I hope he gets back before the ceremony reaches the point where we have to try to stop the sacrifice,” Nicky whispered. “I’m not sure if the Inca’s son can stop it, even if Cliff reminds him of his promise.”

“Nor I,” said Bill. “His pa would probably back him up to give comrade Cliff any gold or maybe,” and his eyes would have been seen to be twinkling in a better light than that of their torch, “or, maybe, a dozen wives for the youth with the shining locks.”

“Me neither,” said Bill. “His dad would probably support him in giving buddy Cliff any gold or maybe,” and his eyes would have looked brighter than the light of their torch, “or, maybe, a dozen wives for the guy with the shiny hair.”

140

“Wives!” Cliff said it disgustedly. “What would I ask for wives for?”

“Wives!” Cliff said with disgust. “What would I even want with wives?”

“You might ask for Caya, anyway,” Nicky said mischievously. The girl who had been assigned to serve Nicky had transferred all her attention to Cliff since Nicky had whispered, against Bill’s advice, the hint that Chasca would save her sister from the sacrifice.

“You might want to ask for Caya, anyway,” Nicky said playfully. The girl who had been assigned to serve Nicky had shifted all her focus to Cliff since Nicky hinted, despite Bill's warning, that Chasca would rescue her sister from the sacrifice.

“She does act like a girl getting ready to ‘love, honor and disobey’ her lord and master,” chuckled Bill.

“She really does act like a girl getting ready to ‘love, honor and disobey’ her lord and master,” Bill chuckled.

Cliff shrugged his shoulders. She was a nice Indian girl, but his mind was not set on girls. He looked forward to the moment when he could see his father. “I’ll ask for her for you, Nicky,” he challenged, “you seem to be broken hearted about her.”

Cliff shrugged. She was a nice Indian girl, but he wasn’t interested in girls. He couldn't wait to see his dad. “I’ll ask her out for you, Nicky,” he challenged, “you seem pretty heartbroken over her.”

Nicky stopped just in time—he had been about to fling a golden cup at Cliff: Challcuchima came in after knocking at the doorway of the anteroom in which they slept.

Nicky stopped just in time—he was about to throw a golden cup at Cliff when Challcuchima walked in after knocking on the door of the anteroom where they were sleeping.

“All is ready,” he greeted, seriously, “come.”

“All is ready,” he said seriously, “come.”

They followed him into the great square. The dawn had not yet come: just a faint streak of light gray cut the darkness in the East.

They followed him into the large square. Dawn hadn't arrived yet; only a faint streak of light gray pierced the darkness in the East.

141

“The greatest crowd I ever saw here!” exclaimed Nicky, “Look how they pack the square!” He was right. With torches that lit the place with weird gleams and deep shadows, probably every human being who could walk was there. Challcuchima led the party to a spot just beyond the crowd, in front of the Inca’s home: there they were greeted seriously and in a low tone by the high priest and the Inca.

“The biggest crowd I've ever seen here!” Nicky shouted. “Check out how they fill the square!” He was right. With torches casting strange glows and deep shadows, it seemed like every person who could walk was there. Challcuchima took the group to a spot just beyond the crowd, in front of the Inca's house: there, they were greeted solemnly and quietly by the high priest and the Inca.

“I don’t see the stranger—the fellow we think is Sancho Pizzara,” Cliff whispered. Bill shook his head.

“I don’t see the stranger—the guy we think is Sancho Pizzara,” Cliff whispered. Bill shook his head.

“I wonder what he came to tell them—and where he is?” Nicky said under his breath. Since no one knew he got no reply.

“I wonder what he came to tell them—and where he is?” Nicky muttered. Since no one knew, he got no response.

The torches were gradually extinguished as the stragglers filled every available bit of room. Gradually the light was growing in the East; from pale gray it went through the slow changes of dull green, then brighter green, altering to greenish yellow and brighter lemon; then dashes of crimson came, like lances of fire flung across the sky.

The torches were slowly put out as the latecomers filled every available space. The light in the East was gradually getting stronger; it shifted from pale gray to dull green, then to brighter green, changing to greenish yellow and a brighter lemon. Finally, splashes of crimson appeared, like fiery lances thrown across the sky.

142

A low murmur began; constantly it increased in volume and in eagerness; for it was a chant of triumph and greeting to the orb of day which they worshipped as the visible sign that their god smiled upon them. Watching, Cliff saw the first rim of the sun peep up over the peaks. There rose a vast, throaty roar of triumph and the mass of people bowed themselves toward the symbol of their deity.

A soft murmur started and gradually got louder and more enthusiastic; it was a chant of celebration and welcome for the sun, which they regarded as the visible proof that their god was pleased with them. Watching, Cliff noticed the first edge of the sun rising over the mountains. A massive, loud cheer of victory erupted, and the crowd bowed down toward the symbol of their deity.

“What would they do if it turned out cloudy?” Nicky wondered.

“What would they do if it turned out cloudy?” Nicky wondered.

“They would take it as a bad sign for the coming year,” Bill told him. He looked around anxiously. “I wish I knew where John Whitley keeps himself.”

“They would see it as a bad omen for the upcoming year,” Bill told him. He looked around nervously. “I wish I knew where John Whitley is hiding.”

“So do I!” Tom whispered.

"Me too!" Tom whispered.

Challcuchima touched Cliff’s arm. They were silent.

Challcuchima touched Cliff's arm. They were quiet.

Along the great square moved the Inca, slowly, majestically. He was clad in a gorgeous robe of the beautiful woven fleece of the vicuna, with gorgeously dyed patterns of vivid colors running through it; on his head was the borla, that crimson fringe carrying two feathers from the sacred bird, the caraquenque—sacred to the purpose of supplying feathers for the Inca’s head-dress. He wore many rich ornaments, laden with jewels, mostly emeralds, set in lavishly cut and worked golden shapes; from each earlobe hung the massive ornaments which, in years of wear, had drawn his earlobes down almost to his shoulders. Challcuchima was dressed as beautifully but he wore his yellow fringed and tasseled head-dress and his ears still were pierced by the golden bodkins which had been put there during his own festival, to remain until the flesh healed and left holes for the ornaments he might wear later on.

Along the great square walked the Inca, slowly and majestically. He was dressed in a stunning robe made from the beautifully woven fleece of the vicuña, with brilliantly dyed patterns of vivid colors running through it; on his head was the borla, that crimson fringe featuring two feathers from the sacred bird, the caraquenque—sacred for providing feathers for the Inca’s headpiece. He wore many luxurious ornaments, heavy with jewels, mostly emeralds, set in lavishly cut and crafted golden designs; from each earlobe hung large ornaments that, after years of wear, had stretched his earlobes down nearly to his shoulders. Challcuchima was dressed just as elegantly but wore his yellow fringed and tasseled headpiece, and his ears were still pierced by the golden bodkins that had been placed there during his own festival, to remain until the flesh healed and created holes for the ornaments he would wear later.

143

“We are bound for the Temple of the Sun,” Bill told them. It proved to be true: outside the great temple, its golden cornice glowing brightly in the newly risen sun’s rays, the procession halted. The people became silent. The priests and nobles drew aside and so did all but the Inca and Huamachaco, the high priest. Removing their sandals these two proceeded into the Temple of the Sun. No others were permitted in that sacred edifice except for purposes of cleaning and certain rites.

“We're headed to the Temple of the Sun,” Bill told them. It turned out to be true: outside the grand temple, its golden trim shining brightly in the fresh sunlight, the procession stopped. The crowd went silent. The priests and nobles stepped aside, along with everyone else except the Inca and Huamachaco, the high priest. Taking off their sandals, the two of them entered the Temple of the Sun. No one else was allowed in that sacred building except for cleaning and specific rituals.

“I wish you’d look!” whispered Tom. From their stand they could see through the wide, open doorway. Within, the level rays of the sun made it very bright. Such marvels of gold, of ornamentation, such glorious tapestries and vivid colors had never before greeted the eyes of the four who stared, awed.

“I wish you’d look!” Tom whispered. From where they stood, they could see through the wide, open doorway. Inside, the sun's rays filled the space with brightness. The fantastic gold decor, the beautiful designs, the stunning tapestries, and bright colors had never before amazed the eyes of the four who stared in awe.

144

At the extreme end, where it faced the rising sun, was set a huge golden placque, a plate of gold many feet square. Its center was so carved and ornamented that it presented a rude semblance of a human face, eyes, nose, mouth: from the sides of its circle spread in every direction golden rays. It was a marvel of workmanship and of treasure.

At the far end, facing the rising sun, there was a massive golden plaque, a gold plate several feet wide. Its center was so intricately carved and decorated that it resembled a rough human face, with eyes, a nose, and a mouth. Golden rays spread out in every direction from the edges of its circle. It was a stunning piece of craftsmanship and wealth.

After the Inca and his companion had performed certain rites they came out and more chants marked the resumption of the processional. They moved only a short way off, stopping again. Where they paused was an altar, a sinister object to Cliff and his comrades: they shuddered.

After the Inca and his companion completed some rituals, they stepped outside, and more songs signaled the continuation of the procession. They moved only a short distance before stopping again. The place where they halted was an altar, a frightening sight for Cliff and his friends: they trembled.

The chief priest advanced with some chant on his lips and began to use a strange curved mirror with which he concentrated the rays of the hot sun upon some prepared material on the altar.

The chief priest stepped forward with a chant on his lips and started using a peculiar curved mirror to focus the sun's rays onto some prepared material on the altar.

“They have no fires burning during the fast days,” Bill told his friends, “now the priest kindles the sacred fire with his mirror and some of it is given to certain Virgins of the Sun to guard. It is mighty serious for them if they ever dare to let the fire go out during the coming year.”

“They don’t have any fires going during the fasting days,” Bill told his friends, “now the priest lights the sacred fire with his mirror, and some of it is given to certain Virgins of the Sun to protect. It’s really serious for them if they ever let the fire go out during the upcoming year.”

145

The priest succeeded in securing smoking embers and then a blaze. He turned and made a sign and as he did so Cliff grew tense.

The priest managed to get some smoking embers and then a full fire going. He turned and made a sign, and as he did that, Cliff became tense.

From a little distance a figure was led, heavily covered with white garments and a long, tissue-like veil.

From a short distance, a figure was brought forward, heavily wrapped in white clothing and a long, sheer veil.

Cliff caught Challcuchima’s arm and gripped it tightly.

Cliff grabbed Challcuchima’s arm and held it firmly.

“What—what?” he stammered, and could not finish. He knew.

“What—what?” he stammered, unable to continue. He knew.

Challcuchima spoke quietly. They seldom made human sacrifices, to Raymi, but their corn was being destroyed; they hoped by this unusual proof of their religious ardor to placate the angry god.

Challcuchima spoke softly. They rarely made human sacrifices to Raymi, but their corn was being ruined; they hoped that by this unusual demonstration of their faith, they could appease the angry god.

“Remember,” Cliff’s voice shook and he could hardly recall the dialect he must use, “when we wrestled—you made a promise!”

“Remember,” Cliff's voice trembled and he could barely remember the dialect he was supposed to use, “when we wrestled—you made a promise!”

Challcuchima seemed to guess what was coming. He drew back.

Challcuchima seemed to sense what was about to happen. He stepped back.

“I claim that promise, now—fulfil your promise,” gasped Cliff.

“I’m holding you to that promise, now—make it happen,” gasped Cliff.

The high priest heard the raised voice. He paused in the work he did with the fire, and walked quickly to Challcuchima. The Inca, also, turned and frowned at Cliff.

The high priest heard the loud voice. He stopped what he was doing with the fire and quickly walked over to Challcuchima. The Inca also turned and glared at Cliff.

Cliff, his dialect forgotten, spoke in English.

Cliff, having forgotten his dialect, spoke in English.

146

“You shan’t!” he cried, his head high, arms thrown upward as if he were veritably the young god he represented to them. “It is criminal! Chally, you promised me anything I’d ask. I ask for that innocent girl’s life. Spare it—or——” He made a menacing gesture.

“You can’t!” he shouted, his head held high, arms raised like he was truly the young god they believed him to be. “It’s wrong! Chally, you swore you’d give me anything I asked for. I’m asking for that innocent girl’s life. Save her—or——” He made a threatening gesture.

The high priest glowered and the Inca scowled. Challcuchima drew further away from Cliff.

The high priest glared and the Inca frowned. Challcuchima moved further away from Cliff.

“What does he say?” he asked of the priest.

“What does he say?” he asked the priest.

Cliff, in vivid sunlight, stared at Bill. To his amazement, Bill was scratching his left ear with his middle finger!

Cliff, in bright sunlight, stared at Bill. To his surprise, Bill was scratching his left ear with his middle finger!

147

CHAPTER XVI
The Mystery Boys are meeting.

Never in the brief history of their order had the Mystery Boys held a session under more amazing and dangerous conditions!

Never in the short history of their order had the Mystery Boys held a meeting under such incredible and risky conditions!

For Cliff soon saw that Bill’s sign was in no way mischance. With set face and earnest eyes the lanky, cunning Quipu Bill was calling for a session of the order, wherein signs would pass unknown to the hosts around them. The people were pressing closer.

For Cliff quickly realized that Bill's sign was definitely not a coincidence. With a determined expression and serious eyes, the tall, sly Quipu Bill was signaling for a meeting of the order, where signs would be exchanged that the surrounding crowd wouldn't understand. The people were moving in closer.

Nicky nudged Cliff: Tom already had his arms folded across his chest, sign that he had entered the signal session: Nicky folded his arms. Cliff, mastering his excitement, did likewise.

Nicky nudged Cliff: Tom already had his arms crossed over his chest, a sign that he had entered the signal session: Nicky crossed his arms. Cliff, controlling his excitement, did the same.

What was the matter with Bill? Did he not realize how very serious the moment was? Why must he choose such a time to use the signals in whose mysteries Cliff and his friends had initiated him? Or—was it because of the danger?

What was wrong with Bill? Didn't he understand how serious the moment was? Why did he have to pick that time to use the signals that Cliff and his friends had taught him? Or was it because of the danger?

148

Bill placed his right hand negligently in his pocket—his coat pocket! That meant, “Do not speak!”

Bill carelessly stuck his right hand in his coat pocket. That signaled, "Don't say anything!"

Cliff nodded slightly.

Cliff gave a slight nod.

The priest and the Inca, Challcuchima and a number of nobles who had hastened closer, scowled and waited for an answer as Huamachaco sputtered, “What does this mean? What said Chasca?”

The priest and the Inca, Challcuchima and several nobles who had moved in closer, frowned and waited for a response as Huamachaco stammered, “What does this mean? What did Chasca say?”

The air was electric with tension: Cliff felt it, his chums felt it; the mass of people, although they had not heard, had seen his dramatic attitude—and they felt the suspense. It was so still that they all distinctly heard the crackle of a kindled stick on the altar!

The air was charged with tension: Cliff felt it, his friends felt it; the crowd, even though they hadn’t heard, had noticed his dramatic stance—and they felt the suspense. It was so quiet that they all clearly heard the crackling of a burning stick on the altar!

“Chasca speaks the language of the skies,” Bill said, in the dialect of the nobles and priests, which was different from the quichua and which he had not taught the boys, although he understood much of it himself. “Chasca in his anger forgets that you do not speak the speech of the gods, being but mortals!”

“Chasca speaks the language of the skies,” Bill said, in the dialect of the nobles and priests, which was different from the quichua. He hadn’t taught the boys that language, even though he understood a lot of it himself. “Chasca, in his anger, forgets that you don’t speak the speech of the gods, being just mortals!”

All the while his hands were changing position unobtrusively, or his position or attitude shifted.

All the while, his hands were subtly changing position, or his posture or attitude shifted.

149

He dropped his right hand to his side, as he spoke, but the three chums saw that all fingers were clenched except the index finger which pointed outward and downward, hanging loosely.

He let his right hand drop to his side as he spoke, but the three friends noticed that all his fingers were clenched except for the index finger, which pointed outward and downward, hanging loose.

That meant “Some one is coming!”

That meant "Someone's coming!"

They stood with folded arms for he had asked no question and they did not wish to call attention to themselves by too many gestures. Bill was the leader: he had called for a council; whoever did so must do all the gesturing unless he asked for an answer. So they watched without appearing to do so.

They stood with their arms crossed because he hadn't asked any questions, and they didn't want to draw attention to themselves with too many gestures. Bill was the leader; he had called for a meeting, and anyone who did that had to do all the gesturing unless they requested a response. So they observed without making it obvious.

“Chasca is very angry,” Bill spoke on, calmly. He did it very well, Cliff had to admit to himself, almost as well as Cliff had done on that memorable occasion when they had considered admitting Mr. Whitley. He hoped Nicky would not speak as he had done then. Nicky did not mean to do that, but if he spoke now in his excitement he might upset all Bill’s plans.

“Chasca is really angry,” Bill said, staying calm. He did it really well, Cliff had to admit to himself, almost as well as Cliff had done that memorable time when they thought about letting Mr. Whitley in. He hoped Nicky wouldn’t speak like he did back then. Nicky didn’t intend to do that, but if he spoke now out of excitement, he might mess up all of Bill’s plans.

Bill had his hand spread out in what the Inca took for a gesture of anger against him and his priest. Really Cliff saw in it their sign that the next word would tell who was coming; it would be spelled on the fingers of Bill’s other hand, hanging loosely at his side, using the simplest deaf-and-dumb alphabet.

Bill had his hand open in what the Inca interpreted as a gesture of anger toward him and his priest. In reality, Cliff understood it as their sign that the next word would reveal who was coming; it would be spelled out on the fingers of Bill’s other hand, which hung loosely at his side, using the simplest sign language alphabet.

150

They watched.

They observed.

“W-h-i-t-l-e-y,” he spelled. John Whitley!

"Whitley," he spelled. John Whitley!

They breathed sighs of relief.

They sighed with relief.

“Chasca does not wish that a sacrifice be made,” Bill spoke, “Chasca has made peace with Raymi for you. He is angered that you do not show more trust in him, a messenger of Raymi, come to give you blessings.”

“Chasca doesn't want you to make a sacrifice,” Bill said, “Chasca has made peace with Raymi for you. He is upset that you don't show more trust in him, as a messenger of Raymi, who has come to share blessings with you.”

His two hands dropped into his trousers pockets. That meant that they must not look for whoever came. They must pay no attention. Cliff nodded.

His hands fell into his pants pockets. That meant they shouldn't look for whoever was coming. They should ignore it. Cliff nodded.

Then Bill drew his hands free and folded his arms. At once they knew that the council of communion was over.

Then Bill pulled his hands free and crossed his arms. Right away, they knew that the meeting was over.

“Chasca has bidden his servant—he of the dark locks—to go forth and find a certain thing.” Bill went on in the nobles’ dialect, “behold—that servant returns!”

“Chasca has instructed his servant—he with the dark hair—to go out and find something.” Bill continued in the nobles’ dialect, “look—the servant is back!”

The boys did not look up, mindful of their orders; but all the others in the group did so. Through the crowd came pushing John Whitley. They made way for him but so dense was the press that he moved only slowly. Bill must have seen him signal from the outskirts of the crowd, Cliff guessed; it was true.

The boys didn’t look up, sticking to their orders; but everyone else in the group did. John Whitley pushed his way through the crowd. They cleared a path for him, but it was so packed that he moved only slowly. Bill must have seen him signaling from the edge of the crowd, Cliff thought; and he was right.

151

But what would Mr. Whitley say? Had he found what he wanted? Or—not! And would he understand the danger into which Cliff had been forced when Challcuchima failed to keep his word?

But what would Mr. Whitley say? Had he found what he was looking for? Or—not! And would he understand the danger Cliff was in after Challcuchima didn't keep his promise?

Then they saw that Bill’s ear was causing him a seemingly great lot of trouble; his middle finger scratched industriously as John Whitley approached. Would he recall the signal?

Then they saw that Bill’s ear was causing him a lot of trouble; his middle finger scratched away as John Whitley got closer. Would he remember the signal?

“This is sacrilege!” cried the high priest. “Chasca, son of the skies, will not seek to change the rites to which we and our fathers have bowed ever since Manco Capac, founder of our line, sunk his golden wedge near Titicaca and began his rule!”

“This is outrageous!” shouted the high priest. “Chasca, son of the skies, will not try to change the rituals we've followed since Manco Capac, the founder of our lineage, drove his golden wedge into the ground near Titicaca and started his reign!”

“Chasca does seek to change no rites,” Bill replied calmly. “Chasca seeks to save a life because there is no need for its sacrifice!” He kept working at his ear. John Whitley broke into the circle.

“Chasca isn’t trying to change any traditions,” Bill said calmly. “Chasca is trying to save a life because there’s no need for it to be sacrificed!” He continued fiddling with his ear. John Whitley stepped into the circle.

“What?—” he began. He stared around. There was a moment of intense silence. A stick fell and crackled on the altar: among the maidens of the Sun there was stifled sobbing from Caya, close beside her sister but not daring to touch her!

“What?—” he started. He looked around. There was a moment of heavy silence. A stick fell and crackled on the altar: among the maidens of the Sun, Caya, right next to her sister, was quietly sobbing but didn’t dare to touch her!

152

John Whitley’s eyes seemed caught by Bill’s finger: he stared. Then he looked at Cliff and suddenly he folded his arms!

John Whitley’s eyes seemed fixed on Bill’s finger: he stared. Then he looked at Cliff and suddenly crossed his arms!

“Let the sacrifice proceed!” shouted the high priest, jealous of his position.

“Let the sacrifice happen!” shouted the high priest, envious of his role.

“Not so!” shouted Bill.

"Not so!" yelled Bill.

His fist came down into an open palm as though to emphasize his cry, but John Whitley divined that in the secret sign manual a question was being asked! “Did you get it?”

His fist came down into an open palm as if to emphasize his shout, but John Whitley sensed that a question was being asked in the secret sign language! “Did you get it?”

“Yes!” his right finger rubbed his chin.

“Yes!” his right finger rubbed his chin.

“Ah,” said Bill, and his voice rang out clearly as he faced the high priest.

“Ah,” said Bill, and his voice sounded clear as he faced the high priest.

“Chasca denies you the right of sacrifice!” he said, “There is no need. The corn will be saved. The Sun, Raymi, has sent that which will destroy the insects!”

“Chasca denies you the right to make sacrifices!” he said, “There's no need. The corn will be saved. The Sun, Raymi, has sent what will destroy the insects!”

Clearly the Inca was impressed. Bill seemed so sincere. Mr. Whitley was smiling. The three chums were standing erect in poses of confidence.

Clearly, the Inca was impressed. Bill appeared so sincere. Mr. Whitley was smiling. The three friends stood tall in confident poses.

“Within a day your corn will be on the way to security,” Bill said as Mr. Whitley whispered swift words. “Complete your feast and tomorrow you shall see that we speak truth!”

“By tomorrow, your corn will be on its way to safety,” Bill said as Mr. Whitley murmured hurried words. “Finish your meal, and tomorrow you’ll see that we’re telling the truth!”

153

Cliff ran past them all, caught the shrinking, veiled figure and beckoned Caya.

Cliff sprinted past everyone, grabbed the fading, hidden figure, and signaled to Caya.

“Go back to our house,” he said. “Caya—take her! We’ve won!”

“Go back to our house,” he said. “Caya—take her! We’ve won!”

154

CHAPTER XVII
From bad to worse

When Cliff returned to his friends he saw that they had been joined by a tall, cold-eyed Indian noble. He and the high priest were exchanging frowning glances: it seemed evident that they disliked each other. Mr. Whitley was whispering hurriedly to Bill. The high priest turned toward Cliff with a sharp word but Bill advanced, held up his hand, and faced the Inca.

When Cliff came back to his friends, he noticed they were now with a tall, cold-eyed Indian noble. He and the high priest were giving each other tense looks; it was clear they didn’t get along. Mr. Whitley was hurriedly whispering to Bill. The high priest shot a sharp word at Cliff, but Bill stepped forward, raised his hand, and squared off with the Inca.

“Oh, royal son of the Sun,” he began, loudly enough to be heard by many nobles gathered nearby, “Chasca’s servant brings report. There was no destruction of your corn by insects, as Huamachaco, your high priest, told you. The corn grew sick because the earth it grows in has become tired and must be made fruitful once more.”

“Oh, royal son of the Sun,” he began, loud enough for many nobles nearby to hear, “Chasca’s servant brings news. Your corn wasn’t destroyed by insects, as Huamachaco, your high priest, said. The corn became sick because the soil it grows in has become exhausted and needs to be revitalized.”

“That is not so!” shouted the high priest, forgetting his dignity in his anger.

“That’s not true!” shouted the high priest, losing his composure in his anger.

Bill paid no attention.

Bill ignored it.

“Oh, Inca,” he went on, “here, beside me, is one you trust. Is it not so?”

“Oh, Inca,” he continued, “here next to me is someone you trust. Isn’t that right?”

155

He indicated the new arrival: the Inca glanced at him and smiled. “He is my son, my oldest son,” he agreed, “I trust him.”

He pointed to the newcomer: the Inca looked at him and smiled. “He’s my son, my eldest son,” he acknowledged, “I trust him.”

“Make report, oh, son of the Inca,” urged Bill.

“Make the report, oh, son of the Inca,” urged Bill.

“Make report,” chorused the nobles.

“Submit report,” chorused the nobles.

“I make report of this, oh, noble Inca and my father,” said the Indian. “This servant of the messenger from the stars came to my fields soon after Chasca appeared among us: he observed the corn and he took up the earth and made magic with it.” The crude tests Mr. Whitley had been able to make had seemed to be incantations to the untutored Indian. “Then went he afar among the hills with one of my servants. They came back with something borne in a sack and from that which they brought my servants did make a magic fluid by mixing it with water.”

“I report this, oh noble Inca and my father,” said the Indian. “This servant of the messenger from the stars came to my fields soon after Chasca appeared among us: he looked at the corn and took up the earth and worked magic with it.” The simple tests Mr. Whitley had been able to perform seemed like incantations to the uneducated Indian. “Then he went far among the hills with one of my servants. They returned with something carried in a sack, and from what they brought, my servants created a magical liquid by mixing it with water.”

“Their earth is starving for nitrogen,” Mr. Whitley said in a low tone to Cliff, “they do not rotate their crops here; that is they plant the same crop until the earth is exhausted, instead of resting it by changing the crop from one sort to another. I brought them some mineral salts rich in nitrogen and saved time by sprinkling the earth around the cornstalks. And we had to make tiny holes in a golden crock to sprinkle with—imagine! A golden sprinkling can.”

“Their soil is starving for nitrogen,” Mr. Whitley said quietly to Cliff, “they don’t rotate their crops here; they plant the same crop until the soil is depleted, instead of letting it rest by switching to different crops. I brought them some mineral salts high in nitrogen and saved time by spreading it around the cornstalks. And we had to make tiny holes in a golden pot to sprinkle it with—can you believe it? A golden sprinkler.”

156

“Already my corn begins to change and no longer does it droop.” The Indian cast a triumphant look at the high priest: evidently there was jealousy. “It was not the insects, as Huamachaco did tell you, oh, my father, but the earth that starved the grain, as I have said to many.”

“Already my corn is starting to change and it no longer droops.” The Indian shot a triumphant look at the high priest: clearly, there was jealousy. “It wasn’t the insects, as Huamachaco told you, oh, my father, but the earth that starved the grain, as I have told many.”

The high priest turned away, but as he did so Cliff, surprised, his eyes bent on himself with a baleful glance. However, he simply stared straight and level at Huamachaco whose eyes shifted aside.

The high priest turned away, but as he did, Cliff, surprised, looked at himself with a dark expression. However, he just stared directly at Huamachaco, whose gaze shifted to the side.

“You have heard,” said Bill. “Let the Feast of Raymi go on, and let it be a feast, indeed! When it is finished, all shall divide into bands, some to fetch the magical earth, some to mix the powerful liquid, others to fashion urns with which to make it fall like rain upon the corn, and so, very soon, all of your dying earth will live again and make the corn lift its tassels in joy to Raymi, whose humble messengers we are.”

“You've heard,” said Bill. “Let the Feast of Raymi continue, and let's make it a real celebration! Once it's over, everyone will split into groups—some will go to gather the magical earth, some will mix the potent liquid, and others will shape urns to sprinkle it like rain on the corn. Soon enough, all your withering land will come back to life, and the corn will raise its tassels in joy for Raymi, whose humble messengers we are.”

157

Cliff had not dreamed that Bill could be so glowing in his speech, and he saw that not only the Inca, but his younger son and all of the nobles were impressed. The Inca evidently foresaw trouble between the two men, and rather eagerly he waved his hand toward them all in dismissal.

Cliff had never imagined that Bill could speak so passionately, and he noticed that not just the Inca, but also his younger son and all the nobles were impressed. The Inca clearly anticipated some issues between the two men, and he quickly waved his hand to dismiss them all.

“Let the feast go on,” he said. Then, turning to Cliff, he added: “Think not, oh son of Venus, that I am ungrateful; when the feast to your superior Lord and Master is done with I will give you tokens of my grateful spirit.”

“Let the feast continue,” he said. Then, turning to Cliff, he added: “Don’t think, oh son of Venus, that I’m ungrateful; when the feast for your superior Lord and Master is over, I will give you signs of my gratitude.”

Cliff bowed, not quite sure what else to do. Bill, whose middle left finger had again been caressing his ear, until his friends all gave attentions, made a sign again for no speech, and they all allowed themselves to be conducted to places of honor at a special board table, rather crude but lavishly laden with gold and silver dishes, on which were spread a feast of native roast meats, vegetables, a sort of bread made of the maize—only rarely did the Incas make up bread; they used the corn more often in a sort of porridge, or dried and sometimes parched.

Cliff bowed, unsure of what to do next. Bill, who had been fiddling with his ear, signaled again for silence, and they all followed to seats of honor at a special table, which was a bit rough but filled with gold and silver dishes, showcasing a feast of local roasted meats, vegetables, and a type of bread made from corn— the Incas rarely made bread; they usually prepared corn as porridge or dried it, sometimes even toasted it.

“I am glad you came when you did,” Cliff told the former history instructor. The others echoed his statement.

“I’m glad you showed up when you did,” Cliff said to the former history teacher. The others agreed with him.

“We are not out of the frying pan yet,” Bill warned. “Or—if we are, it’s most likely because we’re about to be dipped into the fire.”

“We're not out of the frying pan yet,” Bill warned. “Or—if we are, it's probably because we're about to be thrown into the fire.”

158

“Why?” asked Nicky, thrilling a little with fear and quite a deal more with anticipation of more adventure.

“Why?” Nicky asked, a little thrilled with fear and even more excited about the possibility of more adventure.

“You saw the priest and the noble glaring at each other?”

"You saw the priest and the noble staring at each other?"

They all nodded.

They all agreed.

“It was because of their enmity that the noble was so eager to help me,” Mr. Whitley stated. “Naturally the chief priest will not like us too well for showing that his judgment was so far wrong.”

“It was because of their rivalry that the noble was so eager to help me,” Mr. Whitley said. “Of course, the chief priest won’t be too happy with us for showing that his judgment was so off.”

“But the priest won’t dare do anything,” Tom volunteered. “The people think we are heroes, don’t they?” Bill nodded.

“But the priest won’t do anything,” Tom offered. “The people see us as heroes, right?” Bill nodded.

“Just now they do,” he agreed. “But—there is no telling—I saw Huamachaco talking to that mysterious stranger as we came—.” He paused and suddenly changed his tone, as he added, “Be careful!” and immediately raised his voice again. “Did you ever see so much gold on a table, Chasca, since we left the halls of the dwellers in the skies?”

“Right now they do,” he agreed. “But—who knows—I saw Huamachaco talking to that mysterious stranger as we arrived—.” He paused and suddenly shifted his tone, as he added, “Be careful!” and immediately raised his voice again. “Have you ever seen so much gold on a table, Chasca, since we left the halls of the sky dwellers?”

They saw at once what caused his sudden change. The dark stranger was approaching. By his shifting gaze and the first words he spoke under his breath they knew him to be Sancho Pizzara, the Spaniard who had offered to join them and then had deserted them in the white pass, only to come to grief himself.

They immediately realized what had caused his sudden change. The dark stranger was coming closer. From his shifting gaze and the first words he muttered under his breath, they recognized him as Sancho Pizzara, the Spaniard who had offered to join them and then deserted them in the white pass, only to meet his own downfall.

159

Buenos di—Ah, senors!—and you, noble Chasca! Noble Cleeford Gray Chasca!” There was a curl to his lip and Nicky thrust a hand against the table to push himself erect, but Mr. Whitley put a foot against his ankle none too gently in warning as the Spaniard proceeded. “But that is fine, that you shall be Chasca! You can help me.”

Good day—Ah, gentlemen!—and you, honorable Chasca! Honorable Cleeford Gray Chasca!” There was a sneer on his lips and Nicky pushed against the table to stand up, but Mr. Whitley stepped on his ankle not too gently as the Spaniard continued. “But that’s great, that you will be Chasca! You can assist me.”

“You weren’t ambushed?” demanded Tom. “We thought——”

“You weren’t caught off guard?” Tom asked. “We thought—”

“There was some—how you say?—some ‘ta-ra-boom-te-ay’ in the pass of snow. My men all run away back. Me, I am desert in snow to freeze. But I get here—late. You are already fix up very nice.”

“There was some—how do you say?—some ‘ta-ra-boom-te-ay’ in the snowy pass. My men all ran back. I’m stuck in the snow freezing. But I got here—late. You’re already all set up very nicely.”

“I warned you about the pass,” Bill reminded him.

“I warned you about the pass,” Bill reminded him.

Si!” He dismissed it with a wave of his hand and bent close and motioned to them to listen. “That we shall forget. Now it is to know—is there plenty of gold? But I see it.”

Yes! He waved his hand dismissively and leaned in, signaling for them to listen. “Let’s forget about that. What’s important now is to know—do we have plenty of gold? Because I can see it.”

“What did you tell these people?” Mr. Whitley demanded. “We heard that you came with some message.”

“What did you tell these people?” Mr. Whitley demanded. “We heard you arrived with a message.”

160

“Tell—? Oh! I tell that I am send by other men of the hills to seek white faces of those who come this way.”

“Tell—? Oh! I say that I’m sent by other men from the hills to look for the white faces of those who pass this way.”

“You told them that?” Bill scowled.

“You really said that to them?” Bill frowned.

Si. But I have not yet tell that you are men I seek.”

Yes. But I haven't told you that you are the people I'm looking for.”

“No, and you had better not!” said Tom sharply. Bill warned him with a look.

“No, and you better not!” Tom said sharply. Bill warned him with a look.

“Why shall I tell that when you can take me to the gold?”

“Why should I say that when you can take me to the gold?”

“We are not here for gold,” Cliff said evenly. “We told you about my father.”

“We're not here for gold,” Cliff said calmly. “We told you about my dad.”

“Then there is that gold for me alone!” smiled Pizarra.

“Then there's that gold just for me!” smiled Pizarra.

“Do you think we would help you steal it?” asked Cliff very quietly. “If you do, you are wrong. We won’t even take away any to pay back Mr. Whitley, because my father’s books will make enough to do that. We came here intending to take enough gold away for expenses, but that was before we knew that my father was alive and able to go with us.”

“Do you think we’d help you steal it?” asked Cliff softly. “If you do, you’re mistaken. We won’t even take any to repay Mr. Whitley, because my dad’s books will be enough for that. We came here planning to take enough gold for expenses, but that was before we found out that my dad was alive and could join us.”

“If you go—” said Pizarra, softly, his eyes flashing.

“If you leave—” said Pizarra, quietly, his eyes sparkling.

“Do you mean to threaten that you will endanger the life of the man we came here to rescue?” asked Mr. Whitley coldly. “And put these young men in danger?”

“Are you really threatening to put the life of the man we came here to rescue at risk?” Mr. Whitley asked coldly. “And endanger these young men?”

161

“Oh, no,” Sancho Pizzara assured him with a shrug. “I am very kind man. Senor el Venus, here, he will guide me safe to the gold. I shall then not put danger to any.”

“Oh, no,” Sancho Pizzara assured him with a shrug. “I’m a very kind man. Señor el Venus here will guide me safely to the gold. I won’t put anyone in danger.”

“And—if we refuse?” asked Bill. “Then—will you?”

“And—what if we say no?” asked Bill. “Then—will you?”

“Then perhaps I find the white hombres hiding under red dye.”

“Then maybe I find the white hombres hiding under red dye.”

“And of course we would sit right still and let him,” Nicky could not control his anger. “We wouldn’t say he was a disguised Spaniard trying to steal their treasure—” He stopped Cliff had nudged him sharply. But his statement daunted Pizarra. He turned thoughtful. Then he smiled. “There is for you too much danger,” he declared. “You will not dare!”

“And of course we would just sit there and let him,” Nicky couldn't hold back his anger. “We wouldn’t say he was a disguised Spaniard trying to steal their treasure—” He stopped because Cliff had nudged him sharply. But his words intimidated Pizarra. He grew pensive. Then he smiled. “There is too much danger for you,” he declared. “You won’t dare!”

“As surely as you open your mouth—” began Bill.

“As surely as you open your mouth—” began Bill.

“If you do, we do!” Tom snapped.

“If you do, we do!” Tom snapped.

“Tit for tat!” That was Nicky.

“Tit for tat!” That was Nicky.

“But it cost you nothing to show me where is the gold hide,” Pizarra said, rubbing his hands.

“But it didn’t cost you anything to show me where the gold is hidden,” Pizarra said, rubbing his hands.

“These people have been kind to us,” Mr. Whitley said. “We do not like to help you rob them.”

“These people have been good to us,” Mr. Whitley said. “We don’t want to help you rob them.”

162

“I am mak’ friends to his Huamachaco,” Pizarra said meaningly. “He is already suspect something.”

“I’m making friends with his Huamachaco,” Pizarra said with significance. “He already suspects something.”

That was bad, Cliff reflected, then he brightened.

That was bad, Cliff thought, but then he perked up.

“He has just been discredited by the Inca’s son,” he stated. “If it came to a test of power——”

“He's just been discredited by the Inca’s son,” he said. “If it came down to a test of power——”

“You see what it come to!” Pizarra wheeled and stalked off.

“You see what it leads to!” Pizarra turned around and walked away.

“We ought to—” Mr. Whitley rose; he had in mind the danger to which their move exposed his charges.

“We should—” Mr. Whitley stood up; he was concerned about the danger their actions put his students in.

“But we can’t—” began Cliff.

“But we can’t—” started Cliff.

“He certainly has put us in a tight corner,” Bill admitted, “but we can’t let him dictate and threaten——”

“He definitely has us in a tough spot,” Bill admitted, “but we can’t let him call the shots and threaten—”

They followed his staring eyes as he paused. The Inca, his two sons, the high priest and Pizzara were approaching.

They watched his gaze as he took a break. The Inca, his two sons, the high priest, and Pizzara were getting closer.

“Sit tight,” whispered Bill. “Let me do the talking!”

“Hang tight,” whispered Bill. “Let me handle the talking!”

163

CHAPTER XVIII
Tit for tat

“Certainly you may do the talking,” John Whitley agreed to Bill’s urgent hint as they all watched the arrival of the other party. “But I cannot understand how Pizzara can dare to risk his own safety——”

“Sure, you can do the talking,” John Whitley agreed to Bill’s urgent suggestion as they all watched the other group arrive. “But I just don’t get how Pizzara can risk his own safety——”

“The high priest hates the Inca’s older son,” Bill answered. “He will be discredited if the corn grows. He would rather see the crop ruined than to have that happen. The Spaniard must guess that. Probably he hinted enough to whet Huamachaco’s curiosity. I think the priest might even promise—promise, I said, not give!—him gold for his help in removing us from the scene.”

“The high priest hates the Inca’s older son,” Bill said. “He’ll be discredited if the corn grows. He’d rather see the crop fail than let that happen. The Spaniard must have picked up on that. He probably hinted enough to spark Huamachaco’s curiosity. I think the priest might even promise—promise, I said, not actually give!—him gold for his help in getting us out of the way.”

The rest of the party nodded; there was no time for more discussion. The Inca arrived and they all stood up respectfully and bowed to him.

The rest of the group nodded; there was no time for more discussion. The Inca arrived, and they all stood up respectfully and bowed to him.

164

“This man makes a strange story,” said the ruler. “He says you come here from across the great blue waters to steal our gold and to take away the white man who is sick.”

“This guy tells a weird story,” said the ruler. “He claims you came here from across the big blue ocean to steal our gold and to take the sick white man with you.”

Bill bowed to the Inca, but his eyes watched the face of the priest; Cliff and his chums saw that the latter was smiling in a satisfied, triumphant way.

Bill bowed to the Inca, but his eyes were on the priest's face; Cliff and his friends noticed that the priest was smiling in a satisfied, triumphant way.

“Truly it is a strange tale, oh ruler,” Bill spoke without apparent surprise. “A tale that is the more strange because it comes from the lips of one of that race of Spaniards who tore the empire of the Incas to shreds and took much gold away!”

“Honestly, it’s a bizarre story, oh ruler,” Bill said without showing any surprise. “A story that’s even stranger because it’s coming from one of those Spaniards who ripped the Inca empire apart and took a lot of gold with them!”

Pizzara snarled as the Inca turned toward him; but he swiftly composed his face to a smile.

Pizzara grimaced as the Inca faced him; but he quickly stilled his expression into a smile.

“Royal son of the Sun,” Pizzara said to the Inca. “Which of us speaks the truth? It is easy to prove. Here come the men!”

“Royal son of the Sun,” Pizzara said to the Inca. “Which of us is telling the truth? It’s easy to prove. Here come the men!”

Cliff, Nicky and Tom wheeled. There was a commotion among the crowds still mulling around in the great square, drawn by the feeling that something important was happening. Soldiers threw the people aside as they advanced toward the gardens in which the royal table and those for the nobles were set out.

Cliff, Nicky, and Tom rolled by. There was a stir among the crowds still hanging around in the big square, attracted by the sense that something significant was going on. Soldiers pushed people out of the way as they moved toward the gardens where the royal table and those for the nobles were set up.

165

Cliff felt a prickle of fear run along his spine; there was no mistaking the figure coming toward them. It was Huayca, or Whackey, their former mountain guide, the one who had deserted them on the same night that the Spaniard had slipped away. Behind him were two others. They later proved to be the Indian who had accompanied Pizzara to America and the other who had waited in the hills for the quipu from Cuzco.

Cliff felt a shiver of fear run down his spine; there was no doubt about the figure approaching them. It was Huayca, or Whackey, their former mountain guide, the one who had abandoned them on the same night the Spaniard had disappeared. Behind him were two others. They later turned out to be the Indian who had come with Pizzara to America and the one who had waited in the hills for the quipu from Cuzco.

Soldiers formed a cordon around the garden as though by a previous arrangement; it was as well, for the crowd, sensing one threat in the attitudes of the five strangers, began to murmur and to press in toward the gardens.

Soldiers set up a barrier around the garden as if it had been planned before; it was necessary because the crowd, picking up on the danger in the demeanor of the five strangers, started to murmur and push closer to the gardens.

“Can you say who these men are?” the Inca demanded, turning to Huayca and signing for him to rise from his posture of kneeling with his face to the ground.

“Can you tell me who these men are?” the Inca asked, turning to Huayca and signaling for him to get up from his position of kneeling with his face to the ground.

“They are five,” replied Huayca. “They have the same height as did five whom I guided toward our trap in the white pass. But their faces are red, the others were white.”

“They are five,” Huayca replied. “They are the same height as the five I led into our trap in the white pass. But their faces are red, while the others were white.”

“And who, say you, does this man resemble?” Bill indicated Pizzara. “Is he not of the height of a Spaniard who followed us?”

“And who, you ask, does this guy look like?” Bill pointed to Pizzara. “Isn’t he about the same height as that Spaniard who was with us?”

“He is of that height, perhaps,” said the former guide. “But him I cannot recognize for I saw him only at a distance.”

“He's about that height, I guess,” said the former guide. “But I can’t recognize him because I only saw him from far away.”

166

“But these,” he indicated the chums, “they wear robes like those I saw in a pack carried by the men I guided—I could say they are the same robes, noble and great son of the Sun!”

“But these,” he pointed to his friends, “they wear robes like the ones I saw in a pack carried by the men I guided—I could say they are the same robes, noble and great son of the Sun!”

At a word from the second of his associates, soldiers roughly drew Cliff to one side and pushed Nicky and Tom to either side of him.

At a nod from the second of his associates, soldiers roughly pulled Cliff to one side and shoved Nicky and Tom to either side of him.

“Thus they stood in a house in that strange land which I visited,” said the other man, and he added, “I recall the picture perfectly and they are of the same height and attitude.”

“That's how they stood in a house in that strange land I visited,” said the other man, and he added, “I remember the scene perfectly, and they're the same height and posture.”

“What say you?” said the Inca, frowning.

"What do you say?" said the Inca, frowning.

“This!” replied Bill, while the chums stood watchful but realizing that he had urged them to let him handle the situation. “This, Inca!” No longer was he humble or quiet. Quipu Bill was stern, erect, his lank figure towering even above that of the tall ruler. “This I answer. White or red—messengers from the sky or visitors from across the blue water—these things do not matter.”

“This!” replied Bill, while the friends stood by, alert but understanding that he had encouraged them to let him take charge. “This, Inca!” He was no longer modest or silent. Quipu Bill was serious, standing tall, his lean figure even towering over the tall ruler. “This is my answer. Whether it’s white or red—messengers from the sky or visitors from across the ocean—these things don’t matter.”

He slipped a hand quietly under his robe.

He quietly slipped a hand under his robe.

“What does matter is that we came here to save your corn——”

“What matters is that we came here to save your corn——”

“That is so!” cried the elder son of the Inca, eagerly; he had evidently been waiting for an opportunity to help them.

“That’s right!” shouted the older son of the Inca, eagerly; he had clearly been waiting for a chance to assist them.

167

“Ask this other man what he has come to do,” Bill whirled to scowl at Pizzara who cringed instinctively before he could regain his braggadocio pose. “And—further—” went on Bill, “—ask Huamachaco how much gold he has promised to this man for a story that will work against your older son and his friends who seek to save your grain!”

“Ask this guy what he's here for,” Bill spun around and glared at Pizzara, who instinctively flinched before he could return to his boastful stance. “And—also—” Bill continued, “—ask Huamachaco how much gold he’s promised this guy for a story that will turn against your older son and his friends who are trying to save your grain!”

It proved to be a telling thrust; the high priest shifted his eyes and fidgeted under the Inca’s inquiring gaze.

It turned out to be a revealing jab; the high priest glanced away and fidgeted under the Inca’s scrutinizing stare.

“The man speaks wisely,” said the younger son, Challcuchima. “Whatever may be their past, my brother has said that his corn begins to thrive again under this servant of Chasca and his magic. And you have seen the high priest’s face. I can say truly that my brother has told me before of Huamachaco’s envy and fear of him.” He had paid Cliff back for sparing him the humiliation of defeat in the wrestling matches. Cliff smiled gratefully and Challcuchima smiled back.

“The man speaks wisely,” said the younger son, Challcuchima. “No matter what their history is, my brother has said that his corn is starting to flourish again thanks to this servant of Chasca and his magic. And you’ve seen the high priest’s expression. I can honestly say that my brother has mentioned Huamachaco’s jealousy and fear of him before.” He had returned the favor to Cliff for saving him from the embarrassment of losing in the wrestling matches. Cliff smiled in appreciation, and Challcuchima smiled back.

“What magic has this other to match that?” asked the older son quickly using the advantage for his friend, John Whitley, who had shown him how to enrich the earth and help his crop.

“What magic does this other have to compare to that?” asked the older son quickly, taking advantage for his friend, John Whitley, who had taught him how to enrich the soil and improve his crop.

Pizzara blustered.

Pizzara bragged.

168

“I do not fling magic about like water,” he boasted, “but I will make your corn grow when the fate of these men is settled.”

“I don’t just throw around magic like it’s nothing,” he bragged, “but I’ll make your corn grow once the fate of these men is decided.”

Bill fixed his eye on Pizzara and began to grin; Cliff and his chums relaxed a little. During his conversation Bill had very stealthily and gradually moved toward Cliff; middle finger touching his ear, he had signaled for attention. Cliff was ready, then, when, calling by signal for an answer to his sign-inquiry, “Is anybody coming?” which Bill asked by dropping his right hand to his side with two fingers loosely dangling, Bill stood behind him. Cliff knew that nobody was coming. He knew that Bill knew it. But he knew something else——

Bill locked his gaze on Pizzara and started to grin; Cliff and his friends relaxed a bit. While talking, Bill had quietly and gradually inched closer to Cliff; with his middle finger touching his ear, he signaled for attention. Cliff was ready when Bill asked, through a signal for confirmation, “Is anybody coming?” by letting his right hand drop to his side with two fingers hanging loosely. Bill stood behind him. Cliff was aware that nobody was coming. He knew that Bill knew that too. But he knew something else—

“The sign replying ‘No!’ to any signal is to clasp the two hands lightly behind the back,” Cliff thought. “Bill knows no one is coming; he wants my hands behind me.” He clasped them.

“The sign saying ‘No!’ to any signal is to lightly clasp both hands behind your back,” Cliff thought. “Bill knows nobody's coming; he wants my hands behind me.” He clasped them.

All that had gone on while Bill was talking and listening. As he turned to pass behind Cliff his hand slipped like lightning from under his robe and Cliff, feeling a cold object, found his hands clasped around a small automatic revolver.

All that had happened while Bill was talking and listening. As he turned to pass behind Cliff, his hand shot out like lightning from under his robe, and Cliff, feeling a cold object, discovered that his hands were wrapped around a small automatic revolver.

169

“Keep it behind you,” muttered Bill, and then moved on and went close to the Inca. From where he had been standing, beside the other end of the rude table, his move to get closer to the ruler seemed quite natural. “Clever Bill,” thought Cliff, “to make me put my hands behind me to get this revolver, by using the Mystery Boys’ sign. I wonder why he gave me the weapon?”

“Keep it behind you,” Bill murmured, then stepped closer to the Inca. From his spot next to the other end of the rough table, his approach to the ruler felt completely natural. “Smart move, Bill,” Cliff thought, “making me put my hands behind my back to grab this revolver, using the Mystery Boys' sign. I wonder why he handed me the weapon?”

“Oh, Senor Pizzara,” Bill threw over his shoulder. “So you have magic, have you?” He faced the ruler. “Inca,” he said, “noble Son of the Sun, this man says he has magic. Shall we have a test of his power compared to that of Chasca, Page of the Sun?”

“Oh, Senor Pizzara,” Bill called over his shoulder. “So you have magic, do you?” He turned to face the ruler. “Inca,” he said, “noble Son of the Sun, this man claims he has magic. Shall we test his power against that of Chasca, Page of the Sun?”

That pleased the entire group. The Indians were always eager to see any marvels. Bill’s plan was clearer to Cliff but he held the revolver behind him, although several soldiers saw the glinting object and stepped forward, then hesitated and drew back at Bill’s words. They had not actually seen the weapon pass from Bill to Cliff, and they were not sure that it had done so. They waited to see what would happen.

That made everyone happy. The Native Americans were always excited to see any wonders. Bill’s plan was clearer to Cliff, but he kept the revolver hidden behind him. Several soldiers noticed the shiny object and stepped forward, then paused and stepped back when Bill spoke. They hadn’t actually seen the weapon move from Bill to Cliff, and they weren’t sure it had. They waited to see what would happen.

“Let this man show his magic to Chasca!” snapped Bill.

“Let this guy show his magic to Chasca!” snapped Bill.

They all chorused, “Let him show his magic!”

They all shouted, “Let him show us his magic!”

170

Pizzara grimaced at Bill and turned to the Inca.

Pizzara winced at Bill and turned to the Inca.

“I fear to show my magic,” he said. “It is too powerful——”

“I’m afraid to show my magic,” he said. “It’s too powerful—”

“He has none,” Bill cried, then whirled toward Huamachaco. “Let your high priest show his magic, then.”

“He doesn’t have any,” Bill shouted, then turned to Huamachaco. “Let your high priest show us his magic, then.”

But apparently the high priest still had some fear that the young fellow with the bright and flowing locks might be truly a messenger from the skies. He backed away, frowning, shaking his head. “It is not good to show my magic to the ones who are not in the sacred order,” he muttered.

But it seems the high priest was still worried that the young guy with the bright, flowing hair might actually be a messenger from above. He stepped back, frowned, and shook his head. “It’s not right to reveal my magic to those who aren’t part of the sacred order,” he muttered.

“What? No magic? Yet Chasca can show some! Chasca—oh, Inca, take from the youth of the skies that which he offers.”

“What? No magic? But Chasca can show some! Chasca—oh, Inca, take from the youth of the skies what he offers.”

The Inca turned, gazing in surprise as did all the Peruvians, as Cliff produced the revolver. “The safety catch is on,” Bill murmured. “Let him have it, Cliff.”

The Inca turned, staring in surprise just like all the Peruvians, as Cliff pulled out the revolver. “The safety's on,” Bill said quietly. “Go ahead and give it to him, Cliff.”

The Inca took the glittering steel object gingerly, awed by it. He examined it while the others stared, but kept at a safe distance. Pizzara began to skulk away but soldiers stopped him.

The Inca carefully took the shiny steel object, impressed by it. He looked it over while the others watched from a distance. Pizzara started to sneak away, but the soldiers stopped him.

171

“Point it—so!” suggested Bill, showing the ruler how to direct the muzzle in the general direction of Pizzara’s stomach.

“Point it—like this!” suggested Bill, demonstrating how to aim the ruler toward Pizzara’s stomach.

“No! No!” cried the man, groveling and pushing a soldier in front of his own person.

“Please! Please!” the man shouted, begging and shoving a soldier in front of himself.

“Bring him back!” snapped the Inca and the soldiers pushed Pizzara forward.

“Bring him back!” the Inca snapped, and the soldiers pushed Pizzara forward.

“Pull on that little stick,” Bill suggested. The safety catch prevented the Inca from discharging the weapon but the effect of Bill’s words upon Pizzara was amusing; he fell on the ground and tried to crawl behind Challcuchima.

“Pull on that little stick,” Bill suggested. The safety catch prevented the Inca from firing the weapon, but the effect of Bill’s words on Pizzara was hilarious; he collapsed on the ground and tried to crawl behind Challcuchima.

“Nothing happens and yet the man who can save your corn is a worm, crawling about, just because of our magic,” said Bill. He took the weapon which the Inca was very glad to relinquish.

“Nothing really happens, yet the guy who can save your crop is a worm, crawling around, all thanks to our magic,” Bill said. He took the weapon that the Inca was more than happy to give up.

“Get up!” Bill said curtly. Pizzara stood cringing.

“Get up!” Bill said sharply. Pizzara stood there, feeling uncomfortable.

“Say to the Inca—is what you told Huamachaco the truth?” The muzzle slipped upward along Pizzara’s buttons and he knew there was an expert hand releasing the safety catch.

“Is what you told Huamachaco true about the Inca?” The muzzle moved up along Pizzara’s buttons, and he realized there was a skilled hand unlocking the safety catch.

“No! No!” he shouted. “Inca, it was not so.”

“No! No!” he shouted. “Inca, that’s not how it was.”

“Take him away!” the Inca signed to the soldiers and for the time the danger was past.

“Take him away!” the Inca signaled to the soldiers, and for the moment, the danger was gone.

172

No one interfered as, leaving the table, the five friends went quickly to their retreat in the Star Temple.

No one stopped the five friends as they quickly left the table and headed to their retreat in the Star Temple.

“We must change our plans,” Bill said, swiftly when they were alone. “We must get together all our things that we will need—the things Cliff suggested bringing may come in handy after all!—and I will bring comrade Cliff’s pa tonight and we will make a try for that ledge where our rope is hidden.”

“We need to change our plans,” Bill said quickly when they were alone. “We have to gather all the stuff we’ll need—the things Cliff suggested bringing might actually be useful!—and I’ll bring Cliff’s dad tonight, and we’ll try for that ledge where our rope is hidden.”

“What is it, Caya?” Cliff asked as the girl came to fall on her knees before him. He signed for her to rise.

“What’s wrong, Caya?” Cliff asked as the girl dropped to her knees in front of him. He gestured for her to stand up.

“Use your magic to return to the skies,” she begged. “They talked after you went. I went near. I heard. They let you show them the magic for the corn and then the high priest says he can make greater magic to destroy you!”

“Use your magic to get back to the skies,” she pleaded. “They talked after you left. I got close. I heard. They let you show them the magic for the corn, and then the high priest said he could do even greater magic to take you down!”

Cliff whispered to Mr. Whitley and Bill, then in his slow quichua he said to the trembling girl: “We are not from the stars, Caya. We are here to save my father, the pale man who has been a prisoner for so long.”

Cliff whispered to Mr. Whitley and Bill, then in his slow quichua he said to the trembling girl: “We are not from the stars, Caya. We’re here to save my father, the pale man who has been a prisoner for so long.”

The girl clasped her hands and stared. Slowly his words penetrated her understanding.

The girl held her hands together and looked on. Gradually, his words started to make sense to her.

173

“Oh!” she gasped. “See then—! I can help! You saved my sister! I will help you—save you and your father also if it shall please Raymi that one so humble shall do so much!”

“Oh!” she gasped. “Look—! I can help! You saved my sister! I will help you—save you and your father too, if Raymi thinks it’s okay for someone as humble as me to do so much!”

“How?” asked Tom, always practical.

“How?” asked Tom, ever practical.

“There is a secret way—it is not known to me, but I shall learn from one who knows!”

“There’s a hidden path—I don’t know it, but I’ll find out from someone who does!”

“We saved her sister and now she will save us,” Nicky exulted. “The Spaniard queered us”—he was so excited he used slang, but they did not notice. “We paid him back. Just as I said.”

“We saved her sister and now she’ll save us,” Nicky cheered. “The Spaniard messed with us”—he was so excited he used slang, but they didn’t notice. “We got back at him. Just like I said.”

“Yes,” said Cliff. “It’s ‘tit for tat’ all around!”

“Yes,” said Cliff. “It’s ‘an eye for an eye’ all around!”

174

CHAPTER XIX
Huamachaco's Secret

“How can you find out about the secret pass if you don’t know already?” asked Tom.

“How can you find out about the secret pass if you don’t already know?” asked Tom.

“Don’t be too inquisitive,” reproved Mr. Whitley. “If she can find out that is enough for us.”

“Don’t be too nosy,” Mr. Whitley said disapprovingly. “If she can find out, that’s enough for us.”

“But in trying to find out she might blunder,” Tom urged. “Huamachaco, for example, might grow suspicious and watch us all.”

“But in trying to find out, she could mess up,” Tom urged. “Huamachaco, for instance, might get suspicious and keep an eye on us all.”

“I tell you my way,” she said eagerly. “I do not make danger. In the mountains are great herds of vicuna—small cattle—sheep.”

“I’ll share my way with you,” she said eagerly. “I don’t create danger. In the mountains, there are large herds of vicuña—small cattle—and sheep.”

“And you know one of the shepherds?” Cliff saw the truth.

“And you know one of the shepherds?” Cliff saw the truth.

Caya looked down bashfully “Yes.” She was shy as she spoke. “One comes at night. We walk and talk. Late tonight I will come to you and I will know the way.”

Caya looked down shyly. “Yes.” She spoke with hesitance. “One comes at night. We walk and talk. Late tonight, I will come to you, and I will know the way.”

They glanced at one another dubiously.

They looked at each other with uncertainty.

“‘Late tonight’ won’t be too late, will it?” Tom wondered.

“‘Late tonight’ won’t be too late, right?” Tom wondered.

175

“They won’t disturb us until they learn what I used on the corn field,” Mr. Whitley said. “We surely have the rest of the day and the coming night, because they must finish the feast.”

“They won't bother us until they find out what I used on the cornfield,” Mr. Whitley said. “We definitely have the rest of the day and tonight, because they need to finish their feast.”

“That makes you safe,” Bill said. “I guess the rest of us can stay quiet and keep out of mischief.” If he said mischief they all knew that he meant “danger.”

“That keeps you safe,” Bill said. “I guess the rest of us can stay quiet and avoid trouble.” When he said trouble, they all knew he meant “danger.”

Caya hurried away and the others busied themselves getting their few necessary belongings together. Caya’s plan was that when they went, late at night, she could lead them to the pass where she knew her influence over her young shepherd sweetheart would enable her to find the way. Then they could hide until she could bring enough food to sustain them after she said farewell in the mountains. Perhaps her shepherd might even be induced to feed them; she would see what he would do. She was sure he would come to see her that evening.

Caya rushed off while the others packed their few essentials. Her plan was that when they left late at night, she could guide them to the pass where she knew her charm over her young shepherd boyfriend would help her find the way. They could then hide until she could return with enough food to keep them going after she said goodbye in the mountains. Maybe her shepherd would even be convinced to feed them; she'd find out what he would do. She was certain he would come to see her that evening.

She slipped away to help serve at the feast which was still progressing, and to linger near the tables of the nobles to learn anything she could about their plans.

She quietly left to help serve at the feast that was still going on, and to hang around the noble's tables to pick up any information she could about their plans.

176

“If she doesn’t come back we can probably get to our ledge, and escape that way,” Nicky suggested.

“If she doesn’t come back, we can probably get to our ledge and make our escape that way,” Nicky suggested.

“I think that way is closed,” Bill said. “Pizzara came that way: from the top of the ledge he probably discovered the twine and he may have used the same scheme to get down. But I don’t think he was brainy enough to hide the twine—and he could not get up high enough to do that. We had to make our human ladder, you remember, to get the twine end out of sight.”

“I think that way is blocked,” Bill said. “Pizzara came that way: from the top of the ledge he probably spotted the twine and he might have used the same method to climb down. But I don’t think he was smart enough to hide the twine—and he couldn't get high enough to do that. We had to create our human ladder, remember, to get the end of the twine out of sight.”

“We will have to depend upon Caya,” said Mr. Whitley. “And I only hope one thing—that her shepherd friend keeps his regular tryst with her.”

“We'll have to rely on Caya,” Mr. Whitley said. “And I just hope one thing—that her shepherd friend sticks to his usual meeting with her.”

“We won’t take these back, will we?” asked Nicky, holding up a handful of thin sticks about ten inches long, heavily crusted for most of their length with fat grayish stuff.

“We’re not taking these back, are we?” asked Nicky, holding up a handful of thin sticks about ten inches long, mostly covered with thick grayish stuff.

“We can slip them into our robes,” Mr. Whitley said. “They are only colored lights, red, blue and green, but they might be useful as torches and they burn a long time.”

“We can tuck them into our robes,” Mr. Whitley said. “They’re just colored lights—red, blue, and green—but they could work as torches, and they last a long time.”

177

“We were going to use them if we had to pretend to make a display of magic, weren’t we?” asked Nicky who had not been fully aware of the plan Cliff had originally made. That plan had been to come into the valley as strangers, wanderers, Indians from a distant place, and then, if necessary, to use simple colored lights and other things to impress the Inca’s subjects.

“We were going to use them if we had to pretend to put on a magic show, right?” asked Nicky, who hadn’t been fully aware of Cliff’s original plan. The plan was to enter the valley as strangers—wanderers, Indians from a faraway place—and then, if needed, to use simple colored lights and other props to impress the Inca’s subjects.

The plan had been changed by the fact that Cliff’s hair came out of his dye-bath a vivid golden red; he was posing as Chasca, the youth of the bright and flowing locks and the fireworks had not been needed since they burned red fire on the ledge.

The plan was altered by the fact that Cliff's hair came out of his dye-bath a bright golden red; he was pretending to be Chasca, the young man with the vibrant, flowing hair, and the fireworks weren't necessary since they already burned red on the ledge.

“How about these?” asked Cliff, picking up some squat, stubby paper tubes. But no one answered. Huamachaco had entered the main temple and was approaching slowly. Cliff mechanically dropped his hand into an inside pocket sewed inside the robe by Bill. He forgot his question in the sudden suspicion brought into his mind by the arrival of their enemy.

“How about these?” Cliff asked, picking up some short, thick paper tubes. But no one answered. Huamachaco had entered the main temple and was walking toward them slowly. Cliff automatically reached into an inside pocket sewn into his robe by Bill. He forgot his question in the sudden suspicion that filled his mind with the arrival of their enemy.

But Huamachaco seemed to be no enemy; he was smiling. He was sorry that he had listened to the stranger’s false tale, he said, and the Inca wished to show them honor and to ask the noble Chasca to forgive his suspicion. Would they not join the Inca at the feast?

But Huamachaco didn’t seem like an enemy; he was smiling. He said he regretted listening to the stranger’s lies, and the Inca wanted to show them respect and ask the noble Chasca to forgive his doubts. Would they join the Inca at the feast?

178

To refuse might bring on the Inca’s anger; it was not wise to slight him. They agreed to go and followed Huamachaco to the main door of the temple. He drew back and stepped aside, motioning to Cliff. “Hailli, Chasca!” cried someone from beyond the doorway and as Bill nudged him Cliff stepped out.

To refuse might anger the Inca; it wasn’t smart to disrespect him. They decided to go and followed Huamachaco to the main door of the temple. He pulled back and stepped aside, gesturing to Cliff. “Hailli, Chasca!” someone called from beyond the doorway, and as Bill nudged him, Cliff stepped out.

Then he stared, grew tense and his blood froze.

Then he stared, tensed up, and his blood ran cold.

The Inca, Challcuchima and the others, as well as Pizzara, standing at one side, he scarcely noticed. His eyes flew to a group of soldiers. They were dragging a man’s limp figure! The man wore European clothes, though ragged ones; his face was white! With a scream Cliff sprang forward.

The Inca, Challcuchima and the others, along with Pizzara, standing to one side, hardly registered in his mind. His gaze shot toward a group of soldiers. They were pulling a man’s lifeless body! The man was wearing tattered European clothes; his face was pale! With a scream, Cliff rushed forward.

“Father!” he cried, and again, “Father!”

“Dad!” he shouted, and again, “Dad!”

“You see!” cried Sancho Pizzara to Huamachaco, “I told truth!”

"You see!" Sancho Pizzara shouted to Huamachaco, "I was telling the truth!"

“Take him under guard!” growled the Inca. Cliff was trapped.

“Take him away!” growled the Inca. Cliff was trapped.

179

CHAPTER XX
AT THE TEMPLE STEPS

There was an instant of absolute silence. Cliff was hesitating over the chance of springing past the soldiers to get to his father. The friends behind were stunned. The soldiers still had enough awe of “Chasca” to delay.

There was a moment of complete silence. Cliff was uncertain about whether to rush past the soldiers to reach his father. The friends behind him were in shock. The soldiers still had enough respect for "Chasca" to hesitate.

Then Huamachaco caught one of Cliff’s arms and dragged him sharply down the steps and sideways so that he stumbled. Challcuchima caught him as he scuffled down the stone slabs, off his balance. In the same second Tom and Nicky had leaped past Bill. Nicky grappled with and tripped the Indian priest while Tom dragged down Challcuchima from behind. Bill and Mr. Whitley were out on the steps at once. Bill lifted the shining revolver which he had recovered from Cliff when they left the feast.

Then Huamachaco grabbed one of Cliff’s arms and yanked him sharply down the steps and to the side, making him stumble. Challcuchima caught him as he scrambled down the stone slabs, off balance. At that same moment, Tom and Nicky jumped past Bill. Nicky grappled with and tripped the Indian priest while Tom pulled Challcuchima down from behind. Bill and Mr. Whitley got onto the steps immediately. Bill lifted the shiny revolver that he had taken from Cliff when they left the feast.

180

“Stop!” he shouted. But there was a grumble and murmur from the crowd pressed against the line of soldiers, with their tin-and-copper alloy swords out and ready. There was more danger than merely that of arrest and confinement. There was an ominous threat in the sound of that hoarsely guttural murmur.

“Stop!” he yelled. But there was a grumble and murmur from the crowd packed against the line of soldiers, with their metal swords drawn and ready. The danger was more than just arrest and confinement. There was a chilling threat in the sound of that rough, growling murmur.

Cliff had his arms free; a soldier, seeing that no harm came to those who had seized Chasca, himself advanced. Cliff backed toward the temple steps again, at Mr. Whitley’s swift order.

Cliff had his arms free; a soldier, noticing that no harm came to those who had captured Chasca, moved forward. Cliff backed up toward the temple steps again, following Mr. Whitley’s quick command.

But Challcuchima had flung off Tom, had, in fact, given him a vicious punch that took Tom’s wind for the instant.

But Challcuchima had thrown Tom off, actually giving him a nasty punch that knocked the breath out of Tom for a moment.

Challcuchima caught at Cliff again. Cliff’s hand shot out as Mr. Whitley leaped off the step and swung the Inca’s older brother aside before he could aid Challcuchima. Cliff’s blow struck true and the younger son went down.

Challcuchima was caught at Cliff again. Cliff’s hand shot out as Mr. Whitley jumped off the step and pushed the Inca’s older brother aside before he could help Challcuchima. Cliff’s hit landed perfectly and the younger son went down.

“Get back into the temple!” cried Bill.

“Get back into the temple!” shouted Bill.

There was a sharp, startling bark from his revolver; he fired above the heads of the crowd.

There was a loud, shocking bang from his gun; he shot over the heads of the crowd.

That unusual sound arrested every motion for an instant. Nicky squirmed free from Huamachaco who had risen and grasped him. Cliff started backward but his foot caught on the lowest step. He lost his balance but Nicky caught and steadied him. Bill and Mr. Whitley rushed down to aid Tom, who had dropped, sick and weakened by Challcuchima’s unexpected blow.

That strange sound stopped everyone in their tracks for a moment. Nicky wriggled free from Huamachaco, who had stood up and grabbed him. Cliff stumbled backward, but his foot snagged on the bottom step. He almost lost his balance, but Nicky caught him and steadied him. Bill and Mr. Whitley hurried down to help Tom, who had collapsed, feeling sick and weakened by Challcuchima’s unexpected hit.

181

Then there came an ominous sound—a laugh of triumph.

Then there came a chilling sound—a laugh of victory.

The Inca, with several soldiers, had gained the top step and escape into the temple was cut off!

The Inca, along with several soldiers, had reached the top step, and the escape into the temple was blocked!

The angry crowd surged forward, pushing the soldiers with them.

The angry crowd pushed forward, shoving the soldiers along with them.

Cliff leaped forward and caught Tom, steadying him as he regained his breath. Bill swung and pointed his weapon straight at the Inca.

Cliff jumped forward and grabbed Tom, helping him catch his breath. Bill swung his weapon and aimed it right at the Inca.

“You get back,” he said meaningly in quichua, “or this magic stick will speak and send you to your fathers!”

“You better back off,” he said pointedly in Quichua, “or this magic stick will talk and send you to your ancestors!”

The Inca wavered uncertainly; but Challcuchima thrust between Cliff and Tom, Nicky raced to his assistance, Huamachaco cried out, “Capture the one who calls a white stranger his father!” and the entire crowd surged forward.

The Inca hesitated, unsure of what to do; but Challcuchima stepped in between Cliff and Tom, Nicky rushed to help him, and Huamachaco shouted, “Get the guy who calls a white stranger his father!” and the whole crowd pushed forward.

Bill and Mr. Whitley leaped up on the steps in concerted action and so sudden and unexpected was the rush that they upset one soldier who clutched at his comrade. Both fell. Bill gave the Inca a poke and he tottered down the side steps.

Bill and Mr. Whitley jumped up the steps together, and the suddenness of their move knocked one soldier off balance as he grabbed at his friend. Both of them fell. Bill nudged the Inca, and he staggered down the side steps.

182

But others were ready to rush in.

But others were eager to jump in.

Cliff spoke swiftly to his comrades, drew a paper of matches from his pocket; the crowd hesitated as he struck a match, backed to the cleared space behind them that offered a way to the temple steps. The soldiers had not yet closed in behind them.

Cliff quickly spoke to his friends and pulled out a pack of matches from his pocket. The crowd paused as he lit a match and stepped back to the open area behind them that led to the temple steps. The soldiers had not yet closed in behind them.

Cliff did not speak; but his upflung hand caused curiosity in the minds of the simple natives.

Cliff didn't say a word; but his raised hand sparked curiosity among the simple locals.

Even the soldiers held quiet, an officer muttering some word to stay them. Methodically Cliff drew a squat, stubby paper tube from his robe. He handed it to Nicky; another to Tom.

Even the soldiers stayed silent, an officer whispering some word to keep them still. Calmly, Cliff pulled out a short, thick paper tube from his robe. He gave it to Nicky; another to Tom.

“Light the fuses when I strike the match,” he whispered. “Then throw them down in front of us and all make for the doorway!”

“Light the fuses when I strike the match,” he whispered. “Then toss them down in front of us and everyone run for the doorway!”

He drew out a third tube, struck a match. Three fuses came together. But at the same instant a soldier leaped forward to jostle Cliff’s arm. But the fuses caught.

He pulled out a third tube and struck a match. Three fuses ignited at the same time. But just then, a soldier jumped forward to bump Cliff's arm. However, the fuses lit.

Their sputter heralded a trickle of pitchy, pungent black smoke; the tubes were such smoke-pots as are used by motion picture companies, and such as were used in the war, for fire scenes and smoke screens.

Their sputter announced a flow of thick, smelly black smoke; the tubes were the kind of smoke generators used by film studios and those used in the war for fire scenes and smoke screens.

183

“Drop them—now!” cried Cliff. The three flung down their tubes and retreated; Bill and Mr. Whitley were at the door. Cliff lit another tube as Mr. Whitley reached to hasten the youths up the steps.

“Drop them—now!” Cliff shouted. The three tossed their tubes aside and backed off; Bill and Mr. Whitley were by the door. Cliff lit another tube just as Mr. Whitley moved to hurry the young men up the steps.

The crowd, seeing them move back a step, began to surge forward but the smoke began to pour up in a huge, spreading cloud. It spread in the slight breeze, blew into the eyes and throats of the soldiers and of the mob.

The crowd saw them take a step back and started to push forward, but then smoke began to rise in a massive, spreading cloud. It drifted in the light breeze, blowing into the eyes and throats of both the soldiers and the mob.

Coughing, choking, startled and awed, they fell back against those pressing forward. The smoke spread into a great fan, hiding the exit of the five; the only one who might have seen them was the Inca; but he was too busy picking himself up.

Coughing, choking, startled and amazed, they stumbled back against those pushing forward. The smoke fanned out broadly, blocking the exit for the five; the only one who might have seen them was the Inca; but he was too busy getting back on his feet.

The smoke subsided. The crowd gasped.

The smoke cleared. The crowd gasped.

Their quarry seemed to have disappeared as if by magic!

Their prey seemed to have vanished like magic!

184

CHAPTER XXI
Trapped rats

“You meant well,” Bill panted, as they retreated into their antechamber. “Cliff, it was a splendid idea that you had. But——”

“You had good intentions,” Bill breathed heavily as they stepped back into their waiting area. “Cliff, it was a great idea you came up with. But——”

“With no door to barricade, we are no better off,” Cliff admitted. “They will soon discover that we came in here.”

“With no door to block, we’re not any better off,” Cliff admitted. “They’ll soon find out that we came in here.”

“We are like rats in a trap!” said Tom. “Bill, next time you shoot off that pistol you will have to aim lower—or we will have to give up.”

“We're like rats in a trap!” said Tom. “Bill, next time you fire that pistol, you need to aim lower—or we’ll have to give up.”

“If there was some place to hide,” said Nicky despairingly.

“If there was somewhere to hide,” Nicky said, feeling hopeless.

“But there isn’t,” said Cliff. “I forgot that the temple had no door.”

“But there isn’t,” said Cliff. “I forgot that the temple doesn’t have a door.”

“There they come!” whispered Tom.

"There they go!" whispered Tom.

They heard cautious feet tramping up the temple steps and looked around desperately.

They heard careful footsteps climbing up the temple steps and looked around anxiously.

Cliff snatched up a golden platter and drew back his arm. But Mr. Whitley caught his hand, and turned to watch a huge tapestry swinging with a curious motion on the inner wall of the anteroom.

Cliff grabbed a shiny golden platter and pulled back his arm. But Mr. Whitley caught his hand and turned to look at a massive tapestry swaying oddly on the inner wall of the anteroom.

185

Cliff faced that way as did all of his companions. Were they to be attacked from behind that curtain?

Cliff faced that way, just like all his friends. Were they going to be attacked from behind that curtain?

The side of the hanging cloth shook and then they saw Caya! Swiftly, with one finger to her lip, she beckoned. In an instant, not even stopping for their belongings, the five moved on tip-toe to the place where she stood.

The side of the hanging cloth shook, and then they saw Caya! Quickly, with a finger to her lips, she beckoned. In an instant, without even grabbing their belongings, the five tiptoed to where she stood.

Wordlessly they trusted themselves behind that curtain, going into the unknown.

Wordlessly, they placed their trust in each other as they moved behind that curtain, stepping into the unknown.

There was another doorway there, concealed by the hanging; they had never thought of looking behind that; there were so many decorative cloths hung upon the wall as backgrounds for ornaments and to soften the harsh appearance of rough stone that no other purpose had occurred to them.

There was another doorway there, hidden by the drapery; they had never considered looking behind it; there were so many decorative fabrics hanging on the wall as backdrops for decorations and to soften the rough look of the stone that they hadn’t thought of any other use.

Nevertheless, the tapestry screened a way out!

Nevertheless, the tapestry blocked a way out!

In darkness, following Caya with no more sound than they were compelled to make, they gave each other whispered directions as Cliff, in the lead, felt her steady him at the edge of a downward step.

In the dark, quietly trailing Caya without making any more noise than necessary, they exchanged hushed directions while Cliff, in the front, felt her support as he approached a downward step.

“It’s stairs,” Cliff whispered.

"It’s steps," Cliff whispered.

186

“To the tunnels!” Tom guessed.

“Let’s go to the tunnels!” Tom guessed.

Slowly, carefully, down they went. Faintly through the opening, muffled by the hanging, they heard shouts of baffled rage; the soldiers and the people had forgotten their reverence for the supposedly sacred temple, for if the priests had come in alone they would have sought the way to the tunnels at once.

Slowly and carefully, they made their way down. Faintly through the opening, muffled by the hanging, they heard shouts of frustrated anger; the soldiers and the crowd had lost their respect for the supposedly sacred temple, because if the priests had entered alone, they would have looked for the tunnels right away.

At the foot of the stairs, down about thirty steps, Caya whispered, her lips close to Cliff’s ear.

At the bottom of the stairs, about thirty steps down, Caya whispered, her lips close to Cliff's ear.

“I take you to your white father.”

“I'll take you to your white father.”

In a time that seemed an age, feeling their way through the darkness, they came to a point where she urged them to wait for her. She would bring Cliff’s father if there was a chance.

In a time that felt like forever, navigating through the darkness, they reached a point where she told them to wait for her. She would get Cliff’s dad if there was a chance.

In silence, shivering a little from sheer nervous strain, the five waited, not daring to light the several pocket flashlights they had, even for an instant. They listened with quaking forms to every tiny sound; was that a stealthy step—or the drip of water—or a rat? They did not know. They dared not try to see.

In silence, shivering a little from nervous tension, the five waited, not daring to turn on any of the pocket flashlights they had, even for a moment. They listened, trembling at every small sound; was that a quiet step—or the dripping of water—or a rat? They didn’t know. They didn’t dare to look.

After a long wait a soft gliding sound reached them; they were alert, listening, straining their ears. Caya’s voice reassured them but her news instantly awakened fear again.

After a long wait, a soft gliding sound reached them; they were on high alert, listening intently. Caya’s voice reassured them, but her news quickly brought back their fear.

187

“They are coming!” she whispered to Bill. “I did find the white man alone while his guards take counsel with messengers. I stand where white man sees. I do so—” she made a beckoning motion. “He follow. But others are near. I must lead them away while you escape. Go, straight forward. Do not turn. You will come to a room full of gold and silver. At its side are steps. They go into the Temple of the Sun.”

“They're coming!” she whispered to Bill. “I found the white guy alone while his guards were talking with messengers. I’m in a spot where the white guy can see me. I do this—” she made a beckoning motion. “He'll follow. But others are nearby. I have to lead them away while you get away. Go straight ahead. Don’t turn back. You’ll find a room filled with gold and silver. Next to it are some steps that lead into the Temple of the Sun.”

She paused. Far away they could hear shouts.

She paused. In the distance, they could hear shouts.

“Go there,” she resumed. “None dares to enter the Temple of the Sun except the Inca, his Coya”—the queen—“and the high priest. They will not think to seek there. Go, quickly!”

“Go there,” she continued. “No one dares to enter the Temple of the Sun except the Inca, his Coya”—the queen—“and the high priest. They won’t think to look there. Go, quickly!”

“But where are you going?” asked Cliff.

“But where are you headed?” asked Cliff.

“To lead the soldiers another way while you escape.”

“To lead the soldiers another way while you get away.”

“We can’t let you do that!” cried the boy; and his chums, with one accord, echoed it. But the brave girl had already turned and glided away.

“We can’t let you do that!” shouted the boy; and his friends all chimed in. But the brave girl had already turned and slipped away.

“Nothing else for it,” whispered Bill. “Come on—to the Sun Temple!”

“Nothing else to do,” whispered Bill. “Let’s go—to the Sun Temple!”

188

While they ran they heard shouts in the distance, and then a high, shrill scream!

While they ran, they heard shouts in the distance, and then a loud, piercing scream!

Cliff gritted his teeth.

Cliff clenched his jaw.

“If you’d let me go back and get her——”

“If you’d let me go back and get her—”

But they would not.

But they won't.

189

CHAPTER XXII
SUN TEMPLE

Never before had Nicky, Tom, or the older men, seen so much treasure as they found at the end of the passage. Cliff had seen the great room filled with gold and precious cloths and metals once before, when the king’s son took him there to inquire about the statuette.

Never before had Nicky, Tom, or the older men seen so much treasure as they found at the end of the passage. Cliff had seen the huge room filled with gold and valuable fabrics and metals once before, when the king’s son took him there to ask about the statuette.

“Where can Caya have left my father?” Cliff said anxiously when he had taken a swift glance around the treasure room; his chums almost forgot their danger, so awed and fascinated were they.

“Where could Caya have left my dad?” Cliff said anxiously after quickly glancing around the treasure room; his friends almost forgot their danger, so awed and fascinated were they.

But Mr. Whitley hurried them all to the steps and up them.

But Mr. Whitley quickly rushed them all to the steps and up them.

The stairway into the ante-room, or rear portion of the Sun Temple were not straight; they curved like steps in a lighthouse tower.

The stairs leading into the anteroom, or back part of the Sun Temple, weren't straight; they curved like the steps in a lighthouse tower.

190

At their top, emerging after spying carefully, the fugitives found themselves in a narrow room, a sort of Priests’ room, running across the back of the edifice, behind the huge placque on which was embossed and enscrolled the massive face with the Sun-rays around it. Therefore the rear room had two doorways, one on each side of the placque, looking into the main temple. Great tapestries screened these doorways. Bill lost no time in spying through into the main room; finding that deserted, he nodded and permitted the others to ascend into the back room, forbidding loud words in case anyone came into the front temple room by chance, though few had the privilege of entry there.

At the top, after carefully sneaking around, the fugitives found themselves in a small room, like a Priests' room, running across the back of the building, behind the large plaque that had an embossed and engraved massive face with sun rays around it. So, the back room had two doorways, one on each side of the plaque, leading into the main temple. Large tapestries covered these doorways. Bill quickly looked through into the main room; seeing it was empty, he nodded and let the others come up into the back room, warning them to keep their voices down in case anyone happened to enter the front temple room, even though few had the privilege to go in there.

As they entered, single file, they all grew tense again—it seemed that they were betrayed! A huge curtain hung on the wall opposite to the doorways began to quiver.

As they walked in, one after another, they all tightened up again—it felt like they had been betrayed! A large curtain on the wall across from the door started to shake.

Bill hurriedly produced his weapon. “Come forth!” he muttered in quichua; the curtain remained without further stir.

Bill quickly pulled out his weapon. “Come out!” he muttered in Quichua; the curtain stayed still.

“Look out!” gasped Nicky, “he might have a bow’n arrow!”

“Watch out!” Nicky gasped, “he could have a bow and arrow!”

Of course he spoke in English, and at the sound of the words there came a low whisper.

Of course he spoke in English, and at the sound of his words, there was a low whisper.

“Do not fire!”

“Wait, don’t shoot!”

From behind the curtain emerged a white man!

From behind the curtain stepped out a white man!

191

“Father!” gasped Cliff, forgetting all cautions. He and his father, so long separated, were at last rejoined.

“Dad!” gasped Cliff, forgetting all caution. He and his father, who had been apart for so long, were finally together again.

Their meeting was joyful; but Cliff lost no time in presenting the gray-haired, weak old scholar to the others—except Bill, who had already visited Mr. Gray.

Their meeting was joyful, but Cliff quickly introduced the gray-haired, frail old scholar to the others—except for Bill, who had already met Mr. Gray.

They were not left long without interruption, but, fortunately, when the tension of a steady step ascending the curved stairs was almost unendurable, a lithe, young soldier, hardly older than the chums, made his appearance, stopping before he reached the top step. He carried a short throwing spear, with its point toward himself, a token of his errand being peaceful.

They didn’t have to wait long before being interrupted, but luckily, just when the tension of a steady footstep climbing the curved stairs was almost unbearable, a nimble young soldier, barely older than the friends, showed up, pausing before he reached the top step. He held a short throwing spear, pointed toward himself, as a sign that his mission was peaceful.

He explained hurriedly that he was Caya’s older brother, belonging to the Palace guard of picked youths, a sort of picked reserve regiment, called out on occasions such as this.

He quickly explained that he was Caya’s older brother, part of the Palace guard made up of selected young men, a kind of elite reserve unit, called upon for occasions like this.

They liked him at once; but they respected his refusal to come into the Temple. “It is forbidden!” he said, simply, to Bill, and told his story briefly from the steps.

They liked him right away, but they respected his choice not to enter the Temple. “It’s forbidden!” he said plainly to Bill and briefly shared his story from the steps.

192

Caya had been caught; she had managed to see him. She sent him to search for the white man, and then, if he found him, to convey him to the temple steps and bid him go up. But Mr. Gray, once free, had come there already.

Caya had been caught; she had managed to see him. She sent him to look for the white man, and then, if he found him, to bring him to the temple steps and tell him to go up. But Mr. Gray, once free, had already come there.

“I go, then, to my duty,” said the young soldier. “Because you saved my sister—from—the sacrifice—and she is very dear to me, for we are twins!—I will try to save your lives tonight.”

“I’m heading to my duty,” said the young soldier. “Because you saved my sister—from—the sacrifice—and she means a lot to me, since we’re twins!—I’ll do my best to save your lives tonight.”

“Do you know the secret way?” asked Bill. “So we can get out of the valley?”

“Do you know the secret route?” Bill asked. “So we can escape the valley?”

The soldier shook his head.

The soldier shook his head.

“No. But I will ask to have ‘leave.’ I will pretend to be seeking for you—I hope I shall get to the hill path by following some soldiers secretly despatched to duty by a High Priest.”

“No. But I'll ask for ‘leave.’ I'll pretend to be searching for you—I hope I can find my way to the hill path by secretly following some soldiers sent on duty by a High Priest.”

“Yes,” Tom agreed. “He would know the secret ways and might send soldiers to guard them.”

"Yeah," Tom agreed. "He'd know the hidden paths and could send soldiers to protect them."

But when they asked the young soldier about Caya, his sister, he became very sad.

But when they asked the young soldier about Caya, his sister, he became really sad.

“She is a captive,” he told Bill, who interpreted. “There is nothing that can be done. Even I, in the Inca’s junior guard, cannot see her.”

“She’s a captive,” he told Bill, who translated. “There’s nothing we can do. Even I, in the Inca’s junior guard, can’t see her.”

“Who can?” demanded Nicky.

"Who can?" Nicky asked.

193

“The Inca alone,” said the youthful brother.

“The Inca alone,” said the young brother.

He went down the stairway, promising to return after dark, if opportunity permitted. He was certain that they would not be molested because the ceremonies in the temple were finished and the feasting would continue as soon as the disturbance was ended.

He went down the stairs, promising to come back after dark if he got the chance. He was sure they wouldn't be bothered because the ceremonies at the temple were over, and the feasting would resume as soon as the commotion was over.

“I think,” Nicky suggested, after the soldier went, “we ought to try to help Caya.”

“I think,” Nicky suggested, after the soldier left, “we should try to help Caya.”

“So do I!” declared Cliff and Tom echoed the fact that she had given up her liberty for their sakes. Cliff suggested a plan and although they hesitated at first, Mr. Whitley, Mr. Gray and Bill finally agreed to it.

“So do I!” Cliff said, and Tom agreed, acknowledging that she had sacrificed her freedom for them. Cliff proposed a plan, and even though they hesitated initially, Mr. Whitley, Mr. Gray, and Bill eventually agreed to it.

Then they began, as is so often the case, to become enthusiastic and hopeful, and also added ideas of their own.

Then they started, as usually happens, to feel excited and optimistic, and they also contributed their own ideas.

“We would need Tom, too,” Mr. Whitley hesitated.

“We would need Tom, too,” Mr. Whitley hesitated.

“I’m not afraid,” Tom said. “If I can do anything to help! Tell me what it is.”

“I’m not scared,” Tom said. “If there’s anything I can do to help, just let me know!”

194

“We must get that rope that we hid at the ledge,” Bill told him. “My idea is for you to strip down to the sort of costume the Inca’s ‘chasquis’ or messengers, wear. I am going to make up a quipu like one that would be used to identify the Inca’s runners, and you are to take it and go to the place we left our rope, for we will need it in the mountain passes. If you meet anybody you can show the quipu and they won’t stop you. If you meet soldiers near the ledge, show the quipu and say ‘I go to get what the Inca has learned about.’ Then, even if they go with you they won’t take the rope away.”

“We need to get that rope we hid at the ledge,” Bill said. “I think you should strip down to the kind of outfit the Inca’s ‘chasquis’ or messengers wear. I'm going to create a quipu like the one used to identify the Inca’s runners, and you’ll take it and head to the spot where we left our rope, because we’ll need it in the mountain passes. If you run into anyone, just show them the quipu, and they won’t stop you. If you come across soldiers near the ledge, show them the quipu and say, ‘I’m going to get what the Inca has learned about.’ That way, even if they go with you, they won’t take the rope away.”

“Can’t I go, too?” Nicky pleaded. “The chances would be better with two——”

“Can’t I go, too?” Nicky begged. “Our chances would be better with two—”

“Oh, no,” Mr. Whitley decided. “Tom proved that he can run during the races, and—I must say this in frankness, Nicky—he can keep a quiet tongue and a level head if an emergency comes before him.”

“Oh, no,” Mr. Whitley said. “Tom showed that he can run during the races, and—I have to be honest here, Nicky—he can stay calm and think clearly if an emergency happens.”

Nicky was crestfallen, but had he been able to look into the future he would not have been depressed at his forced inactivity just for the time.

Nicky was downhearted, but if he could have seen the future, he wouldn't have been upset about being forced to do nothing for a while.

Tom rehearsed his quichua words, Cliff went over, again and again, the things he might be called on to do and to say. Bill, Mr. Gray and their leader revised and discussed their plan until they could see no possible emergency that could come up that they would not be prepared to meet.

Tom practiced his Quichua words, while Cliff kept reviewing the things he might need to do and say. Bill, Mr. Gray, and their leader went over their plan again and again until they felt confident that they were ready for any situation that might arise.

195

With his fading flashlight, later replaced by Mr. Whitley’s, Bill fashioned a simple quipu of woven strands, taken from a raveled edge of a woolen wall hanging: he knotted it craftily.

With his dimming flashlight, later swapped for Mr. Whitley’s, Bill created a simple quipu from woven strands he took from a frayed edge of a wool wall hanging: he tied it expertly.

196

CHAPTER XXIII
CHASCA IS BACK

Nothing happened to disturb the quiet of the old temple during the afternoon. The early feasting had been completed and, except for some soldiers whom a priest, evidently not quite convinced of miracles, was exhorting to find the vanished ones, all was quiet.

Nothing happened to break the silence of the old temple during the afternoon. The early feasting was done, and aside from a few soldiers whom a priest, clearly not fully convinced of miracles, was urging to find the missing ones, everything was calm.

Soon after dark Tom slipped out into the deserted square, on his way to secure the rope.

Soon after dark, Tom sneaked out into the empty square to get the rope.

Not long after that Cliff and Bill started on their mission.

Not long after that, Cliff and Bill began their mission.

The Inca was in his palace, the low building at one side of the public square: he was tired and worried.

The Inca was in his palace, the low building on one side of the public square: he was exhausted and anxious.

Cliff, who remembered the way from the Palace to the treasure room, led Bill, counting the turns, for he had been observant by habit and had a retentive memory.

Cliff, who recalled the path from the Palace to the treasure room, guided Bill, keeping track of the turns, because he was naturally observant and had a sharp memory.

197

The Inca, listening to the conclusion of a report from one of his palace guards, turned back as the man went away. To his amazement he looked into that magic stick which, earlier in the day, he had held while the Spaniard groveled. Now its magic had turned on him. Thus he thought about Bill’s revolver.

The Inca, hearing the end of a report from one of his palace guards, turned around as the man walked away. To his surprise, he looked at the magical stick that he had held earlier in the day while the Spaniard pleaded. Now its magic had turned against him. So he thought about Bill’s revolver.

Behind him in the passage, concealed by curtains, heavy and closely woven, Cliff made ready his part of the little tableau that was to follow. Their plan was to awe the Inca, perhaps to terrify him. They had tried to foresee every possible chance that could come up. As Bill held his “magic stick” he spoke. He used no quichua, but spoke the secret tongue of the nobles.

Behind him in the hallway, hidden by thick, closely woven curtains, Cliff got ready for his role in the little scene that was about to unfold. Their plan was to impress the Inca, maybe even scare him. They had tried to anticipate every possible situation that might arise. As Bill held his "magic stick," he spoke. He didn’t use quichua, but instead, spoke the secret language of the nobles.

“A silent tongue lives long, O, Inca!” he said. “Call not!”

“A quiet tongue lives a long time, O, Inca!” he said. “Don’t call!”

“Servant of Chasca,” the Inca used the same speech, “How came thy form to my palace? Or art thou Cupay?”—that was the Inca tribe word for an evil spirit.

“Servant of Chasca,” the Inca said, “How did you come to my palace? Or are you Cupay?”—that was the Inca word for an evil spirit.

“I come, thou who sayest thou art royal son of the Sun and who dost seek to destroy that other more royal one, Chasca. Can he be destroyed? Ask of thy son, Challcuchima, who strove with him and made a bargain that he might not go down in defeat—and then, like thy own evil self, did break his word to the youth of the bright and flowing locks!”

“I've come to you, who claim to be the royal son of the Sun and seek to destroy the even more royal one, Chasca. Can he really be defeated? Ask your son, Challcuchima, who fought against him and made a deal to avoid defeat—and then, just like you, broke his promise to the young man with the beautiful flowing hair!”

198

The Inca was a brave man but he hesitated between his desire to call out and his superstitious fear.

The Inca was a brave man, but he hesitated between his urge to shout and his superstitious fear.

“Thou Inca—earth flesh and not from the skies—to the truth that Raymi is merciful and his messenger is even the same thou dost owe thy life. Look!”

“Hey Inca—of the earth and not from the skies—to the truth that Raymi is merciful and his messenger is the same you owe your life. Look!”

As he spoke the last word in a low, sharp voice, Bill drew aside the hangings. Cliff had wedged a colored-fire stick in a crack of the stones of the corridor: at the approach of the agreed signal he struck a match and ignited it: it flared up in a vivid, weird green that lighted up the space brilliantly. Cliff quickly assumed a posture with arms folded, the light behind him picking out his glowing hair and coloring it strangely.

As he finished his sentence in a low, sharp voice, Bill pulled aside the curtains. Cliff had stuck a colored fire stick in a crack in the stones of the corridor: at the arrival of the agreed signal, he lit a match and ignited it: it flared up in a bright, eerie green that illuminated the area brilliantly. Cliff quickly stood with his arms crossed, the light behind him highlighting his glowing hair and giving it a strange color.

No wonder the Inca cringed: he had built up a cult of belief that now claimed his own mind. He fell back a step.

No wonder the Inca was uneasy: he had created a belief system that now dominated his own thoughts. He took a step back.

“Say on, Chasca!” said Bill, (“And make it quick!” he added in English).

“Go ahead, Chasca!” Bill said, (“And make it quick!” he added in English).

Cliff spoke the lines he had practiced all afternoon.

Cliff recited the lines he had practiced all afternoon.

199

“Inca,” he said in quichua, “twice today you have tried to slay. Raymi does not wish a sacrifice. I am sent to save your corn. Release, then, Caya—or my wrath shall smite!”

“Inca,” he said in Quichua, “twice today you have tried to kill. Raymi does not want a sacrifice. I’m here to save your corn. So let Caya go—or my anger will strike!”

Bill saw that the short, green color-fire must go out. He dropped the curtain swiftly just as it did so. Cliff, aware of his part, snatched the wooden butt from its place and retired to the steps, out of sight.

Bill saw that the short, green flame had to go out. He quickly dropped the curtain just as it did. Cliff, knowing his role, grabbed the wooden butt from its spot and moved to the steps, out of sight.

“Chasca——” began the Inca.

“Chasca——” began the Inca.

“You speak too late!” Bill declared, again snatching away the concealing drapery. The Inca’s eyes bulged. Gone was the light and the bright-haired figure.

“You're too late to speak!” Bill said, pulling the curtain away again. The Inca's eyes widened. The light and the bright-haired figure had vanished.

He stammered and gulped.

He stuttered and swallowed hard.

“Answer to me and Chasca will hear,” Bill said. “Say quickly, do you as Chasca commands?”

“Answer me and Chasca will hear,” Bill said. “Say quickly, do you obey Chasca’s commands?”

But a crafty light was in the Indian’s eyes.

But a clever light was in the Indian’s eyes.

“Let Chasca appear while the curtain is open,” he said.

“Let Chasca come out while the curtain is up,” he said.

200

In English Bill spoke to Cliff. What he said was not understood by the Inca, but it told Cliff they must use the second part of their plan—an emergency had arisen. Bill lifted a hand, calling, “Behold!” but as he did so, attracting the Inca’s eyes toward the curtains, he stepped back a pace. The curtain dropped. Instantly, suspecting a trap, the Inca whirled to face Bill—just as Bill had desired, for at that instant Cliff, who had thus been given time to reach the hanging, flung it aside and leaped upon the Indian from behind as Bill, with a simultaneous leap, flung a hand over the royal mouth.

In English, Bill spoke to Cliff. What he said wasn't understood by the Inca, but it told Cliff that they needed to move on to the second part of their plan—an emergency had come up. Bill raised a hand, calling out, “Look!” but as he did this, drawing the Inca's attention to the curtains, he stepped back. The curtain fell. Immediately suspicious of a trap, the Inca turned to face Bill—exactly as Bill wanted, because at that moment, Cliff, who had been given time to get to the hanging, pulled it aside and jumped on the Indian from behind as Bill, with a simultaneous leap, covered the royal mouth with his hand.

Struggling, the Inca went down: the surprise helped them. Soon he was gagged with an end of the turban or llantu, the woven wool head dress which he wore when not covered by the crimson or scarlet borla. With an end of the long cloth they hastily cut bindings for hands and ankles. And not too soon.

Struggling, the Inca fell down: the surprise worked in their favor. Soon, he was silenced with one end of the turban or llantu, the woven wool headdress he wore when he wasn't covered by the crimson or scarlet borla. Using a piece of the long cloth, they quickly made bindings for his hands and ankles. And just in time.

Across the square came the measured tramp of many feet!

Across the square came the steady sound of many footsteps!

“Will you have time?” asked Cliff, breathlessly.

“Do you have time?” asked Cliff, out of breath.

“I hope so.”

“Fingers crossed.”

Bill ruthlessly stripped off the borla from the Inca’s head, snatched off his robe of state, and with Cliff’s help made hurried disposal of the inert and helpless body.

Bill brutally tore the borla from the Inca's head, yanked off his ceremonial robe, and with Cliff's help quickly got rid of the motionless and defenseless body.

“Just in time——” Cliff whispered. “They are here.”

“Just in time——” Cliff whispered. “They're here.”

The tramping stopped suddenly at a sharp command. With only a brief delay to remove his sandals, an officer came into the doorway.

The marching stopped suddenly at a loud command. With just a quick pause to take off his sandals, an officer stepped into the doorway.

201

“O, royal son of the Sun,” he said, after he had bowed his head low in respect.

“O, royal son of the Sun,” he said, after he had bowed his head in deep respect.

He looked around. On a stool on the side of the room far away from the single lamp, what looked to him like the form of the Inca bent over some turbans which he seemed to be sorting on a low bench over which the gaudy colored woolen and spun vicuna-fleece hung in thick folds.

He looked around. On a stool in the far corner of the room, away from the single lamp, he saw what looked like the figure of an Inca bent over some turbans that he appeared to be sorting on a low bench covered with thick, brightly colored folds of wool and spun vicuña fleece.

There was no other in the room. Cliff had fled behind the curtain.

There was no one else in the room. Cliff had hidden behind the curtain.

“Say on,” came a mutter.

"Go on," came a mutter.

“We have caught one of the servants of Chasca,” reported the soldier.

“We’ve caught one of Chasca’s servants,” reported the soldier.

The form bent over the turban material straightened but only half turned.

The form bent over the turban fabric straightened but only partially turned.

“It is the one that Chasca called—‘Nee-kee!’”

“It’s the one that Chasca called—‘Nee-kee!’”

202

CHAPTER XXIV
THE INCA SPEAKS

Cliff, hiding in the tunnel stairway, heard the last speech and his hands clenched. Nicky was a captive!

Cliff, hiding in the stairway of the tunnel, heard the final speech, and his hands tightened into fists. Nicky was a prisoner!

He could not see and dared not show himself to get nearer: he must stay as he was and trust to Bill, masquerading as the Inca, to solve this really unexpected problem. They had gone over everything so carefully! There had not been a single point, possibility or chance that they had not covered—except this one!

He couldn't see and didn't want to reveal himself to get closer: he had to stay where he was and rely on Bill, pretending to be the Inca, to figure out this truly surprising problem. They had gone over everything so thoroughly! There wasn't a single point, possibility, or chance they hadn't addressed—except for this one!

They had instructed Nicky: they had made their own plans. But that Nicky should be brought to the Inca had not occurred to them.

They had told Nicky what to do: they had made their own plans. But it hadn’t crossed their minds that Nicky should be taken to the Inca.

How would Bill handle it?

How would Bill deal with it?

If Nicky were brought in would he recognize Bill, or cause suspicion in the soldier’s mind by his look?

If Nicky were brought in, would he recognize Bill, or would his appearance raise suspicion in the soldier's mind?

And Cliff could not see! He must hide.

And Cliff couldn't see! He had to hide.

203

“You are a good soldier,” Bill spoke as nearly as he could in the tones of the Inca. “I shall not forget your zeal. Let the servant of Chasca be set before me.”

“You’re a good soldier,” Bill said, trying his best to sound like the Inca. “I won’t forget your enthusiasm. Bring the servant of Chasca to me.”

There was an order, a commotion, and Nicky stood before him. How had he been captured? Then were the two older companions also captives? How could Bill discover the facts?

There was a sense of chaos, and Nicky stood in front of him. How had he been caught? Were the two older friends also prisoners? How could Bill find out the truth?

“Was he alone caught?” asked Bill, as the Inca.

“Did he get caught alone?” asked Bill, as the Inca.

“Oh light of the day, yes.”

“Oh light of the day, yes.”

Then the others might still be safe!

Then the others might still be okay!

“I thought to seek once more through the tunnels,” explained the soldier. “I went with my men. Coming to the room beneath the great and holy Temple, Corrichanca——” the place of gold, or the greatest, holiest of the temples——“I thought there was a sound. I sought behind every tapestry and under piles of rich golden cloth—may Raymi forgive me that I did touch them with my poor hands!—and this Nee-kee did hide.”

“I thought I’d search again through the tunnels,” the soldier explained. “I went with my men. When we reached the room beneath the great and holy Temple, Corrichanca—the place of gold, or the most sacred of the temples—I thought I heard something. I looked behind every tapestry and under heaps of luxurious golden cloth—may Raymi forgive me for touching them with my dirty hands!—and there was Nee-kee hiding.”

Much later Nicky explained to his chums that he had crept down the stone stairway to watch for any possible hint of the return of his friends and then had been attracted by the gold and had been caught by the unexpectedly quiet approach of the soldier.

Much later, Nicky told his friends that he had sneaked down the stone stairs to look for any sign of his friends coming back, and then he had been drawn in by the gold and had been caught off guard by the soldier's unexpectedly silent approach.

204

Nicky knew, or suspected at least, that the figure over in the shadows was his own friend, Bill. But he was, for once, master of his face: he did not betray his thoughts. He kept perfectly still, standing between two soldiers.

Nicky knew, or at least suspected, that the figure in the shadows was his friend, Bill. But this time, he controlled his expression: he didn’t show what he was thinking. He stayed completely still, standing between two soldiers.

Cliff, in hiding, wondered what Bill could do, what he would say.

Cliff, in hiding, wondered what Bill could do and what he would say.

“Are soldiers now in the secret ways?” asked Bill.

“Are soldiers now using the secret routes?” asked Bill.

“No, most powerful ray of the Sun’s light on earth,” replied the captain. “The search was completed when I discovered this one: no other could be found.”

“No, the most powerful ray of the Sun’s light on earth,” replied the captain. “The search was finished when I found this one: no others could be found.”

“And yet,” and Bill raised his voice, determined that it must carry information to Cliff so that he could guide his own future by what he heard. “And yet we may find even Chasca in that tunnel unless he runs very fast. It comes to me as a prophecy that he may be near to liberate his servant. But if so, no doubt he will run away or disappear.”

“And yet,” Bill said, raising his voice, determined to make sure Cliff heard him so he could shape his own future based on what he heard. “And yet we might find even Chasca in that tunnel unless he runs really fast. It feels like a prophecy to me that he could be close to freeing his servant. But if that’s the case, he’ll probably just run away or vanish.”

205

Cliff, listening, heard that and determined that he would run very fast and get back to his father and Mr. Whitley and tell them what had happened, so that they would not go down to look for Nicky. But he hesitated. Perhaps Bill had more instructions for him!

Cliff, listening, heard that and decided that he would run as fast as he could to his father and Mr. Whitley to tell them what had happened, so they wouldn't go down to look for Nicky. But he hesitated. Maybe Bill had more instructions for him!

Cliff crept a little way down the corridor, to be able to catch distinctly every word of Bill’s next speech, given in quichua.

Cliff quietly moved a bit down the hallway so he could clearly hear every word of Bill’s next speech, which was in Quichua.

“I must go to the dungeons. I will speak with Caya. She must be made to tell all. I take Nee-kee with me. Soldier, guard this palace—let no one enter here. The guards at the dungeon will help me take Caya to the temple, Corrichanca, of the god, Raymi, where, in front of those white ones in their dyed skins, she shall tell me the truth.”

“I need to go to the dungeons. I’m going to talk to Caya. She has to be made to tell everything. I’ll take Nee-kee with me. Soldier, protect this palace—don’t let anyone in here. The guards at the dungeon will help me bring Caya to the temple, Corrichanca, of the god, Raymi, where, in front of those white ones in their dyed skins, she will tell me the truth.”

Bill thus gave Cliff all the information he needed. Down the steps and back to the Sun Temple sped Cliff, quite sure of his way.

Bill gave Cliff all the information he needed. Cliff hurried down the steps and back to the Sun Temple, feeling confident about his path.

He identified himself to the watchful father, Mr. Whitley also, and explained breathlessly what had happened and what Bill had told him he would do. They must wait, they decided.

He introduced himself to the attentive father, Mr. Whitley, and explained, out of breath, what had happened and what Bill had said he would do. They agreed they needed to wait.

But where was Tom. Would he get the rope? Would he be caught?

But where was Tom? Would he get the rope? Would he get caught?

206

And while they debated, in the palace the Coya, or queen, entered the audience room from another chamber. She looked around. Something strange about the pile of wool in the corner attracted her attention. Bill had already gone. But the queen saw the real Inca.

And while they were discussing, in the palace, the Coya, or queen, entered the audience room from another chamber. She looked around. Something odd about the pile of wool in the corner caught her eye. Bill had already left. But the queen saw the real Inca.

“Ho—guards!—hither!” she cried. “Help me! The Inca is bound beneath these wools!”

“Hey—guards!—over here!” she shouted. “Help me! The Inca is tied up under these blankets!”

207

CHAPTER XXV
TOM'S ADVENTURE

Tom did not go very far on his way before he saw a small troop of soldiers guarding the road.

Tom didn't get very far on his way before he saw a small group of soldiers guarding the road.

He hesitated: if he tried to slip around them he might run into others: if he ran boldly past them it would test his nerve but it was really the safest course.

He hesitated: if he tried to sneak around them, he might run into others; if he ran boldly past them, it would test his nerve, but that was actually the safest option.

He kept on, running lightly, drawing his breath a little faster than usual, more from excitement than from weariness.

He kept going, running lightly, breathing a bit faster than usual, more from excitement than from tiredness.

“Stop, chasqui!” commanded the officer in charge as Tom ran close to the resting soldiers. “Where run you so fast?”

“Stop, runner!” commanded the officer in charge as Tom ran near the resting soldiers. “Why are you running so fast?”

Tom showed the quipu Bill had made up.

Tom showed the quipu that Bill had created.

“I run for the Inca,” he said.

“I run for the Inca,” he said.

The officer studied his face: while the light was only that coming from the stars he peered closely.

The officer examined his face: even with just the light from the stars, he looked closely.

“I do not know you,” he declared.

“I don't know you,” he declared.

208

Tom drew himself up to his full height. He stared at the officer, trying to be haughty.

Tom straightened up to his full height. He glared at the officer, trying to act arrogant.

The officer was not impressed. At the same time, he did not quite dare to delay a messenger with the royal proof, the quipu that seemed to indicate Tom’s errand as genuine.

The officer wasn't impressed. However, he didn't really want to hold up a messenger with the royal proof, the quipu that appeared to confirm Tom's mission as legitimate.

He did not release the grip he had taken on Tom’s arm.

He didn’t let go of Tom’s arm.

A soldier stepped forward and made a salute.

A soldier stepped forward and saluted.

“Let me run with the chasqui,” he said. “Thus the Inca’s message will not be delayed and if the fellow is carrying the royal token without warrant I can bring him back.”

“Let me go with the messenger,” he said. “Then the Inca’s message won’t be delayed, and if he’s carrying the royal token without authority, I can bring him back.”

This did not suit Tom but he said nothing. It flashed through his mind that this was no time to raise a disturbance: later on he might think of some way to elude the soldier.

This didn't work for Tom, but he kept quiet. It crossed his mind that it wasn't the right moment to cause a scene: later, he might come up with a way to avoid the soldier.

“See that you do,” said the officer. Tom whirled, snatched his arm free and ran. The soldier ran as lightly, as swiftly as he.

“Make sure you do,” said the officer. Tom spun around, yanked his arm away, and took off running. The soldier ran just as lightly and quickly as he did.

Tom had been in the races during the ceremonies of naming Challcuchima successor to the Inca’s rule: it suited his present purpose to make the soldier at his side run his best, to tire him quickly.

Tom had been racing during the ceremonies to name Challcuchima as the Inca’s successor: it worked for his current goal to make the soldier next to him run his hardest, to wear him out quickly.

209

But, as the road was spurned by his light feet, he realized that the soldier was not one to tire quickly: step for step, with easy breath and unwearied muscles, he kept the pace. Then Tom received a surprise.

But as the road was avoided by his light feet, he realized that the soldier was not someone to tire easily: step for step, with steady breathing and unflagging strength, he maintained the pace. Then Tom was taken by surprise.

They were passing the outskirts of the city of Quichaka and had come to a small house; it was not of the splendid stone, matched and sturdy, that marked the noble palaces; it was built of the sticky earth mixed with rushes or reeds and grasses, of which the Peruvians made bricks to use in their homes for the more humble people.

They were passing the edge of the city of Quichaka and had reached a small house; it wasn't made of the impressive stone that defined the grand palaces; instead, it was built from a mix of mud and rushes or reeds and grass, which the Peruvians used to make bricks for the homes of less wealthy people.

“Turn with me,” said the soldier.

“Turn with me,” said the soldier.

Tom hesitated. What was the fellow’s purpose? He saw that his companion was young, but he had not recognized him.

Tom hesitated. What was the guy’s purpose? He noticed that his companion was young, but he hadn’t recognized him.

But, as they came into the dimly lit room wherein an aged couple squatted, he stared.

But as they entered the dimly lit room where an old couple sat, he stared.

His soldier companion was Caya’s brother!

His fellow soldier was Caya’s brother!

The youth wasted little time explaining to his parents: the woman began to mutter: she was afraid of what could happen if they shielded these lads from the world beyond their mountains. But the youth’s father was different: he understood his son’s explanation readily and nodded. The soldier told Tom to remain there when Tom had explained his errand.

The young man quickly explained to his parents: the woman started to mumble; she was worried about what could happen if they kept these boys sheltered from the world outside their mountains. But the young man's father was different: he understood his son's explanation immediately and nodded. The soldier told Tom to stay there after Tom had shared his purpose.

“There is no need to run so far,” he said. “I will find a rope that will be strong and light.”

“There’s no need to run so far,” he said. “I’ll find a rope that’s strong and lightweight.”

210

“It will save time,” Tom said.

“It will save time,” Tom said.

“Yes—and time is precious!”

“Yes—and time is valuable!”

The old man listened. Finally he spoke.

The old man listened. Then he finally spoke.

“What of Caya?”

“What's up with Caya?”

“I think she is safe,” Tom told him, and in what quichua he could master, aided by signs, he detailed what he knew of the plan to save her. The old woman was horrified at what she understood of the plan to go to the Inca, but the man laughed with a hoarse, hearty chuckle.

“I think she’s safe,” Tom told him, and in the few words of Quichua he could manage, along with gestures, he explained what he knew about the plan to save her. The old woman was horrified by what she understood of the plan to go to the Inca, but the man laughed with a rough, hearty chuckle.

“Shame!” cried his old wife. “That you laugh at the son of the Sun.”

“Shame!” shouted his elderly wife. “That you mock the son of the Sun.”

“But he has brought it upon himself,” the man assured her. “If he were a true descendant of the old line of rulers I would not dare to laugh: but you know he is not of the true line and when we of his council advised him to free the white stranger who would, I think, write in his papers but not tell others how to find us, he refused. This is therefore his punishment for being vain of his own counsel!”

“But he did this to himself,” the man assured her. “If he were a genuine descendant of the old line of rulers, I wouldn’t dare to laugh; but you know he isn’t from the true line. When we on his council suggested that he free the white stranger, who I believe would write about us in his papers but wouldn’t reveal our location to others, he refused. So this is his punishment for being proud of his own advice!”

Meanwhile Tom and the young soldier discussed plans. The latter was certain that Caya’s shepherd would never be able to come to see her tonight: the secret ways were all guarded by many soldiers and the hills were full of the searching natives.

Meanwhile, Tom and the young soldier talked about their plans. The soldier was sure that Caya’s shepherd wouldn’t be able to visit her tonight: the hidden paths were all watched by soldiers, and the hills were crawling with searching locals.

211

“But there is a way, I think,” he said. “I know of an old aqueduct that has not been filled with water for years. It was built to take water to flood the secret tunnels if any came to steal our treasure; but most people, I believe, forget what it is for and how to operate its old water gate. Stay you here until I look at the gate to be sure it is not open and that we can get into its deep bed: also I will hide a strong rope there and come back. Then we will get your friends. Caya, if she is free, must leave the city. I think the mother of her shepherd in the hills will care for her until the Inca has forgotten.”

“But I think there is a way,” he said. “I know of an old aqueduct that hasn’t been used for years. It was built to flood the secret tunnels if anyone tried to steal our treasure, but most people, I believe, have forgotten what it's for and how to operate its old water gate. You stay here while I check the gate to make sure it’s not open and that we can access its deep bed. I’ll also hide a strong rope there and come back. Then we can get your friends. Caya, if she’s free, has to leave the city. I believe her shepherd’s mother in the hills will look after her until the Inca has forgotten.”

He hurried away and Tom, resting and waiting, wondering what was happening and how his comrades fared, listened to much that would have been interesting under other circumstances.

He rushed off, and Tom, resting and waiting, curious about what was going on and how his friends were doing, listened to a lot that would have been interesting at another time.

The old man told him the history of the hidden valley: told how the race began, for he was a student and a quipucamaya, or reader of the records, and knew much of the legend and history: but while Tom listened respectfully, his mind was far away.

The old man shared the story of the hidden valley: explained how the race started, since he was a scholar and a quipucamaya, or reader of the records, and knew a lot about the legend and history. But even as Tom listened attentively, his mind was elsewhere.

He was glad when the young soldier came back.

He was happy when the young soldier returned.

212

He had all in readiness and after thanking the older people and being assured by the man that he would get bundles of food ready so that they could be picked up by his son later, Tom and his companion set out for the city, going in ways that took them safely past all guards.

He had everything ready, and after thanking the older folks and getting confirmation from the man that he would prepare plenty of food for his son to pick up later, Tom and his friend headed out to the city, taking routes that kept them clear of all the guards.

But when they reached the square they stopped. A crowd was clamoring and shouting outside the Temple to the Sun and it was easy to tell that their angry shouts meant dire danger for the persons who might be within its walls.

But when they got to the square, they stopped. A crowd was yelling and shouting outside the Temple to the Sun, and it was clear that their angry shouts signaled serious danger for anyone who might be inside.

And Tom did not know who was there, or what to do!

And Tom had no idea who was there or what to do!

213

CHAPTER XXVI
INTO THE DUNGEONS

Within the rear chamber of the Sun Temple Cliff, his father and Mr. Whitley heard the roar of the furious people. The Coya had discovered her husband, the Inca, and soldiers had released him: from them the news had spread swiftly among the populace. The chief priest and other nobles had been summoned.

Within the back room of the Sun Temple, Cliff, his dad, and Mr. Whitley heard the angry crowd. The Coya had found her husband, the Inca, and the soldiers had freed him; the news spread quickly through the people. The chief priest and other nobles had been called together.

In the passages Bill and Nicky finally reached the golden room, ignorant of this failure of all their carefully laid plans.

In the sections, Bill and Nicky finally arrived at the golden room, unaware of the collapse of all their carefully made plans.

In the square Tom, with Caya’s brother, saw the procession going toward the Sun Temple. Only the Inca and his highest priests had the privilege of entering there—and they were going in!

In the square, Tom saw Caya’s brother and the procession heading toward the Sun Temple. Only the Inca and his top priests were allowed to enter there—and they were going in!

214

“There is but one place we have not sought,” Huamachaco had said. “That temple so sacred! Those men and youths with dyed skins, as the Spaniard has told us—they would profane its very sanctuary with their vile presence. Come—you shall see!”

“There’s only one place we haven’t looked,” Huamachaco said. “That temple is so sacred! Those men and boys with dyed skin, as the Spaniard has told us—they would dishonor its very sanctuary with their disgusting presence. Come—let me show you!”

Tom proposed, in his halting quichua, that he and Caya’s brother press through the throng; but the young soldier had a better plan. “No,” he said. “I have learned the way. We go to the lower level from the Inca’s palace—even that I dare for you!—and then we shall see if the way is clear to the old water way. I will wait there and you shall bring your friends. Come. I show the way.”

Tom suggested, in his broken Quichua, that he and Caya’s brother push through the crowd; but the young soldier had a better idea. “No,” he said. “I know the way. We’ll go down to the lower level from the Inca’s palace—even that I’ll risk for you!—and then we’ll see if the path is clear to the old waterway. I’ll wait there, and you can bring your friends. Come. I’ll show you the way.”

The palace was deserted: all minds and all eyes were focused on the temple.

The palace was empty: everyone's thoughts and attention were on the temple.

“Let’s lose no time!” whispered Tom, and the two youths made all the haste they could. They were already in the passages when from the mob around the Sun Temple came a deep, throaty roar—the throaty, deep lust-cry of a mob thirsting for vengeance for a seeming insult to their temple!

“Let’s not waste any time!” whispered Tom, and the two young men hurried as fast as they could. They were already in the corridors when they heard a deep, guttural roar coming from the crowd around the Sun Temple—a deep, throaty cry of a mob longing for revenge for what they saw as an insult to their temple!

The Inca had gone in with his aide and then had hurried to the doorway again to signal that they had found their prey.

The Inca had entered with his assistant and then quickly rushed back to the doorway to signal that they had located their target.

At the foot of the steps in the treasure room Bill sent Nicky up to tell his friends to be ready, to see if Cliff had returned to them safely and to learn what they knew of Tom.

At the bottom of the steps in the treasure room, Bill asked Nicky to go up and tell his friends to get ready, check if Cliff had returned safely, and find out what they knew about Tom.

215

Nicky walked up the steps, cautiously, and found himself facing the Inca and his chief priest and the Spaniard. In their fury the nobles had overlooked the insult of the Spaniard’s entry into the sacred chamber.

Nicky walked up the steps, carefully, and found himself staring at the Inca, his chief priest, and the Spaniard. In their anger, the nobles had ignored the insult of the Spaniard's presence in the sacred chamber.

Nicky saw at once that he had blundered into a trap. John Whitley, Mr. Gray, and Cliff faced the angry noble and the Inca, desperately, not knowing what to do. The crowd in the square gave them no chance to escape that way. They could not know that the passages were not already invaded by soldiers. Indeed, there were detachments already coming from the palace.

Nicky immediately realized he had walked into a trap. John Whitley, Mr. Gray, and Cliff faced the furious noble and the Inca, feeling desperate and unsure of what to do. The crowd in the square left them with no chance to escape that way. They had no idea that the passages weren’t already overrun with soldiers. In fact, there were units already advancing from the palace.

Far away down a lateral passageway Caya’s brother showed Tom the place where, when the tunnels were made, an opening had been left into an old waterway; in case of menace to the treasures, a former Inca had provided a way to flood the tunnels.

Far down a side passage, Caya’s brother showed Tom the spot where, during the construction of the tunnels, an opening had been left into an old waterway; in case of a threat to the treasures, a former Inca had set up a way to flood the tunnels.

The young soldier began as quietly as he could to tear away the old debris that had collected, while Tom hurried back along the tunnel, making careful note of the way, planning to tell his friends to hurry, that the way for escape was found!

The young soldier quietly started to clear away the old debris that had built up, while Tom rushed back through the tunnel, carefully remembering the route, planning to tell his friends to hurry because the way to escape had been found!

At the foot of the steps he found Bill.

At the bottom of the stairs, he found Bill.

216

“Something has gone wrong!” Bill whispered. “Nicky went up the steps five minutes since. He hasn’t come down. I haven’t heard from anybody. But I think I hear sounds in the tunnels. Don’t you?”

“Something's not right!” Bill whispered. “Nicky went up the steps five minutes ago. He hasn't come down. I haven’t heard from anyone. But I think I hear noises in the tunnels. Don't you?”

Tom listened.

Tom paid attention.

“Yes, I do,” he said, under his breath. “Bill, I’ll slip up the stairs—and see what’s what!”

“Yes, I do,” he said quietly. “Bill, I’ll sneak up the stairs—and see what’s going on!”

“Too late!” Bill whispered.

"Too late!" Bill whispered.

Far away down the passages came shouts. Once they saw a light flash. They were being cornered, surrounded. If there was no way from the temple they were helpless.

Far down the corridors, shouts echoed. They saw a light flash once. They were being cornered, surrounded. If there was no escape from the temple, they were helpless.

Tom told his story in hurried words.

Tom quickly shared his story.

Yet the news had come too late, it seemed. Unless quick thinking could get them out of the toils, they were doomed.

Yet the news arrived too late, it seemed. Unless quick thinking could get them out of the mess, they were doomed.

Up above, in the temple, the Inca was delivering his words of doom. “You can no longer be free!” he said sharply. “Escape is not possible. You have profaned our temples! You have deceived us! You shall go to the dungeons.”

Up in the temple, the Inca was proclaiming his harsh verdict. “You can't be free anymore!” he said sternly. “There's no way to escape. You have desecrated our temples! You have betrayed us! You will go to the dungeons.”

217

Cliff looked from one to the other of his friends. If only Tom was there—he knew from Nicky where Bill was!—they could make one desperate effort! Perhaps they might use his remaining smoke pot. But Tom was not there!

Cliff looked from one friend to the other. If only Tom was there—he knew from Nicky where Bill was!—they could make one last-ditch effort! Maybe they could use his remaining smoke pot. But Tom was not there!

Nicky gripped his arm.

Nicky grabbed his arm.

From the lower levels came a muffled report! Bill had fired into the air as a body of soldiers came, in their light cotton quilted armor, carrying bows and arrows and short spears; they had to stop in face of his “magic stick” that spat out fire and sudden death.

From the lower levels came a muffled sound! Bill had fired into the air as a group of soldiers approached, wearing their light cotton quilted armor, carrying bows, arrows, and short spears; they had to stop in front of his “magic stick” that shot out fire and sudden death.

“We must go to Bill!” whispered Cliff. “We can’t get out through the square! If we can get through the passages we may be able to hide.” The others agreed. With the Inca, Huamachaco and Pizzara in hot pursuit, but unarmed, they almost leaped down the curving steps.

“We have to go to Bill!” whispered Cliff. “We can’t get out through the square! If we can get through the passages, we might be able to hide.” The others agreed. With the Inca, Huamachaco, and Pizzara chasing them closely but unarmed, they almost jumped down the curving steps.

Bill stood at their foot, his back to them, his weapon leveled. Before him half a dozen soldiers hesitated.

Bill stood at their feet, facing away from them, his weapon aimed. In front of him, half a dozen soldiers hesitated.

“We’re here!” cried Cliff. Then he saw Tom, just around the edge of the wall, tense and alert, his own light, and in this emergency almost useless weapon held ready.

“We're here!” shouted Cliff. Then he noticed Tom, right around the corner of the wall, tense and on guard, his own light, and in this situation, nearly useless weapon ready.

If only they had known Tom was there, two minutes sooner!

If only they had known Tom was there just two minutes earlier!

218

Before they could make any concerted plan Pizzara, with his quick cunning serving him, caught old, weakened Mr. Gray by an arm: he saw that Bill could possibly daunt the soldiers; with merciless cruelty he dragged the old scholar past Bill before the others quite knew what he meant to do. Immediately he swung Mr. Gray, who was not strong enough to resist the surprise attack: Pizzara swung him so that his own body was shielded.

Before they could come up with any solid plan, Pizzara, with his quick wit, grabbed old, frail Mr. Gray by the arm. He realized that Bill might scare the soldiers, so with ruthless cruelty, he pulled the old scholar past Bill before the others even understood what he was doing. In an instant, he swung Mr. Gray, who wasn’t strong enough to fight back against the surprise move: Pizzara swung him in a way that shielded his own body.

Bill saw, too late, the ruse. His weapon was useless: in that narrow place he could not fire without endangering the old student of ancient civilizations.

Bill realized the trick too late. His weapon was pointless: in that tight spot, he couldn’t shoot without putting the old student of ancient civilizations in danger.

“Down, Father!” Cliff cried. “Drop down!”

“Down, Dad!” Cliff shouted. “Drop down!”

The old man had recovered his balance. With all his small strength he tried to fling off Pizzara’s grip, to lower his body. At the same instant the high priest and the Inca caught hold of Mr. Whitley and Bill. Cliff and Nicky in turn grasped them. Tom broke past Bill and caught a tackle around Pizzara’s legs. His balance thus disturbed the Spaniard lost his grip on Mr. Gray.

The old man had regained his balance. With all his tiny strength, he tried to shake off Pizzara’s grip and lower his body. At that same moment, the high priest and the Inca grabbed Mr. Whitley and Bill. Cliff and Nicky in turn held onto them. Tom broke past Bill and tackled Pizzara’s legs. The unexpected shift in balance caused the Spaniard to lose his grip on Mr. Gray.

Cliff tripped his adversary and with Mr. Whitley fighting with all his skill and science, soon was free to go to Tom’s side.

Cliff tripped his opponent, and with Mr. Whitley using all his skill and technique, he was soon free to go to Tom’s side.

219

Bill was there already, and a short-arm blow dazed the Spaniard. Down he went. But in that brief scuffle the soldiers had leaped forward.

Bill was already there, and a quick punch knocked the Spaniard out. He fell down. But during that short struggle, the soldiers charged forward.

Outnumbered, there was little that the desperate party could do. Pizzara shielded himself; a soldier wrestled with Bill for possession of the magic stick. It exploded once, but its muzzle was pointed toward the roof and no one suffered. During a lull in the scrimmage, for Cliff thought, in a passing flash, how like a football game was this scrimmage, the youth thought he saw Caya’s brother holding a torch. But he was not sure.

Outnumbered, there wasn't much the desperate group could do. Pizzara protected himself; a soldier fought with Bill over the magic stick. It went off once, but the barrel was pointed at the ceiling, and no one got hurt. During a break in the scuffle, since Cliff thought, in a brief moment, how much this fight resembled a football game, he thought he saw Caya’s brother holding a torch. But he wasn't sure.

Panting, perspiring, choked by the resinous smoke of the torches, the three men and their three youthful companions were soon overpowered. Bill’s, and Tom’s weapons, as well as those of Mr. Whitley—their only three pistols—had been flung to the floor.

Panting, sweating, suffocated by the sticky smoke from the torches, the three men and their three young friends were quickly overwhelmed. Bill's, Tom's, and Mr. Whitley's weapons—their only three pistols—had been thrown to the ground.

Cliff made one valiant effort, rolling about with a soldier on his back, to grasp a revolver. But Pizzara kicked it aside.

Cliff made a brave attempt, rolling around with a soldier on his back, to grab a revolver. But Pizzara kicked it away.

“Into the dungeons!” cried the Inca.

“Into the dungeons!” shouted the Inca.

220

Held by a soldier at either side, the six captives had no chance to try to make a break for liberty, even if such a try could have succeeded: with soldiers everywhere there was no chance for success.

Held by a soldier on either side, the six captives had no opportunity to attempt an escape, even if such an attempt could have been successful: with soldiers all around, there was no chance of success.

Sombre and dejected, they were led to a place where guards moved aside great stones.

Solemn and downcast, they were taken to a spot where guards shifted large stones.

Into blackness, all together, they were flung!

Into darkness, they were all thrown together!

221

CHAPTER XXVII
Working animals

Their dungeon was dark and it had the smell of an underground place, musty, damp, stuffy. When it seemed to Cliff that hours must have passed since they had all been flung into the single unlighted cubicle he looked at the radiumited face of the watch on his wrist: hardly half an hour had elapsed.

Their dungeon was dark, smelling like a damp, musty underground space. When Cliff felt like hours had gone by since they were all shoved into the single unlit room, he glanced at the glowing face of his watch; barely half an hour had passed.

“This is truly a terrible situation,” said Mr. Gray. “I feel very badly when I think that in coming here to help me you have all fallen into a worse situation.”

“This is really a terrible situation,” Mr. Gray said. “I feel really bad when I think that by coming here to help me, you’ve all ended up in a worse situation.”

“Please don’t feel that way, Father,” Cliff begged, touching the hand that trembled a little on his knee. “You always taught me that no good intention and no act done with a good motive could ever bring anything but good.”

“Please don’t feel that way, Dad,” Cliff begged, touching the hand that trembled a little on his knee. “You always taught me that no good intention and no act done with a good motive could ever lead to anything but good.”

“It does not seem to work, this time,” said his father.

“It doesn’t seem to be working this time,” said his father.

222

“But it will!” Tom said. “Didn’t you notice the soldier who walked with me? No, you didn’t: I remember, we were behind you. Well, it was Caya’s brother and he whispered to me to give him the quipu supposed to be the Inca’s token.”

“But it will!” Tom said. “Didn’t you see the soldier who walked with me? No, you didn’t: I remember, we were behind you. Well, it was Caya’s brother and he whispered to me to give him the quipu that’s supposed to be the Inca’s token.”

“I didn’t know that,” Mr. Whitley spoke through the darkness. “He may try to help us.”

“I didn’t know that,” Mr. Whitley said through the darkness. “He might try to help us.”

“Mr. Whitley,” said Nicky, “why can’t we all push on that big stone across the door? It is on some sort of a pivot: we could all push together and move it.”

“Mr. Whitley,” Nicky said, “why can’t we all push that big stone across the door? It’s on some kind of pivot: we could all push together and move it.”

“Yes, two of us could move it—the soldiers did,” Bill took a part in the talk. “But the guards are outside. By the time we could get the stone moved they could use their swords.”

“Yes, two of us could move it—the soldiers did,” Bill joined the conversation. “But the guards are outside. By the time we manage to move the stone, they could come at us with their swords.”

“I guess we are helpless,” Mr. Whitley said remorsefully. “And it is all my fault for letting you lads come here: you should have camped on the ledge: Bill and I should have taken the risks of danger.”

“I guess we’re helpless,” Mr. Whitley said regretfully. “And it’s all my fault for letting you guys come here: you should have camped on the ledge: Bill and I should have handled the risks.”

“I still have faith that an Almighty Power watches over us,” Cliff declared. “We have gone through a great deal of danger and not one of us has been hurt.”

“I still believe that a higher power is watching over us,” Cliff declared. “We’ve been through a lot of danger, and not one of us has been harmed.”

223

“I am proud of you, my son,” said Mr. Gray. “And it is a rebuke to us who are older. I know, deep down in my heart, that you are right. After years among these people, unharmed, made nearly well when I thought my feebleness would destroy me, I should be thankful to that Great Power—and I am!”

“I’m really proud of you, son,” Mr. Gray said. “And it’s a wake-up call for us older folks. I know, deep down, that you’re right. After spending years with these people, coming out unscathed, almost healed when I thought my weakness would ruin me, I should be grateful to that Great Power—and I am!”

“Let’s all think ‘we are going to get out all right,’” Nicky suggested. “Think as hard as we can.”

“Let’s all think ‘we’re going to get out of this okay,’” Nicky suggested. “Let’s think as hard as we can.”

No one replied. Perhaps, with all other help apparently denied them, they all had a mind to do as Nicky urged: at any rate the black room, with its air rapidly growing more stale and heavy, was so silent that they heard, through the place where the upper end of the barrier failed to touch the door frame, the muttering of several guards in the tunnel.

No one answered. Maybe, since all other help seemed unavailable, they were all inclined to follow Nicky's suggestion. At any rate, the black room, which quickly became more stale and heavy, was so quiet that they heard, through the gap where the top of the barrier didn’t quite reach the door frame, the murmuring of a few guards in the tunnel.

Ages passed, or so it seemed. In fact, hours did go slowly into the past, and nothing happened.

Ages went by, or at least it felt that way. In reality, hours slowly crawled into the past, and nothing occurred.

“Listen!” whispered Tom, finally, when the air had become so oppressive that they all began to feel heavy and dull. “Did I hear somebody walking?”

“Listen!” Tom whispered finally, when the air felt so thick that everyone started to feel sluggish and heavy. “Did I hear someone walking?”

“Yes,” answered Bill. “They are changing the guard, I guess.”

“Yes,” Bill replied. “I think they’re changing the guard.”

“Poor Caya,” said Cliff. “I feel sorry for her. She is all alone, in some hole as dark as this: and all on account of us.”

“Poor Caya,” said Cliff. “I feel bad for her. She's all alone, in some dark hole like this: and it’s all because of us.”

224

“Yes,” said Tom. “But she is alive—and so is her sister—because of us.”

“Yes,” said Tom. “But she’s alive—and so is her sister—because of us.”

“I wonder where her brother is,” Nicky mused.

“I wonder where her brother is,” Nicky thought.

“Sh-h-h!” warned Bill. “Be quiet and if the stone moves, let’s all make a rush. I hear somebody fumbling at the stone.”

“Sh-h-h!” warned Bill. “Be quiet, and if the stone moves, let’s all rush in. I can hear someone messing with the stone.”

He had moved close to the barricaded doorway in the dark. But as the stone began to move and they all gathered their muscles for a dash, they were chained with surprise.

He had crouched near the blocked doorway in the dark. But as the stone began to shift and they all tensed up for a sprint, they were frozen in shock.

“I am Pizzara,” came the unmistakable voice of the Spaniard. “I come to help. Push there, you!”

“I am Pizzara,” the unmistakable voice of the Spaniard said. “I'm here to help. Push there, you!”

The stone moved more and even the faint light from a torch jammed into a place made for it nearby in the tunnel wall was brilliant to their widened pupils. They blinked as they saw two figures, in the garb of the Inca’s soldiers.

The stone shifted, and even the dim light from a torch wedged into a spot in the tunnel wall was dazzling to their dilated pupils. They blinked as they noticed two figures dressed as the Inca’s soldiers.

“It is Caya’s brother and the stranger who spoke,” said one of the figures, in quichua dialect. “Come forth quickly!”

“It’s Caya’s brother and the stranger who spoke,” said one of the figures in the Quichua dialect. “Come forward quickly!”

225

They filed out; Nicky and Bill and Cliff helped support Mr. Gray who was stiff and tottering from his long inactivity. They saw Caya’s brother tapping at several other door stones; finally he called to Tom and Cliff and the three managed to move a great barricade slowly a little way aside. Had it not been swung on a rude pivot this would have been impossible. As it was they got it far enough opened to allow Caya, shaking with excitement and eagerness, to come from her black prison.

They walked out; Nicky, Bill, and Cliff helped support Mr. Gray, who was stiff and unsteady from being inactive for so long. They saw Caya’s brother knocking on several other doorstones; finally, he called to Tom and Cliff, and the three of them managed to move a large barricade a little to the side. If it hadn't been swung on a rough pivot, this would have been impossible. As it was, they opened it just enough to let Caya, trembling with excitement and eagerness, come out of her dark prison.

“I meet this soldier,” explained Pizzara. “I have watch him and I think he is friend. I ask him and it is yes. Now we go quick’.”

“I met this soldier,” Pizzara explained. “I watched him, and I think he’s a friend. I asked him, and he said yes. Now we go quickly.”

“I certainly do beg your pardon,” said Mr. Whitley. “I thought you were an enemy and you have liberated us.”

“I’m really sorry,” said Mr. Whitley. “I thought you were an enemy, but you’ve freed us.”

The Spaniard showed his teeth in a curious grin.

The Spaniard flashed a curious grin.

“It is all a part of my plan,” he said mysteriously as they went hastily along the passage, the young Peruvian carrying the single torch in the rear with his sister. “When you are sleeping in the lake bottom I steal away with my men. I think then we get here before you. But the Indians fling stones upon us in the white pass and my natives know it is danger’.”

“It’s all part of my plan,” he said mysteriously as they hurried down the hallway, the young Peruvian holding the only torch at the back with his sister. “When you're sleeping at the bottom of the lake, I’ll sneak away with my men. I think we’ll get here before you. But the Indians throw stones at us in the white pass, and my people know it’s dangerous.”

They kept careful watch but it seemed that no one was in the tunnels: the guards whom the Spaniard and the Indian had replaced had gone home or to their barracks and no one else was on guard, it seemed.

They kept a close eye, but it looked like no one was in the tunnels: the guards that the Spaniard and the Indian had replaced had either gone home or to their barracks, and it seemed like no one else was on guard.

226

“All but one,” the Spaniard went on. “My men are escape. I have gun and I make them go forward, but we go in old water way.” The same one, Cliff mused, that they had used to get around the ambush; then he listened as Pizzara continued, “We find the ledge as it is on the map and there is your camp where you have leave some thing and the cord to haul the rope. It is very clever, si.”

“All but one,” the Spaniard continued. “My men are escaping. I have a gun, and I make them move forward, but we’re going the old water route.” The same one, Cliff thought, that they had used to avoid the ambush; then he listened as Pizzara went on, “We find the ledge as it is on the map, and there’s your camp where you left some things and the cord to haul the rope. It’s very clever, si.”

“You left your natives there,” Bill said. “That’s my guess. Then you came down into this valley. But how did you expect to get any gold—or much!—all alone?”

“You left your people there,” Bill said. “That’s my guess. Then you came down into this valley. But how did you think you were going to get any gold—or a lot!—all by yourself?”

“Ah!” grinned Pizzara, “this one is clever, as you. I plan all this and as I plan so it is come out—just exactly.”

“Ah!” grinned Pizzara, “this one is clever, just like you. I plan all of this, and it turns out exactly as I planned.”

“Plan?——” Cliff was puzzled. “How could you expect we would get into a dungeon and that you would save us—and what has that to do with your plan to get gold?”

“Plan?——” Cliff was confused. “How did you think we would get into a dungeon and that you would save us—and what does that have to do with your plan to get gold?”

227

“It is all simple,” Pizzara grinned. “I come and see that you are here: then I find ways to make Inca suspect you, and high priest to make you prisoner. You help that by what you do. So then I have you where I wish to have you! It is good fortune of my patron Saint that this soldier and his sister are mix up with you. It make two more to carry for me.”

“It’s all pretty straightforward,” Pizzara grinned. “I come and see that you’re here: then I figure out how to make the Inca suspicious of you, and the high priest to capture you. You help with that by your actions. So then I have you exactly where I want you! It’s the good luck of my patron Saint that this soldier and his sister are involved with you. It adds two more for me to deal with.”

“To carry?” demanded Mr. Whitley. “What do you mean?”

“Carry?” Mr. Whitley said, confused. “What are you talking about?”

They had come to the place where the tunnel branched away in the direction of the break where the aqueduct used to flood the tunnels was situated: by common impulse they all swung after Tom who had memorized that way.

They arrived at the spot where the tunnel split off toward the spot where the aqueduct used to flood the tunnels: without even thinking about it, they all followed Tom, who had memorized the route.

“Halt!” snapped Pizzara. They all stopped and looked at him. In the torchlight his face was a leering, triumphant mask of lustful delight. In his hand was the very “magic stick”—the small revolver—which he had caused the high priest to take from Bill when they were captured: Bill had not been able to use it, even in self rescue, for fear of shooting his friends; he had surrendered it with a scowl for his rifle, as he now knew, was in the hands of Pizzara’s natives, waiting, at the camp on the ledge.

“Halt!” shouted Pizzara. They all stopped and looked at him. In the torchlight, his face was a twisted, victorious mask of lustful pleasure. In his hand was the very “magic stick”—the small revolver—that he had forced the high priest to take from Bill when they were captured: Bill hadn’t been able to use it, even to save himself, for fear of shooting his friends; he had given it up with a scowl because his rifle, as he now knew, was in the hands of Pizzara’s natives, waiting at the camp on the ledge.

“We can’t stop,” Mr. Whitley said. “Some one may discover us.”

“We can’t stop,” Mr. Whitley said. “Someone might find us.”

228

“You stop when I say!” Pizzara gloated, lifting the shining muzzle. “If I shoot you will be capture. I will escape and come another time to take the gold. If you do what I say you get way and I may give you one little bit of gold as a—a souvenir.”

“You stop when I say!” Pizzara bragged, raising the shiny gun. “If I shoot, you’ll be caught. I’ll get away and come back another time to take the gold. If you do what I say, you can leave, and I might give you a little bit of gold as a—a souvenir.”

“You expect us to carry gold!—when we are trying to escape with Mr. Gray who is feeble?” Bill snapped at Pizzara.

“You expect us to carry gold!—when we're trying to escape with Mr. Gray, who’s weak?” Bill snapped at Pizzara.

“Yes!” replied Pizzara. “I have select gold that is carve very pretty: it is not too heavy with so many. It will sell very high for the art and not for the gold, as your scholar will say when he see what I have choose.”

“Absolutely!” replied Pizzara. “I have some beautifully crafted gold that’s not too heavy. It will sell for a high price because of the artistry, not just the gold itself, as your scholar will say when he sees what I’ve chosen.”

He lifted the revolver as Bill’s fists doubled.

He raised the revolver as Bill’s fists clenched.

“You are a beast!” said Mr. Whitley. “A beast who——”

“You’re a beast!” said Mr. Whitley. “A beast who——”

“Who drive beast of burden! Come and I load your backs!”

“Whoever drives the pack animals! Come and let me load your backs!”

229

CHAPTER XXVIII
“CAN WE MAKE IT ON TIME?”

Pizzara had been clever, indeed! He had so maneuvered the procession as they left the cells that Mr. Gray, the most feeble one, was in the lead and the Indian and his sister at the rear.

Pizzara had been really clever! He had arranged the procession as they left the cells so that Mr. Gray, the weakest one, was at the front and the Indian and his sister were at the back.

Therefore they could not make a dash for escape; and when they saw Pizzara’s menacing look as he showed them that he also had his own revolver, a heavy, serviceable automatic, Mr. Whitley and Bill signaled submission. After all, it was their only chance for liberty.

Therefore, they couldn't make a run for it; and when they saw Pizzara's threatening glare as he revealed that he also had his own revolver, a heavy, reliable automatic, Mr. Whitley and Bill signaled that they were surrendering. After all, it was their only shot at freedom.

“Look here,” Bill turned on Pizzara. “You had better let the soldier and his sister escape—you can’t ask them to rob their own treasure house. They think the Sun’s gold is sacred!”

“Listen up,” Bill said to Pizzara. “You should really let the soldier and his sister go—they can’t be forced to steal from their own treasure house. They believe the Sun’s gold is sacred!”

“I need them,” said Pizzara. “The soldier have his father with rope to wait to help us at the cistern. If we have not these two how shall the others let us take the gold?”

“I need them,” said Pizzara. “The soldier has his father with a rope, ready to help us at the cistern. If we don’t have those two, how will the others allow us to take the gold?”

230

“You are vile!” cried Mr. Gray. “To use them as hostages!”

“You're disgusting!” shouted Mr. Gray. “Using them as hostages!”

“Cease grumbling, my little llamas,” Pizzara said sarcastically. “Come and let the loads be put on your little backs—or!——” he crooked his trigger finger significantly.

“Stop complaining, my little llamas,” Pizzara said with sarcasm. “Come and let’s load up your little backs—or!” He pointed his finger in a dramatic way.

The situation was too desperate for argument: when they sullenly filed into the room beneath the sun temple, Caya and her brother showed signs of mutiny but Bill whispered to them that if they raised an alarm there it would result in death for them all: he hinted that some way would be found to save the treasure—and they could take only a few choice carved and moulded pieces. Pizzara could not always be on guard.

The situation was too serious for a discussion: when they quietly entered the room under the sun temple, Caya and her brother seemed ready to rebel, but Bill whispered to them that if they made a scene, it would lead to everyone’s death. He suggested that a way would be found to save the treasure—and they could only take a few selected carved and molded pieces. Pizzara couldn’t be on watch all the time.

Strangely enough the whites were all in sympathy with the Indians: they were not mercenary or lustful. The safety of Cliff’s father, their own escape and a clear conscience were of more worth to them than the risk of a few thousand dollars and the feeling that they were thieves.

Strangely enough, the white people were all sympathetic to the Indians: they weren't motivated by money or desire. The safety of Cliff’s father, their own escape, and a clear conscience meant more to them than the risk of a few thousand dollars and the notion that they were thieves.

231

They were in such a situation that they had to help a thief but they felt sure that at some time when his vigilance was relaxed they could leave him to dispose of his gains, secured by coercion, as best he might.

They were in a situation where they had to help a thief, but they were confident that when he let his guard down, they could leave him to deal with his stolen goods, obtained through force, as he saw fit.

He had chosen his loot wisely; they saw that as he indicated the lighter statues, beautifully worked, the animals, flowers and a few urns. He made them tear apart woolen weaves that were as fine and as soft as silk to make bundles and thongs with which to carry more than they could handle loose.

He had picked his loot carefully; they watched as he pointed to the lighter statues, beautifully crafted, along with the animals, flowers, and a few urns. He made them rip apart woolen fabrics that were as fine and soft as silk to create bundles and straps for carrying more than they could manage loose.

Cowed but sullen Caya and her brother did what they could to delay, but finally Pizzara had as much as he thought they could care for, and off they started, down the long tunnel, laden heavily. Even Mr. Gray, feeble as he was, had to carry the statue of Chasca, which weighed only about five pounds but which was a marvelously well wrought bit of purest gold: small though it was, for gold is heavy, every feature, every line, was perfect.

Cowed but still unhappy, Caya and her brother did what they could to stall, but eventually Pizzara took as much as he believed they could handle, and they set off down the long tunnel, heavily loaded. Even Mr. Gray, despite his frailty, had to carry the statue of Chasca, which weighed only about five pounds but was an incredibly well-crafted piece of pure gold. Small as it was, since gold is heavy, every detail, every line, was flawless.

Herding them before him like the llamas he called them, Pizzara drove his bearers along, prodding the morose Indians with his two ready weapons.

Herding them in front of him like the llamas he referred to them as, Pizzara led his bearers forward, pushing the downcast Indians with his two ready weapons.

232

They reached the outlet into the dry aqueduct: it was still a tunnel for the distance it ran under the temple gardens, but its stones were carefully fitted and joined with some hard, glasslike cement to help retain the water if the emergency ever arose in which it would inundate the underground ways: and, thought most of them, here was the emergency—if the truth were discovered by the Incas!

They arrived at the opening of the dry aqueduct: it was still a tunnel for the length it extended beneath the temple gardens, but its stones were carefully fitted and bonded with a tough, glassy cement to help hold the water in case an emergency arose that would flood the underground passages: and, most of them thought, this was the emergency—if the Incas ever discovered the truth!

The first beginnings of dawn were in the Eastern sky when the party, their torch flung aside, came to the point where the water way was no longer under the gardens but ran, as an open, deep cut, to the mighty cistern which distributed the water from the mountain reservoirs.

The first signs of dawn appeared in the eastern sky when the group, having tossed aside their torch, reached the spot where the waterway was no longer beneath the gardens but flowed, as an open, deep channel, to the large cistern that distributed water from the mountain reservoirs.

“How are we going to get out of this?” Cliff asked as they saw the open sky through the slit of open stone above them.

“How are we going to get out of this?” Cliff asked as they saw the open sky through the narrow gap of stone above them.

“Caya’s family waits with ropes near the cistern,” Bill informed them all: he had learned of this from Pizzara who had allowed the young soldier to make his plans before he knew that the gold would be stolen; had Pizzara dropped a hint of his true purpose it is probable that the Indian would have tried to rescue his sister and then informed the Inca’s troop of the Spaniard’s plan; but Pizzara was cunning.

“Caya’s family is waiting with ropes by the cistern,” Bill told everyone. He had found this out from Pizzara, who had let the young soldier make his plans before knowing that the gold would be stolen. If Pizzara had hinted at his real intentions, it’s likely the Indian would have tried to save his sister and then informed the Inca’s troops about the Spaniard’s plan. But Pizzara was clever.

233

“But suppose they discover the escape?” broke in Nicky. “When do they change guards again, Bill—ask Caya!”

“But what if they find out about the escape?” Nicky interrupted. “When do they change shifts again, Bill—ask Caya!”

“It has been done already,” Bill said. “I have asked her. That is why Pizzara is hurrying us. They must know that we are free and maybe they know that the gold is gone!”

“It’s already been done,” Bill said. “I’ve asked her. That’s why Pizzara is rushing us. They must know that we’re free and maybe they know that the gold is gone!”

“How far must we go?” Cliff asked.

“How far do we have to go?” Cliff asked.

“At least a mile.”

“At least a mile.”

“But won’t they see us in this open aqueduct?”

“But won't they see us in this open aqueduct?”

“They probably won’t waste time searching,” Bill answered. “I expect that a chasqui-runner—has already been sent to the guards who handle the sluice gates.”

“They probably won’t waste time searching,” Bill replied. “I expect that a chasqui runner has already been sent to the guards in charge of the sluice gates.”

Pizzara, himself, seemed anxious. He urged them to hasten.

Pizzara looked anxious. He urged them to hurry.

“Look!” whispered Caya, clutching Cliff’s arm. She pointed behind them. Against the growing illumination of the sky they saw a figure, slim, tall, standing out black against the sky, peering down at them. Suddenly he stood straight. Faintly they heard a hail and then the figure disappeared.

“Look!” whispered Caya, gripping Cliff’s arm. She pointed behind them. Against the increasing light of the sky, they saw a figure, slim and tall, silhouetted in black against the sky, looking down at them. Suddenly, he stood up straight. They faintly heard a shout and then the figure vanished.

234

“That was a watcher,” Bill said. “It’s an even chance whether there are soldiers close enough to shower us with arrows, or whether they get those gates open before we reach the place where the rope will help us climb out.”

“That was a lookout,” Bill said. “There’s a good chance that there are soldiers nearby who could shower us with arrows, or they might get those gates open before we get to the spot where the rope will help us climb out.”

They needed no prodding from Pizzara.

They didn't need any encouragement from Pizzara.

They ran over the loose pebbles and bits of loosened stone, stumbling, gasping, their lives in their hands; and yet, with all the danger, when Caya dropped her bundle Pizzara compelled her to stop and secure it.

They rushed over the loose pebbles and chunks of fallen stone, stumbling and gasping, with their lives at stake; and yet, despite the danger, when Caya dropped her bundle, Pizzara insisted she stop and secure it.

“How can we get away, even if we do get out?”

“How can we escape, even if we manage to leave?”

Nicky panted as he asked the question. His bundle was getting heavier as the moments passed, and his excitement, even though it lent him strength, seemed to make the needless extra burden seem silly; he wanted to drop it, to run faster; but they could go no faster than they did because of Mr. Gray’s feeble condition.

Nicky was out of breath as he asked the question. His load was getting heavier with each passing moment, and although his excitement gave him some strength, it made the unnecessary extra burden feel ridiculous; he wanted to drop it and run faster, but they couldn’t go any faster because of Mr. Gray’s frail condition.

“If we can get to the place my father will help us with the rope,” Caya said. “There is a great hole in the cistern, part way down. If we can get in there before the soldiers see us we can hide and they will not think of looking for us there.”

“If we can get to the spot, my dad will help us with the rope,” Caya said. “There’s a big hole in the cistern, partway down. If we can get in there before the soldiers see us, we can hide, and they won’t think to look for us there.”

“But won’t the water drown us?” asked Cliff.

“But won’t the water drown us?” asked Cliff.

235

“I think it may not rise that high,” she said. “But hurry—there we shall be safe!”

“I don't think it will go that high,” she said. “But we need to hurry—over there we'll be safe!”

“Yes,” Cliff panted. “If we can get there in time!”

“Yes,” Cliff panted. “If we can make it there in time!”

236

CHAPTER XXIX
At the cistern

Although dawn was streaking the heavens with its colors, it was still dusk in the valley and pitch dark in their open cut.

Although dawn was painting the sky with its colors, it was still dusk in the valley and pitch black in their open cut.

“We are nearly there!” said Caya, coming forward in the dim line to help Cliff with his father: she took his statue in spite of her own burden and they hurried all they could.

“We're almost there!” Caya said, stepping up in the dim line to help Cliff with his dad: she took his statue despite her own load, and they hurried as fast as they could.

From somewhere in the distance ahead they heard shouts.

From somewhere in the distance ahead, they heard shouting.

“Can we make it?” panted Mr. Whitley.

“Can we make it?” Mr. Whitley gasped.

“It’s a question of minutes,” gasped Bill. “Seconds, maybe! Hear that!”

“It’s a matter of minutes,” gasped Bill. “Maybe seconds! Do you hear that!”

As they neared the place where the great sluice gate of that particular distributing aqueduct was located they heard the shouting of men and the rumble of something—was it a huge stone being lifted by their rude and uncouth mechanical methods? Was that the gurgle of water they heard between the rumblings?

As they got closer to the spot where the large sluice gate of that specific aqueduct was situated, they heard the shouts of men and the rumbling of something—was it a giant stone being hoisted by their rough and clumsy machines? Was that the sound of water gurgling between the rumbles?

237

“Oh!” whispered Caya—“Here hangs the rope.” She, in the lead, feeling the walls, had located something hanging down.

“Oh!” whispered Caya—“Here hangs the rope.” Leading the way, she felt the walls and found something dangling down.

Her brother gave a sharp jerk, repeated it, was answered.

Her brother gave a quick tug, did it again, and got a response.

“Caya first,” said Mr. Whitley.

“Caya goes first,” said Mr. Whitley.

“No,” said Mr. Gray. “William—Bill first!”

“No,” Mr. Gray said. “William—Bill first!”

“He can help pull up the rest,” Cliff urged. “My father can’t climb, he will have to be drawn up.”

“He can help pull up the rest,” Cliff insisted. “My dad can’t climb; he’ll have to be lifted up.”

“Hurry, then, Bill,” said Mr. Whitley. In the darkness they began to feel the rope twitch and jerk, and heard the scrape of boots feeling for a foothold on the fairly rough side of the aqueduct. Then, far up the side they saw, in the light from the reddening sky, Bill, monkeylike, climbing like a sailor.

“Hurry up, Bill,” Mr. Whitley said. In the darkness, they felt the rope twitch and jerk, and heard boots scraping the rough side of the aqueduct as they searched for a foothold. Then, high up the side, they saw Bill, climbing like a sailor, illuminated by the fading light of the reddening sky.

Soon the rope came down again. There was a loop at its end. “Sit in the loop and hang on,” Cliff and Mr. Whitley both urged.

Soon the rope came down again. There was a loop at its end. “Sit in the loop and hold on,” Cliff and Mr. Whitley both urged.

“No,” said Mr. Gray. “I am not going until the girl is safe.” Caya was lifted for there was no time for argument. Bill and the eager father of the girl swung her in quick jerks upward.

“No,” Mr. Gray said. “I’m not leaving until the girl is safe.” Caya was lifted because there wasn’t time to argue. Bill and the eager father of the girl swung her up in quick, jerking motions.

Then the rope came down. “Wait!” said Pizzara. “Why not send the gold up now? I have tied the bundles together——”

Then the rope came down. “Wait!” said Pizzara. “Why not send the gold up now? I’ve tied the bundles together——”

238

A sharp push flung him aside. Mr. Whitley was at the end of his patience, seeing this man willing to risk their lives in preference to risking his gold. “You can send it up before you come,” he said.

A strong shove knocked him aside. Mr. Whitley was at the end of his patience, watching this guy willing to put their lives on the line rather than risking his money. "You can send it up before you come," he said.

There was a more ominous rumbling close at hand and they began to swarm up the rope as soon as the old man was safe. But Pizzara hung back. The rest were climbing like sailors, for there came the sound of water beginning to seep around an obstruction and there was a tiny wet pool running along under foot. While they climbed Pizzara took his final chance with his Fate or luck or patron Saint’s protection for he waited until he had made all the woolen thongs into a big knot and had swung that to the end of the rope: then he saw that he had no time to waste, for there was the beginning of a swirling torrent at his feet that swung him up and off his balance as he gripped the rope and began to surge upward. When his face topped the edge of a narrow step on which the others waited, he wore a sardonic grin which the growing light showed.

There was a more ominous rumbling nearby, and they started to climb the rope as soon as the old man was safe. But Pizzara held back. The others were scaling the rope like sailors, as they heard the sound of water beginning to seep around an obstruction, and there was a small wet patch spreading beneath them. While they climbed, Pizzara took what he believed was his last chance with Fate, luck, or the protection of his patron Saint. He waited until he had tied all the woolen thongs into a large knot and had swung it to the end of the rope. Then he realized he had no time to lose, as a swirling torrent started to form at his feet, pulling him off balance as he gripped the rope and began to surge upward. When his face emerged over the edge of a narrow step where the others waited, he wore a sardonic grin that the increasing light revealed.

“I save the gold,” he said. “Haul him up.”

“I’m keeping the gold,” he said. “Pull him up.”

Cliff thought that Mr. Whitley was going to prevent that but Bill touched his arm: whispered, “Not yet—we will need the rope!”

Cliff thought Mr. Whitley was going to stop that, but Bill touched his arm and whispered, “Not yet—we'll need the rope!”

239

They hauled up the gold, then, and were told to inch their way along the narrow ledge for a few feet to where, in the side wall, through long disuse, a great part had crumbled out, leaving a sort of rude cave, uneven of floor and jagged on its sides, but deep enough to enable them all to retire into the darkness at the back and be reasonably sure of not being seen. The rope was also out of sight and as they heard the roar of the waters rushing into the aqueduct, Cliff sighed.

They pulled up the gold and were instructed to carefully move along the narrow ledge for a few feet to where, in the wall, a large section had crumbled away due to long neglect, creating a sort of rough cave that had an uneven floor and jagged sides, but was deep enough for all of them to retreat into the darkness at the back and feel fairly confident they wouldn’t be seen. The rope was also hidden, and as they listened to the sound of the water rushing into the aqueduct, Cliff sighed.

“All that lovely woven stuff will be ruined,” he said. “I feel ashamed of myself in a way for being partly the cause of so much destruction.”

“All that beautiful woven stuff will be ruined,” he said. “I feel ashamed of myself for being partly responsible for so much destruction.”

“It is Pizzara’s fault, not yours,” Nicky said. “If he hadn’t touched the gold they might not have flooded the tunnel to stop us. If we had traveled light we could have been here sooner and we might have overpowered the gateman and prevented the opening of the gate.”

“It’s Pizzara’s fault, not yours,” Nicky said. “If he hadn’t touched the gold, they might not have flooded the tunnel to stop us. If we had traveled light, we could have been here sooner, and we might have overpowered the gateman and stopped the gate from opening.”

“That is how to thank me when I save your life!” growled Pizzara.

“That’s how you thank me when I save your life!” growled Pizzara.

“Little you cared for us,” flared Nicky. “Only for the gold we could carry. You’ll get paid back for that, some way.”

“Little you cared for us,” Nicky snapped. “Only for the gold we could carry. You’ll get paid back for that, somehow.”

240

Mr. Whitley’s hand warned him to be silent. This was no time nor was it the place for quarreling or anger.

Mr. Whitley’s hand signaled him to stay quiet. This wasn’t the time or place for arguing or getting upset.

“Judge not——” he warned. “There is a Higher Power to attend to that, Nicky.”

“Don’t judge——” he warned. “There’s a Higher Power to take care of that, Nicky.”

“Yes, you are right,” Nicky admitted. “I’m sorry I spoke.”

“Yes, you’re right,” Nicky admitted. “I’m sorry I said anything.”

Caya’s father had brought a little food, having had time to do no more when his son had raced home to plan with him for their rescue.

Caya’s father had brought a bit of food, having had no time to do more when his son had rushed home to strategize with him for their rescue.

They ate and felt better.

They ate and felt improved.

“How do we get out of here?” Bill asked Caya’s brother.

“How do we get out of here?” Bill asked Caya’s brother.

They must wait until night, he said, and then they could creep around the ledge to a place where there were steps, and if they could elude the guard there they could get to the level ground and make for the hills.

They have to wait until night, he said, and then they could sneak around the ledge to a spot where there were steps, and if they could avoid the guard there, they could reach the flat ground and head for the hills.

“But there is no way out of the valley when we get to them,” objected Bill. “We don’t know about the secret pass.”

“But there’s no way out of the valley when we reach them,” Bill pointed out. “We’re not aware of the secret pass.”

“Ah!” said Pizzara. “There, again, I am noble to save. I take you. When the high priest tell nobles to guard one place more than all other I follow. I shall save you even when you call me bad name.”

“Ah!” said Pizzara. “There, once again, I'm noble enough to save you. I choose you. When the high priest tells nobles to protect one place more than any other, I obey. I will save you even when you insult me.”

241

Which only proved it true that one can never hate any man because it is never possible to tell when a seeming enemy may prove one’s best friend. No matter how base Pizzara’s motive might be, he was made an instrument in the hands of a higher power than hate, and he was to prove also that there is a law of exact justice, that what one gives, in his thoughts, whether love, hate, lust, envy, greed or generosity, it returns to him in some way and at some time.

Which only proves that you can never truly hate anyone because you never know when someone who seems like an enemy might turn out to be your best friend. No matter how low Pizzara's motives might be, he became a tool for a higher purpose than hate, and he also showed that there is a law of true justice: whatever you put out into the world, whether it's love, hate, lust, envy, greed, or generosity, will come back to you in some way and at some point.

The day was irksome, even with the thrills of seeing soldiers scouting around the reservoir: one even started to walk a little way along the ledge from the stairs of rough stone at the gates, but as the Incas had turned more water into the cistern and it was slowly raising the level toward the ledge he did not go far.

The day was annoying, even with the excitement of seeing soldiers exploring around the reservoir: one even started to walk a bit along the ledge from the rough stone stairs at the gates, but since the Incas had channeled more water into the cistern and it was gradually bringing the level up toward the ledge, he didn't go far.

The water itself became a menace before night, for it was almost level with their small, deep cavern; but its rise was slow and would be unless some one cut off the flow into the tunnels, which must happen soon.

The water itself became a threat before nightfall because it was nearly at the same level as their small, deep cave; however, its rise was gradual and would remain that way unless someone blocked the flow into the tunnels, which would have to happen soon.

It would be a question for them of whether dark came before the water level flooded the break in the stone and swept them out into the cavernous cistern.

It would be a question for them of whether darkness came before the water level rose and flooded the break in the stone, carrying them out into the vast cistern.

The water came almost to the edge and then receded as the gate to the reserve supply in the mountains was closed.

The water almost reached the edge and then pulled back as the gate to the reserve supply in the mountains was shut.

242

Then darkness came, and they started on the most perilous part of their journey, edging around the ledge. Fortunately for them it was dry and not slippery.

Then darkness fell, and they began the most dangerous part of their journey, carefully making their way around the ledge. Thankfully, it was dry and not slippery.

Again Pizzara showed that lust was stronger than caution for he elected to remain in the cavern until they got out; they were then to proceed to a point above the cavern, lower the rope and pull his gold and himself up that way.

Again, Pizzara demonstrated that desire was stronger than caution, as he chose to stay in the cave until they made their exit; they would then go to a spot above the cave, lower the rope, and pull him and his gold up that way.

They could not refuse for he knew the secret passes.

They couldn't say no because he knew the secret routes.

Finally they were all safe and again they resumed their golden burdens. Caya, who could not stay in the valley without danger of death when she was discovered, had decided to go with her brother, who was also endangered. Their plan was to seek her shepherd and his mother in the hills and to stay there for a while. Perhaps Caya might stay and make a home for him, who could say? She was shy as she said it. Bill told the others of the plans the Indians made, and they all turned away in sympathetic silence as Caya and her brother bade farewell to the stern, proud old father and the clinging, sobbing mother who had braved every danger of discovery to steal close enough to know that all was well and to say goodbye.

Finally, they were all safe and resumed their precious burdens. Caya, who couldn't stay in the valley without risking her life if discovered, decided to go with her brother, who was also in danger. Their plan was to find her shepherd and his mother in the hills and stay there for a while. Maybe Caya would even make a home for him; who could say? She was shy as she mentioned it. Bill told the others about the plans the Indians made, and they all turned away in sympathetic silence as Caya and her brother said goodbye to their stern, proud old father and their clinging, sobbing mother, who had faced every danger of being found out just to get close enough to know everything was okay and to say goodbye.

243

But in due time, they were done and again the party walked along under the stars, on open ground and in constant danger of detection—but, happily—perhaps because the Incas supposed that the tunnel flood had served its purpose—they were not seen.

But eventually, they finished and once again the group walked under the stars, on open land and constantly at risk of being discovered—but, fortunately—maybe because the Incas thought that the tunnel flood had done its job—they were not spotted.

Again, near daybreak, they were in the mountains, and well hidden in a deep crevasse into which light never penetrated.

Again, just before dawn, they were in the mountains, hidden away in a deep crevasse where light never reached.

244

CHAPTER XXX
A FORTUNE FROM MISFORTUNE

“Who do you suppose that is?” asked Nicky, calling Cliff’s attention to a slim figure standing not far from the point where the crevasse they were in opened onto the secret passway.

“Who do you think that is?” asked Nicky, getting Cliff’s attention to a slim figure standing not far from the point where the crevasse they were in opened onto the secret pathway.

“Do you think it is a spy?” Tom whispered. They were still in hiding. Pizzara and Mr. Whitley had gone away early in the morning to try to find a way to get to their old camp on the ledge. Bill would have been the natural one to do scouting but it had been decided that he ought to stay to help the boys in case of danger of discovery. Although the crevasse, even in the middle of the day, was hidden in gloom that no sun’s ray ever penetrated, and discovery was unlikely, there was the possibility that some Incas might intrude and discover the camp. In such a case Bill was better able to find a hiding place or to help the younger brains to find a course of procedure. But as the figure appeared at the mouth of the crevasse, Bill was fast asleep, worn out after the long exertion.

“Do you think it’s a spy?” Tom whispered. They were still hiding. Pizzara and Mr. Whitley had left early in the morning to try to find a way back to their old camp on the ledge. Bill would have been the obvious choice for scouting, but it was decided he should stay to help the boys in case they were discovered. Even though the crevasse was shrouded in darkness that no sunlight ever reached, making discovery unlikely, there was still a chance that some Incas might wander in and find the camp. In that situation, Bill was better suited to find a hiding spot or to assist the younger kids in figuring out what to do. But as the figure appeared at the entrance of the crevasse, Bill was fast asleep, exhausted from the long effort.

245

“Shall we call Bill?” asked Nicky.

“Should we call Bill?” Nicky asked.

“Wait,” suggested Tom. “Keep perfectly still and see what he does.”

“Wait,” Tom suggested. “Let’s stay completely still and see what he does.”

But they had forgotten Caya. Rolled in her robe she had been asleep; suddenly, sitting up and staring, she leaped to her feet, cried out a name sharply and ran forward.

But they had forgotten Caya. Wrapped in her robe, she had been asleep; suddenly, sitting up and staring, she jumped to her feet, shouted a name sharply, and ran forward.

It was her shepherd of the hills. She quickly explained what so surprised him, her presence in the hills. Then she brought him to meet the younger members of the party. They liked him at once. He was a handsome, wind-browned, tanned Indian with clear, honest eyes and a likeable manner, though saying little.

It was her shepherd of the hills. She quickly explained what surprised him so much: her presence in the hills. Then she took him to meet the younger members of the group. They liked him right away. He was a handsome, sun-kissed Indian with clear, honest eyes and a friendly demeanor, even though he said very little.

He had been on his way the night before to meet Caya when he had found some of the soldiers at the secret pass; they knew him but told him to go and watch for the strangers if they had escaped to the hills; he had waited nearby and was wondering what to do and how to see Caya when she had seen him.

He was on his way the night before to meet Caya when he came across some soldiers at the secret pass. They recognized him but told him to go and look out for any strangers who might have escaped to the hills. He waited nearby, unsure of what to do and how to get to Caya once she noticed him.

Mr. Gray and Bill were able to understand his hill dialect quite well and he took quite a liking to the kindly old scholar. But most of his time he spent with Caya, for he joined the camp as soon as he had gone away long enough to bring some food.

Mr. Gray and Bill could understand his hill dialect pretty well, and he really liked the kind old scholar. But most of his time was spent with Caya, since he joined the camp as soon as he was away long enough to bring back some food.

246

Late that night Mr. Whitley and Pizzara returned, leading the latter’s Indians. They had found the camp on the ledge without much difficulty, there being an aqueduct that they could follow around the valley. They had all the food from both slender stores and all other equipment: the young men were very glad to get their American clothes again, and with a spare pair of corduroy trousers, an extra woolen shirt and Mr. Whitley’s heavy coat they managed to outfit Mr. Gray in the first “civilized” garb he had worn for several years.

Late that night, Mr. Whitley and Pizzara came back, leading Pizzara’s group of Indians. They found the camp on the ledge without much trouble, thanks to the aqueduct they could follow around the valley. They brought back all the food from both small supplies and other gear: the young men were really happy to get their American clothes back, and with a spare pair of corduroy pants, an extra wool shirt, and Mr. Whitley’s heavy coat, they managed to dress Mr. Gray in the first "civilized" outfit he had worn in several years.

They planned to sleep in the crevasse: the next day the shepherd agreed to come again and bring more dried meat and corn for their journey and to show them the way to regain the regularly traveled mountain passes.

They planned to sleep in the crevasse: the next day the shepherd agreed to come back and bring more dried meat and corn for their journey and to show them how to get back to the usual mountain passes.

But when they awoke the next morning Cliff, Tom and Nicky observed the camp in dismay.

But when they woke up the next morning, Cliff, Tom, and Nicky looked at the camp in shock.

Pizzara had cheated them again. Once his natives were with him, rough half-breeds, more lustful for money than caring about honesty, he and they had “cleared out” during the night, taking everything belonging to both parties!

Pizzara had cheated them again. Once his crew was with him, rough half-breeds, more eager for cash than concerned about honesty, he and they had "cleared out" during the night, taking everything that belonged to both sides!

For once, however, his cupidity had led him astray.

For once, though, his greed had misled him.

247

When the young shepherd came to the camp the next day, soon after sunup, he told them that he had seen a strange thing: nearly a dozen men went silently along the secret way with packs. He rose and followed, thinking that his friends of the day before were leaving with Caya. Not knowing them he naturally did not trust them.

When the young shepherd arrived at the camp the next day, shortly after sunrise, he told them he had seen something unusual: almost a dozen men moving quietly along the hidden path with packs. He got up and followed them, thinking that his friends from the day before were leaving with Caya. Not knowing them, he naturally didn't trust them.

However, soon there came a shouting, the falling of rocks, the cries of injured men, the sharp flash of lightning from a long stick which one of the men held.

However, soon there was shouting, the sound of falling rocks, the cries of injured men, and the bright flash of lightning from a long stick that one of the men held.

Thus the Indian described Bill’s rifle which the Spaniard had stolen.

Thus the Indian described Bill's rifle that the Spaniard had stolen.

There was a loud noise after the flash, he said, and this happened several times: then the man fell down and there was much shouting and the tramp of feet marching along one of the higher ledges, with a chant of “Hailli—hailli!”

There was a loud bang after the flash, he said, and this happened several times: then the man collapsed, and there was a lot of shouting and the sound of feet marching along one of the higher ledges, with a chant of “Hailli—hailli!”

Bill and Mr. Whitley went to look at the place which the shepherd showed them. When they came back they were very sober and serious.

Bill and Mr. Whitley went to check out the spot that the shepherd had shown them. When they returned, they looked very serious and somber.

“Pizzara has stolen his last piece of gold,” Bill told the eager chums. “It looks as though the Incas ambushed his party again—only this time the ambush was a complete success.”

“Pizzara has taken his last piece of gold,” Bill told the excited friends. “It seems like the Incas attacked his group again—only this time, the attack worked perfectly.”

“Wiped out!” Mr. Whitley whispered to Mr. Gray.

“Totally wiped out!” Mr. Whitley whispered to Mr. Gray.

248

“And how about the supplies?” Cliff asked.

“And what about the supplies?” Cliff asked.

“The Incas seemed to want to destroy the party: probably they think that the ones they attacked were our party. At any rate they used arrows, rocks and made a complete job of it. But they left the packs intact. It seems that they ambushed from above and did not even climb down to see anything.”

“The Incas seemed determined to wipe out the group: they likely thought the people they attacked were with us. In any case, they used arrows and rocks and really did a thorough job. However, they left the packs untouched. It looks like they launched the ambush from higher ground and didn’t even come down to check on things.”

“Then the gold is there too,” Tom said.

“Then the gold is there too,” Tom said.

“Yes,” said Mr. Whitley.

“Yeah,” said Mr. Whitley.

Little more was said. They became thoughtful and silent.

Little more was said. They became pensive and quiet.

“Caya and her brother are going with the shepherd,” Bill said at length. “He will take them to his mother’s little hut.”

“Caya and her brother are going with the shepherd,” Bill said after a while. “He'll take them to his mom's little hut.”

“I suppose Caya will marry him when she gets old enough,” Tom said. “But what will her brother do?”

“I guess Caya will marry him when she’s old enough,” Tom said. “But what will her brother do?”

“He has listened to our talk about the wonders of our country,” Mr. Gray said, “and he wants to stay with his sister until he knows she will be all right, and that, I suppose, means ‘until she marries the shepherd,’ then he will make his way to Cuzco. I have promised to send him some money, there, later on, and when he learns English and gets accustomed to the strange things that he will see everywhere outside his little hidden valley—who knows? He may come to visit us, some day!”

“He’s heard us talking about the wonders of our country,” Mr. Gray said, “and he wants to stay with his sister until he knows she’ll be okay, which I guess means ‘until she marries the shepherd.’ Then he’ll head to Cuzco. I promised to send him some money there later on, and when he learns English and gets used to all the strange things he’ll see outside his little hidden valley—who knows? He might come to visit us someday!”

249

It was with considerable regret that the three chums said goodbye to Caya. She had been very faithful as a serving maid in the earlier days in the temple. Then she had endeared herself to their growing sense of chivalry by her sacrifice of freedom for their own sakes. They held her hand a little longer than was their habit with modern girls, and with no sense of sheepishness either!

It was with a lot of regret that the three friends said goodbye to Caya. She had been very loyal as a maid in the earlier days at the temple. Then she had won their admiration by giving up her freedom for their benefit. They held her hand a bit longer than they normally would with modern girls, and they didn’t feel awkward about it at all!

Her brother they frankly made a comrade and if he did not understand their voluble promises of entertainment when he might come to see them at Amadale, they certainly conveyed a full sense of their comradeship to the straight young soldier.

Her brother they openly treated as a friend, and even if he didn’t quite get their enthusiastic offers of fun when he could visit them at Amadale, they definitely communicated a strong sense of their friendship to the upright young soldier.

Waving their hands, they watched Caya, her brother and the shepherd go out of sight down the crevasse and secret passway. Bill had a perfect route for their return tucked away in his pocket for he had drawn a rude map from the shepherd’s directions.

Waving their hands, they watched Caya, her brother, and the shepherd disappear down the crevasse and hidden pathway. Bill had a great route for their return saved in his pocket because he had sketched a rough map based on the shepherd’s directions.

When the three whose lives had so closely twined in with their own were out of sight Bill turned to Mr. Whitley.

When the three people whose lives had become so entangled with his own were out of sight, Bill turned to Mr. Whitley.

250

“I don’t know your mind and you don’t know mine,” he said—and the boys were tickled to hear the old expression he had used so often in the earlier days of their association—it seemed to bring them back to real, everyday things. “But to me it is a sin to leave that gold and those supplies to be ruined in the first storm in the mountains or to be buried in snow and ice this winter.”

“I don’t know what you’re thinking and you don’t know what I’m thinking,” he said—and the boys were amused to hear the old phrase he had used so often in the early days of their friendship—it felt like a reminder of real, everyday life. “But for me, it’s a shame to let that gold and those supplies get ruined in the first storm in the mountains or get buried in snow and ice this winter.”

“We aren’t stealing it,” Nicky suggested. “It can’t be returned to the Incas and the Spaniard—won’t need it——”

“We’re not stealing it,” Nicky suggested. “It can’t be returned to the Incas, and the Spaniard won’t need it——”

Mr. Gray was so eager to take the highly valuable specimens of the ancient handicraft to civilization that he urged them also. Mr. Whitley did not so much object to taking the gold; he did not wish the young fellows to be exposed to the sight of the ambush: but Bill settled that by going with him to bring back the gold and such supplies as they could use.

Mr. Gray was so eager to bring the highly valuable specimens of the ancient craft to civilization that he pushed for it. Mr. Whitley didn’t mind taking the gold; he just didn’t want the young guys to see the ambush. But Bill resolved that by going with him to retrieve the gold and any supplies they could use.

And so, because of greed, Pizzara had acted as an instrument to save their lives and then had actually sacrificed his own and those of his natives; and those who had been, under his revolver, actually beasts of burden, became carriers of their own treasure.

And so, because of greed, Pizzara acted as a tool to save their lives and then ultimately sacrificed his own and those of his people; and those who had been, under his gun, actual beasts of burden, became the bearers of their own wealth.

251

And carry it they did, with no complaint, for the secret way which they traversed was by no means as terrible as that by which they had come. The Inca’s way was cleverly chosen, cleverly hidden. But it was a very usable and easy way compared to the usual mountain passes.

And they carried it without complaint, because the secret route they traveled was definitely not as dangerous as the one they had taken before. The Inca's path was smartly chosen and well-concealed. But it was much easier and more manageable compared to the usual mountain passes.

One afternoon, as the sun was beginning to touch the tops of the Westward hills toward which the party now faced, they came to a narrow valley across which, far above, a swinging, osier-supported bridge was hung. But they did not cross the bridge; they went across the bottom of the valley and into a fissure in the rock that anyone would consider just one more cave, broken in there by Nature.

One afternoon, as the sun was starting to set behind the Western hills the group was now facing, they reached a narrow valley where, high above, there was a swinging bridge supported by willow branches. But they didn't cross the bridge; instead, they went down to the bottom of the valley and into a crack in the rock that anyone would see as just another cave, created by Nature.

Nevertheless, it was not a cave but the opening into a great cleft in the virgin rock. Above them on both sides towered vast, steep granite slabs: their way lay between them.

Nevertheless, it wasn't a cave but an opening into a large split in the untouched rock. Towering above them on both sides were massive, steep granite slabs: their path ran between them.

Presently they came to steps, steep as a ladder almost, but firmly cut and shaped slightly downward at the inward side so that the wear of use leveling off the outer edge would not for centuries make the steps dangerous.

Presently, they reached steps that were nearly as steep as a ladder, but they were well-crafted and slightly inclined downward on the inner side, ensuring that the wear from use wouldn’t make the outer edge dangerous for centuries.

252

Up these they toiled, clinging dizzily, roped together, but not in any real danger. Mr. Gray, even, in spite of the toilsome journey, was in high spirits and, with many a rest but with a dauntless heart, he finally reached the top step and sat with his companions for a rest.

Up these they worked hard, clinging dizzily, roped together, but not in any real danger. Mr. Gray, even though the journey was tough, was in high spirits and, with many breaks but a fearless heart, he finally reached the top step and sat down with his companions to rest.

Soon they were off again: this time for only a short distance through a cleft; and when they emerged Cliff and Nicky gave a regular Indian war-whoop!

Soon they were off again: this time for only a short distance through a gap; and when they emerged, Cliff and Nicky let out a loud Indian war-whoop!

“See where we are?” shouted Cliff. “Look—yonder is the hut where I caught Huayca! There is the ledge where he watched our camp. This is the place, Father, where we lost the map and all——”

“Do you see where we are?” shouted Cliff. “Look—over there is the hut where I caught Huayca! There’s the ledge where he observed our camp. This is the spot, Dad, where we lost the map and everything——”

Sure enough! The Inca secret way had brought them out at almost the end of their journey; a few days and they would be in Cuzco, their adventures over!

Sure enough! The Inca secret path had taken them to nearly the end of their journey; in just a few days, they would be in Cuzco, their adventures finished!

That would have been the case if Huayca had not gone for a walk in the secret pass the day after the attack on Pizzara.

That would have been true if Huayca hadn't taken a walk in the secret passage the day after the attack on Pizzara.

253

CHAPTER XXXI
Cliff becomes a prophet

“This is a splendid place to stop until we can bleach out the copper color from our skins,” Mr. Whitley suggested. “We will have to camp somewhere while Bill goes to the nearest settlement and gets something to take out this coloring: we left Cuzco as white people; we do not want to return in red skins.”

“This is a great place to rest until we can get the copper color out of our skin,” Mr. Whitley suggested. “We'll need to set up camp somewhere while Bill heads to the nearest settlement to find something that’ll remove this color: we left Cuzco looking like white people; we don’t want to come back with red skin.”

“That will enable me to study this old ruin—I think it was a fortress,” Mr. Gray added. “And, besides, I will admit that our last climb tired me greatly.”

“That will let me study this old ruin—I think it was a fortress,” Mr. Gray added. “And, honestly, I have to admit that our last climb really wore me out.”

“Why can’t we go where we had our camp before—down below?” Nicky inquired.

“Why can’t we go back to where we set up camp before—down below?” Nicky asked.

“We can guard this place better,” Tom told him. “One man can watch that cleft we came from and we can loosen the osier ladder and draw it up: then no one can surprise us.”

“We can keep a better watch here,” Tom told him. “One person can keep an eye on that opening we came from, and we can pull up the osier ladder: then nobody can catch us off guard.”

“Do you think anybody would try?” Nicky asked.

“Do you think anyone would actually try?” Nicky asked.

254

Cliff spoke up: he had been quite silent and thoughtful for many minutes.

Cliff spoke up; he had been really quiet and deep in thought for a while.

“I vote to go on,” he said.

“I choose to continue,” he said.

Even Mr. Whitley looked at him in surprise.

Even Mr. Whitley looked at him in shock.

“Why?” he asked.

“Why?” he asked.

“I have been thinking about ‘Whackey,’” Cliff replied. “Something has kept reminding me of him ever since we began to make camp here.”

“I’ve been thinking about 'Whackey,'” Cliff said. “Something has been reminding me of him ever since we started camping here.”

“That is natural,” Mr. Whitley explained. “That is because you captured him, strung him up by the heels, up here.”

“That’s just how it is,” Mr. Whitley explained. “That’s because you caught him and hung him upside down, up here.”

“Yes,” Cliff admitted: then he frowned. “But that wouldn’t make me feel as though he might be close to us now, would it?”

“Yes,” Cliff admitted, then he frowned. “But that wouldn’t make me feel like he might be close to us now, would it?”

“Do you feel that way?” asked Bill.

“Do you feel that way?” Bill asked.

Cliff nodded. “I keep thinking what I would do if I were in Whackey’s place,” he said.

Cliff nodded. “I keep wondering what I would do if I were in Whackey’s position,” he said.

“And what do you think you’d do?” Nicky demanded.

“And what do you think you’ll do?” Nicky demanded.

“This,” answered Cliff. “Suppose me to be Huayca. Well, I slipped away and tried an ambush in the white pass and then reported to my ruler, the Inca. Then, a little later, I found out that my ambush had not frightened the white invaders away. Do you see what I am trying to make plain?”

“This,” Cliff replied. “Imagine I’m Huayca. I snuck away and set up an ambush in the white pass, then reported back to my ruler, the Inca. A bit later, I realized that my ambush didn’t scare off the white invaders. Do you understand what I’m trying to explain?”

255

“Yes,” Tom nodded. “When the white invaders escaped from the dungeons and you heard about it, you might go with a party—or even lead it, as Whackey, of course—to destroy them if they were in the secret pass.”

“Yes,” Tom nodded. “When the white invaders escaped from the dungeons and you heard about it, you might join a group—or even lead it, like Whackey, of course—to take them out if they were in the secret pass.”

“How would he know that they were not drowned in the tunnel?” Nicky objected. “How could he believe they were in the secret pass?”

“How would he know that they weren’t drowned in the tunnel?” Nicky protested. “How could he think they were in the secret passage?”

“Easy!” Cliff said. “We—the white invaders were seen in the open part of the aqueduct by a chasqui—remember? Well, that proved they were not drowned in the flooded tunnels. But they were not found in the aqueduct, either, when daylight came.”

“Easy!” Cliff said. “We—the white invaders—were spotted in the open section of the aqueduct by a chasqui—remember? Well, that proved they weren’t drowned in the flooded tunnels. But they also weren’t found in the aqueduct when daylight came.”

“That’s so,” Nicky agreed. “Then what?”

“That’s true,” Nicky said. “So, what’s next?”

“Then—still pretending I am Huayca!—I would think they might have climbed out or someone might have helped—the Spaniard, maybe. The high priest might tell me that Pizzara knew about the secret pass or had heard of it. So I would go there.”

“Then—still pretending I'm Huayca!—I'd think they might have climbed out or someone could have helped—maybe the Spaniard. The high priest might tell me that Pizzara knew about the secret passage or had heard of it. So I’d go there.”

“Well,” said Bill, “that all fits in. Pizzara was caught during the night——”

“Well,” said Bill, “that all makes sense. Pizzara was caught during the night——”

“There!” cried Cliff, eagerly. “That is the point. It was at night! His band was wiped out. Now—if I were Whackey, I think I would go back there in daylight! And——”

“There!” cried Cliff, eagerly. “That’s the point. It was at night! His crew got taken out. Now—if I were Whackey, I think I’d go back there during the day! And——”

256

“I see!” Tom put in. “Even at night the party could see that stuff was strewn all around. And in daytime—it was gone!”

“I see!” Tom added. “Even at night, the party could tell that stuff was scattered everywhere. And during the day—it was all gone!”

“That is just what I mean!” Cliff was eager.

"That's exactly what I mean!" Cliff was enthusiastic.

“By gravy!” Bill broke in, “I didn’t even think about that. Of course the average Peruvian is no detective and might not go as deep as that. But he would wonder what happened to all the stuff!”

“Wow!” Bill interrupted, “I didn’t even think of that. Of course, the average Peruvian isn’t a detective and might not dig that deep. But he would definitely wonder what happened to all the stuff!”

“Huayca was a very intelligent fellow,” Mr. Whitley admitted. “If he did as Cliff said——” He stopped, thinking deeply.

“Huayca was a really smart guy,” Mr. Whitley admitted. “If he did what Cliff said——” He paused, thinking seriously.

“Then he might gather a party and follow us!” Nicky exclaimed.

“Then he could gather a group and come after us!” Nicky shouted.

“Why haven’t they overtaken us sooner, then?” Bill asked. “They can travel faster than we did.”

“Why haven't they caught up with us already?” Bill asked. “They can move faster than we did.”

“Well,” said Cliff, “still being Whackey, I think I would follow all by myself.”

“Well,” Cliff said, “since I'm still being Whackey, I think I’ll go alone.”

“Why?” It was like a chorus of well trained voices—all asked the question at one time.

“Why?” It was like a chorus of well-trained voices—all asking the question at once.

257

“Less chance of being noticed for one thing. For another—and from what I saw of them I think this is how an Inca noble would think—I could let the party get to this ledge and make camp. Then I could wait until dark, slip over and cut away the ladder, wait until the camp was quiet to do it. Then I could pick them off, one by one, with a sling or bow and arrows, in the dawn. If any of the party hid in the ruins I could starve them out.”

“Less chance of being noticed for one thing. For another—and from what I saw of them, I think this is how an Inca noble would think—I could let the group reach this ledge and set up camp. Then I could wait until dark, sneak over and cut away the ladder, and wait until the camp was quiet to do it. After that, I could take them out, one by one, with a sling or a bow and arrows at dawn. If any of the group hid in the ruins, I could starve them out.”

“And that is exactly the way an Indian’s mind—an Inca, not an American Indian—would work,” Mr. Gray nodded at Cliff.

“And that’s exactly how an Indian’s mind—an Inca, not an American Indian—would work,” Mr. Gray nodded at Cliff.

“I prophesy that will happen if we stay here,” Cliff said boldly.

“I predict that will happen if we stay here,” Cliff said confidently.

And in all but one particular he was exactly right!

And in every way except one, he was completely right!

258

CHAPTER XXXII
THE ANDES CLOSE THEIR JAWS

The one thing in which Cliff did not outguess Huayca was in the manner of his planning for the white party’s annihilation.

The one thing Cliff didn't anticipate about Huayca was how he planned for the complete destruction of the white party.

Huayca was not of the hidden Inca tribe. He was a man of Cuzco, but of the higher grade of intelligence. To him had come the Inca noble who had gone with Pizzara to America: that noble had chosen Huayca to serve him and had promised a great reward. By the failure of his ambush he had let the white party get through to Quichaka. And, worse, they had escaped again, as he discovered when he visited the scene of the night raid in the secret pass.

Huayca was not from the hidden Inca tribe. He was a man from Cuzco, but he had a keener mind. The Inca noble who had accompanied Pizarro to America had come to him: that noble had picked Huayca to be his servant and had promised a big reward. Because his ambush had failed, he had allowed the white group to reach Quichaka. And, even worse, they had gotten away again, as he found out when he went to check the site of the night raid in the hidden pass.

259

Huayca, being a native of Cuzco, knew that the Spanish justice was as swift as that of the Incas. Since he must live in Cuzco, far from Inca protection, he must not invoke the penalties which the Spanish law would demand if he destroyed the white party. Even in such a place as the Andes passes the law of the Americans would compel the law of the Spaniards to quest and to find him out, if he turned his hand against white men of that America.

Huayca, a native of Cuzco, understood that Spanish justice was just as quick as that of the Incas. Since he had to live in Cuzco, away from Inca protection, he couldn't call upon the punishments that Spanish law would impose if he harmed the white people. Even in a remote area like the Andes, American laws would force the Spaniards to search for him if he acted against white men in that part of America.

He had a better plan and one so thoroughly diabolic that it seemed as though the Cupay, or evil spirit, of the Incas must have whispered it into his ear.

He had a better plan, one so completely wicked that it felt like the Cupay, or evil spirit, of the Incas must have whispered it in his ear.

An infuriated mob, turning against white men who sought to rob the buried Incas, hidden among the hills, of their treasure—that was the instrument that would strike swiftly and who could seek, find or punish its scattered arms afterward? No one! Having followed the party to the stairway, keeping well hidden, he let them climb. He went to another spot in the secret pass and there, with catlike agility, soared up the side of a steep crag, hanging sometimes almost by a thread of sheer willpower, clinging with nails and bare feet; but he reached the top, slipped along it to another point, there descended to the main, open-traveled pass and so across the osier bridge. While Cliff was discussing his prophetic idea Huayca ran fleetly along the main pass, under the lip of that very ledge, bound for the nearest settlement.

An angry mob turned against the white men trying to steal the buried Incas' treasure hidden in the hills—that was the force that would strike quickly, and who could track down or punish its scattered fighters afterward? No one! After following the group to the stairway while staying hidden, he let them climb. He moved to another spot in the secret path and there, with cat-like agility, climbed up the steep crag, sometimes hanging on by sheer will, clinging with his hands and bare feet; but he reached the top, moved along it to another spot, then descended to the main, well-traveled path and crossed the willow bridge. While Cliff was talking about his prophetic idea, Huayca quickly ran along the main path, under the edge of that very ledge, heading for the nearest settlement.

260

Bill, when Cliff made his prophecy, looked very sober.

Bill, when Cliff made his prediction, looked very serious.

“You may be right,” he told Cliff, “but here’s our situation: We can’t go back to Cuzco as Indians. If we leave this ledge we lose a good position, in the matter of strategic location; no one can attack us from below if we cut loose the ladder and we can guard the cleft much easier than we could watch an open place on the pass. I vote for staying here, at least until I can get some stuff to replace the bleacher we lost when Pizzara took our packs away.”

“You might be right,” he told Cliff, “but here’s the deal: We can’t go back to Cuzco as Indians. If we leave this ledge, we lose a solid position in terms of strategy; no one can attack us from below if we cut the ladder, and we can defend the gap way easier than we could watch an open area on the pass. I say we stay here, at least until I can get some stuff to replace the gear we lost when Pizzara took our packs.”

They talked it over from every angle and finally, although Cliff felt that he was right, they found no other plan as good as Bill’s. Having their strong, light rope, plenty long enough to reach the ground, they promptly cut loose the upper fastenings of the Incas’s osier ladder and put a guard, in two-hour shifts, just within the cleft, with Bill’s small revolver, recovered from Pizzara by Bill after the visit to the scene of the Spaniard’s destruction: a shot would warn the whole camp, day or night.

They discussed it from every angle and ultimately, even though Cliff believed he was right, they couldn't come up with a better plan than Bill's. With their strong, lightweight rope, which was more than long enough to reach the ground, they quickly detached the upper fastenings of the Incas's willow ladder and set up a guard in two-hour shifts just inside the crack, armed with Bill's small revolver, which he had retrieved from Pizzara after visiting the site of the Spaniard's destruction: a shot would alert the whole camp, day or night.

261

They ate a frugal supper for the supplies were running very low and must be made to last at least a day more, until Bill could visit the settlement and come back with more. Then, because it was cold and they did not wish to build a fire to attract attention, they made rude blanket beds within the small stone hut, and, secure in the knowledge that Nicky was wide awake, watchful, in the cleft, they slept with the healthy weariness of their long climb that afternoon.

They had a simple dinner since their supplies were really low and had to last at least another day until Bill could go to the settlement and return with more. Then, because it was cold and they didn't want to start a fire that might attract attention, they made makeshift blanket beds in the small stone hut, and feeling assured that Nicky was awake and keeping watch in the crevice, they fell asleep with the satisfying exhaustion from their long climb that afternoon.

And beyond their camp the mighty Incas were getting ready to snap their jaws and leave the white party, apparently, no way of escape!

And beyond their camp, the powerful Incas were preparing to strike, leaving the white party with apparently no way to escape!

At ten o’clock Nicky left his post long enough to shake Bill awake: it was Bill’s next watch. The mountain prospector woke easily, got up, already alert and rested, and took up his post.

At ten o’clock, Nicky stepped away from his spot just long enough to wake Bill: it was time for Bill to take over his watch. The mountain prospector woke up quickly, got up, already alert and refreshed, and took his place.

And the mountains seemed to sleep.

And the mountains looked like they were sleeping.

Mr. Whitley’s watch, from midnight till two, was equally uneventful. Mr. Gray was spared a watch the first night and so it was Cliff who was called to follow Mr. Whitley.

Mr. Whitley’s watch, from midnight until two, was pretty uneventful. Mr. Gray didn’t have a watch on the first night, so Cliff was the one called to take over from Mr. Whitley.

Huayca, having gone to a small settlement, called the men in council, told them that the white men who had previously gone that way were coming back, disguised as Indians, and thus fired his fuse to ignite Peruvian hatred. He told them that the men had discovered an old burial mound, far in the hills, and had ravaged it, in spite of his protest.

Huayca, after visiting a small settlement, called the men together for a meeting. He warned them that the white men who had previously passed through were returning, disguised as Indians, and this sparked their anger towards the outsiders. He informed them that the men had found an ancient burial mound deep in the hills and had looted it, despite his objections.

262

Then, giving them some hints, he slipped away, leaving a fuse of anger steadily hissing toward a powder-keg of rage and racial hatred.

Then, dropping some hints, he quietly left, leaving a growing anger steadily hissing toward an explosion of rage and racial hatred.

Huayca, feeling quite happy, returned along the pass, over the bridge, up the cliff, along its top, down into the valley spanned by the bridge, and thus again up the stone stairway that Cliff’s party had used the afternoon before: he was back in the narrow outlet by the time that Cliff, consulting his radiumite watch face, decided to call Tom for his shift just after Cliff’s own ended.

Huayca, feeling really happy, made his way back along the path, over the bridge, up the cliff, along its edge, down into the valley covered by the bridge, and then back up the stone staircase that Cliff's group had used the afternoon before: he was in the narrow passage by the time Cliff, checking his radiumite watch, decided to call Tom for his shift just after Cliff’s own shift ended.

It was so still, Cliff thought, that you could almost hear the stars singing as they twinkled with strange brightness in the clear air.

It was so quiet, Cliff thought, that you could almost hear the stars singing as they sparkled with unusual brightness in the clear sky.

Not a sound reached Cliff’s ears, though. The stars did not sing, nor did anything else make any noise. Nature seemed to be resting in the wee hours before dawn, gathering her strength for a new day.

Not a sound reached Cliff’s ears, though. The stars didn’t sing, and nothing else made any noise. Nature seemed to be resting in the early hours before dawn, gathering her strength for a new day.

So Cliff crept as quietly as he could to the hut and shook Tom.

So Cliff sneaked as quietly as he could to the hut and shook Tom.

When his chum was thoroughly awake and stood outside the doorway with him, Cliff spoke.

When his friend was fully awake and stood outside the doorway with him, Cliff spoke.

“Don’t shoot if you see a shadow on the ledge,” he said in a whisper. “I am going over to the edge and look around toward the lower pass for a minute before I roll into my blanket.”

“Don’t shoot if you see a shadow on the ledge,” he whispered. “I’m going to the edge to look around at the lower path for a minute before I roll into my blanket.”

263

“All right,” Tom agreed, and went one way while Cliff went the other.

“All right,” Tom agreed, and went one way while Cliff went the other.

Tom comfortably disposed just inside the open fissure, saw Cliff standing outlined against a star. The cleft was as still as a tomb. Tom gazed up at the stars, looked along the deep, velvety blackness of the fissure, turned to look again toward Cliff.

Tom was comfortably settled just inside the open crack, and he saw Cliff standing outlined against a star. The gap was as still as a tomb. Tom gazed up at the stars, looked along the deep, velvety blackness of the crack, and then turned to look at Cliff again.

Something was happening!

Something's happening!

Cliff seemed to be moving crazily—or was it Cliff and another.

Cliff seemed to be moving wildly—or was it Cliff and someone else?

Tom deserted his post and raced across the turf. Then he shouted, pointed his small revolver aloft, pressed the trigger.

Tom abandoned his post and sprinted across the field. Then he yelled, raised his small handgun above his head, and pulled the trigger.

Crash! And the camp started up. The jaws had shut and the Andes were ready to crunch their prey.

Crash! And the camp came alive. The jaws had closed, and the Andes were set to devour their prey.

264

CHAPTER XXXIII
NO ESCAPE?

While Cliff went to call Tom, Huayca, not too far away up the cleft, slipped closer and when he saw Cliff disappear into the gloomy ruin he whipped across the grass and into hiding at the ruins themselves.

While Cliff went to call Tom, Huayca, not far away up the gap, moved closer and when he saw Cliff disappear into the dark ruins, he darted across the grass and hid right at the ruins.

He was within the guarded zone, therefore, when Tom took up his vigil.

He was inside the protected area, so when Tom started his watch.

But Cliff’s move to the ledge surprised Huayca. Also, it annoyed him: it might disrupt his plans. He counted on a surprise. He desired to remain silent until dawn, while men from the settlement crept up the pass. At dawn his plan was to shout and begin firing arrows into the camp. Then they would rush for the ladder and so plunge down into the arms of the men who would then be waiting in the pass.

But Cliff moving to the ledge surprised Huayca. It also annoyed him because it could mess up his plans. He was counting on a surprise. He wanted to stay quiet until dawn, while men from the settlement snuck up the pass. At dawn, his plan was to shout and start firing arrows into the camp. Then they would rush for the ladder, plunging down into the arms of the men who would be waiting in the pass.

But Cliff, as Huayca could tell when he crept close, flat on his stomach—Cliff was watching something. Perhaps one of the men had a light—down in the pass!

But Cliff, as Huayca could tell when he crawled close, flat on his stomach—Cliff was watching something. Maybe one of the guys had a light—down in the pass!

265

As Cliff turned, alarmed by whatever he saw, Huayca, a panther in quickness and a shadow in the gloom, leaped!

As Cliff turned, startled by whatever he saw, Huayca, quick as a panther and a shadow in the darkness, jumped!

He got a hand over Cliff’s mouth.

He covered Cliff’s mouth with his hand.

Then Tom came running, there was the shot. Huayca tried to fling Cliff away, to escape and hide; but Cliff, too, had determination. He clung to his assailant!

Then Tom came running, and there was the shot. Huayca tried to push Cliff away, to escape and hide; but Cliff, too, was determined. He held on tightly to his attacker!

Then, at the shot, there rose from the pass the angry, ominous roar of many voices.

Then, at the shot, an angry, threatening roar of many voices erupted from the pass.

The Andes growled over their prey!

The Andes roared over their prey!

Everybody was awake on the higher level. They all came running, Tom first. He caught Huayca in a tackle that helped to upset both struggling adversaries; but, striking sideways, he sent them to the turf with Cliff uppermost. Nicky piled on, then, and there was no chance of Huayca rising right away, squirm though he might.

Everybody was awake on the upper level. They all came rushing in, Tom leading the way. He tackled Huayca, which sent both of them crashing to the ground; but with a sideways move, he positioned himself on top of Cliff. Nicky jumped in on top, leaving no chance for Huayca to get up, no matter how much he squirmed.

Bill, when he came pelting, wasted no time: he saw the gleam of bright steel, for Huayca’s knife came from Spain. Bill saw that it was no time for niceness. He kicked Huayca’s wrist and with his screech of a wounded leopard Huayca’s wrist became limp; Bill snatched the weapon from the ground.

Bill came running without wasting any time: he saw the flash of bright steel, because Huayca’s knife was from Spain. Bill knew there was no time for hesitation. He kicked Huayca’s wrist, and with Huayca’s screech like a wounded leopard, his wrist went limp; Bill grabbed the weapon from the ground.

266

Mr. Whitley was there by that time. It took very little longer to trice up Huayca, a snarling, defeated Indian.

Mr. Whitley was there by that time. It took very little longer to secure Huayca, a snarling, defeated Indian.

They peered over the ledge cautiously, but there was nothing to see: the pass was like a deep well, jet black, impenetrable. They dragged Huayca back to the hut, tried to force from him the secret of the pass, but he would not speak. Bill hinted at some methods a little more forceful but both Mr. Gray and Mr. Whitley demurred. Dawn would soon be upon them: they were all wide awake, and, dividing into two groups, one with Bill’s rifle, the other with two revolvers, each led by the older men, they watched at the cleft and near the ledge.

They cautiously looked over the edge, but there was nothing to see: the pass was like a deep, jet-black well, completely dark. They pulled Huayca back to the hut and tried to get him to reveal the secret of the pass, but he wouldn't say a word. Bill suggested some more aggressive tactics, but both Mr. Gray and Mr. Whitley disagreed. Dawn was approaching: they were all wide awake, and splitting into two groups—one with Bill’s rifle and the other with two revolvers, each led by the older men—they kept watch at the cleft and near the edge.

Beneath them those on the ledge could hear mutterings and growls, as of angered animals.

Beneath them, those on the ledge could hear murmurs and growls, like angry animals.

“It sounds as though there were lions down there,” said Nicky.

“It sounds like there are lions down there,” Nicky said.

“What puzzles me about the affair, tonight, is: How could Huayca get past us and go down the pass?” Cliff said. “Or—if those people down there are from Quichaka—how they got past us.”

“What puzzles me about the situation tonight,” Cliff said, “is: How did Huayca manage to get past us and go down the pass? Or—if those people down there are from Quichaka—how did they get by us?”

It was dawn before they discovered the reality.

It was dawn before they realized the truth.

267

Then Bill, looking carefully over, to be greeted with a flung stone which, however, did not reach the ledge, made a statement.

Then Bill, looking closely, was met with a thrown stone that, however, didn't hit the ledge, and he made a statement.

“There are forty men down there,” he said. “They are not from Quichaka. They are men of some settlement: I can tell by their clothes.”

“There are forty men down there,” he said. “They're not from Quichaka. They’re from some settlement: I can tell by their clothes.”

“Then Huayca must have passed us,” Cliff declared. “But how?”

“Then Huayca must have passed us,” Cliff said. “But how?”

“There must be another way around this ledge,” Mr. Whitley said.

“There has to be another way around this ledge,” Mr. Whitley said.

“If we could find it——” Tom did not finish. It would give them a chance to escape, was the thought in his mind. But Bill shook his head.

“If we could find it——” Tom didn't finish. It would give them a chance to escape, was the thought in his mind. But Bill shook his head.

“If they know it they are watching it,” he assured his friends.

“If they know about it, they’re keeping an eye on it,” he assured his friends.

One of the men on the lower road shouted up at them.

One of the guys on the lower road yelled up at them.

“Oho!” Bill said, interpreting. “He says for us to give ourselves up. He calls us robbers. Huayca must have gotten past us and told about the gold.”

“Oho!” Bill said, interpreting. “He says we should turn ourselves in. He’s calling us robbers. Huayca must have gotten past us and told them about the gold.”

“Then let’s give them the gold and go,” suggested Mr. Whitley.

“Then let’s just give them the gold and leave,” suggested Mr. Whitley.

“Giving them the gold won’t help. They are furious. Whackey must have said we robbed some tomb. That’s what I make out of that fellow’s yelling.

“Giving them the gold won’t help. They are furious. Whackey must have said we robbed some tomb. That’s what I understand from that guy’s yelling.

“Then we are trapped,” Mr. Gray said.

“Then we're trapped,” Mr. Gray said.

268

“Looks like it,” Bill admitted. “But they can’t get up from where they are any more than we can get down—all we have to do is double-guard the cleft.”

“Looks like it,” Bill admitted. “But they can’t get up from where they are any more than we can get down—all we have to do is double-guard the gap.”

“Until they starve us out,” said Nicky ruefully.

“Until they starve us out,” Nicky said with a hint of sadness.

It seemed as though that was the intention. If the men on the road could not reach them, hunger would.

It seemed like that was the plan. If the men on the road couldn’t get to them, hunger would.

“Is there no way out?” Mr. Whitley said, at noon. He felt the responsibility he had incurred for the safety of his young charges. But no one gave him any answer.

“Is there no way out?” Mr. Whitley said at noon. He felt the weight of the responsibility he had taken on for the safety of his young charges. But no one answered him.

269

CHAPTER XXXIV
HUAYCA PLAYS DECOY

“This is how the situation shapes up,” Bill said, finally. “We could wait until dark and then attract their attention to the place, around the pass bend, where the ladder was: get them all there, waiting for us to come down, while we sneak down the rope out of their sight on the far side and run for it.

“This is how it stands,” Bill said at last. “We could wait until dark and then draw their attention to the spot, around the bend in the pass, where the ladder was: get them all there, waiting for us to come down, while we quietly slip down the rope out of their view on the other side and make a run for it.

“The objection,” he went on, “is that when they discover that we are running down the pass they can run after us and most likely they can overtake us.”

“The objection,” he continued, “is that when they find out we’re heading down the pass, they can chase after us and probably catch up to us.”

“What we want to do,” Cliff said, “if we can, is to get them somewhere that we can cut them off.”

“What we want to do,” Cliff said, “is to get them somewhere we can block them off.”

“That’s talking!” Bill agreed. “But where?”

“That’s talking!” Bill agreed. “But where?”

“Well, if we could have them come up here while we went down,” Nicky began. Then he shook his head for he saw that his idea was rather impossible.

“Well, if we could get them to come up here while we went down,” Nicky started. Then he shook his head because he realized that his idea was pretty impossible.

270

“The way everything is laid out here,” Cliff declared, “it keeps them from us but it keeps us from getting away. If we could just get them to cross that osier bridge over the gulf, we could cut the strands of the support and that would block them for good.”

“The way everything is set up here,” Cliff said, “stops them from reaching us but also prevents us from escaping. If we could just convince them to cross that willow bridge over the gulf, we could cut the support strands and that would stop them for good.”

The bridge he referred to spanned the chasm from one side of it, where the pass they were above ended, to the other, where another path began.

The bridge he was talking about crossed the gap from one side, where the pass they were above ended, to the other side, where another path started.

That was the way they had gone toward Quichaka. Returning the secret way, they had gone through the bed of the chasm, with the bridge over their heads, to one side.

That was how they had headed toward Quichaka. On their way back, they took the secret route, going through the bottom of the chasm, with the bridge above them on one side.

“If there was some way to get from the gulf up to the pass on the far side——” Tom said. “There must be. That would account for Whackey getting past us to see the men who are yelling at us right now.”

“If there’s a way to get from the gulf to the pass on the other side—” Tom said. “There has to be. That would explain how Whackey got past us to talk to the guys who are shouting at us right now.”

Bill said that there must be such a way and he took his larger revolver and set out, up the cleft, toward the steep steps. If a man had gone from the chasm up to and across the bridge, he would see some signs and find a way, he declared.

Bill said there had to be a way, so he grabbed his bigger revolver and headed up the crack, toward the steep steps. If a guy had gone from the canyon up to the bridge, he would see some signs and find a way, he insisted.

271

The party passed the intervening time throwing stones to keep the lower enemies interested. Had they been able to surprise the antagonists it would have been easy to stone them away, as the Incas had no doubt done in the old days. But the men on the pass were on their guard and had taken refuge close under the lip of the ledge which overhung the pass a trifle. To fling stones accurately the chums would have had to look far over and invite arrows or possibly bullets if any of the men of the mountain settlements carried arms. The stones were flung simply to keep the others close under the ledge until Bill’s reconnoitering trip was finished.

The group spent the time throwing stones to keep the enemies below engaged. If they had managed to catch their opponents off guard, it would have been easy to drive them away, just like the Incas probably did in the past. But the men on the pass were alert and had taken cover right under the edge of the ledge that slightly hung over the pass. To throw stones accurately, the friends would have had to lean out far and risk getting hit by arrows or possibly bullets if any of the mountain folks were armed. The stones were thrown merely to keep the others tucked under the ledge until Bill’s scouting mission was complete.

“Here he comes!” cried Nicky, just before the sun dropped behind the peaks and sent the lower levels into a deep gloom.

“Here he comes!” shouted Nicky, just before the sun set behind the mountains and threw the lower areas into a deep shadow.

“And he has found it,” cried Tom. “I can tell by his face.”

“And he’s found it,” shouted Tom. “I can tell by his expression.”

Bill had, indeed, found the way taken by Huayca previously. He explained the method to them.

Bill had, in fact, discovered the path that Huayca had taken before. He explained the method to them.

“But it doesn’t help us any, as far as I can see,” he said. “If we went that way we would still have those fellows between us and safety.”

“But it doesn’t help us at all, as far as I can see,” he said. “If we went that way, we would still have those guys between us and safety.”

But Cliff took him aside and whispered: then they came back and the entire party discussed a plan Cliff had thought out.

But Cliff pulled him aside and whispered. Then they returned, and the whole group talked about a plan Cliff had come up with.

272

Huayca sullenly refused to obey when Bill shortly ordered him to get moving. Bill, carrying out Cliff’s idea, compelled Huayca, his own knife pricking the back of his neck, to go ahead of his tormenter, along the path through the cleft.

Huayca gloomily refused to budge when Bill abruptly told him to move. Bill, following Cliff’s plan, forced Huayca, with his own knife digging into the back of his neck, to step ahead of his captor along the path through the fissure.

“Keep them interested,” Bill urged. “Light dry brush and throw it down. Do anything you can think of to make them sure you are up here—for half an hour. Then—just keep still until I get back.”

“Keep them interested,” Bill urged. “Light some dry brush and toss it down. Do whatever you can think of to make them sure you’re up here—for half an hour. Then—just stay quiet until I get back.”

He drove the disgruntled and frightened Indian before him, down the steep steps. Bill had a flashlight and was able to prevent the bound arms from doing him any injury: in fact, Huayca had enough to do, keeping ahead of the pricking point of his knife, as he clung to the bracing osiers along the steps, with just enough loose rope between his wrists to enable him to help himself.

He led the unhappy and scared Indian down the steep steps. Bill had a flashlight and was able to avoid getting hurt by the tied-up arms. In fact, Huayca was busy enough trying to stay ahead of the sharp point of his knife, gripping the sturdy willow branches along the steps, with just enough slack in the rope between his wrists to help himself.

It would have been foolhardy to try to make Huayca climb the cliff on the far side of the chasm, as well as to get down the other cliff to the far end of the bridge.

It would have been reckless to try to get Huayca to climb the cliff on the other side of the chasm, as well as to descend the other cliff to the far end of the bridge.

Cliff’s plan was otherwise arranged.

Cliff’s plan was set differently.

Once in the chasm, Bill forced Huayca ahead of him until they had crossed the deep gulf.

Once they were in the chasm, Bill urged Huayca to go ahead of him until they crossed the deep gap.

273

There, in the shelter of a clump of brush almost under the end of the osier bridge he compelled Huayca to sit down: Bill bound him securely in that position. Then he walked a few feet away and gathered some small twigs and a few larger sticks. With those he made ready a fire. Once it was ignited and began to blaze he fired his revolver twice.

There, in the protection of a patch of bushes nearly underneath the end of the willow bridge, he forced Huayca to sit down: Bill tied him up tightly in that position. Then he walked a few feet away and collected some small twigs and a few bigger sticks. With those, he prepared a fire. Once it was lit and started to blaze, he fired his gun twice.

That was the signal. Those on the ledge grew tense. Bill—good old Bill!—had done his part. He was racing back across the chasm toward the steps. In an hour or a little more he would be in their midst. But—in the meanwhile!——

That was the signal. Those on the ledge got tense. Bill—good old Bill!—had done his part. He was racing back across the gap toward the steps. In an hour or a little more, he would be with them. But—in the meantime!——

The men on the pass heard the shots. They began to look around. Where had they come from? They knew what firearms were. But the sound had not come from the ledge above them: indeed, the people on the ledge had been so quiet that it might be that they had gone—if there was any way for them to go. And there was: the mountaineers knew there was a cleft in the walls above that ledge.

The guys on the pass heard the gunshots. They started looking around. Where were those shots coming from? They recognized what guns were. But the sound didn’t come from the ledge above them; in fact, the people on the ledge had been so quiet that it seemed like they had left—if there was any way for them to go. And there was: the climbers knew there was a split in the walls above that ledge.

One of them ran around the bend in the pass and shouted, pointing. They all rushed in his direction.

One of them dashed around the corner in the pass and shouted, pointing. They all hurried in his direction.

Far below, and in the extreme distance of the chasm’s far side, they saw a tiny fire and what might be a man sitting near it.

Far below, in the far distance across the chasm, they saw a small fire and what looked like a man sitting next to it.

274

The ones on the ledge, then, they argued hastily, had used the passage through the cleft and down the old Inca steps.

The ones on the ledge, then, they argued quickly, had taken the route through the gap and down the old Inca steps.

They must be over the chasm, camped there, thinking they were safe because there was no way to get at them. The men who hated them and sought their lives could not climb to the ledge and get to them through the cleft: but there was another way to reach them, camped there in the chasm.

They must be over the gap, camping there, thinking they were safe because there was no way to get to them. The men who hated them and wanted to kill them couldn’t climb to the ledge and reach them through the split: but there was another way to get to them, camping there in the chasm.

Stones! Stones would reach that camp!

Stones! Stones could hit that camp!

The men, shouting like wild things heated by the lust of the kill, snatched up hands full of large stones: several even lugged large boulders.

The men, yelling like crazed animals driven by the thrill of the hunt, grabbed handfuls of big rocks: a few even dragged huge boulders.

It was a bad time for Huayca—or it would have been only that Bill, more kindly than the Indian would have been, had adjusted the bonds so that strenuous effort would loosen them after a while.

It was a tough time for Huayca—or it would have been if Bill, being more compassionate than the Indian would have been, hadn't loosened the bonds so that they would eventually come free with some effort.

Over the bridge of swaying planks raced the exultant mountaineers with their missiles; and Huayca, realizing at last what the queer situation meant to him, redoubled his efforts to loosen his hands so that he could free his bound feet.

Over the bridge of swaying planks, the excited mountaineers raced with their weapons; and Huayca, finally understanding what the strange situation meant for him, redoubled his efforts to loosen his hands so he could free his tied feet.

275

Down the ladder, which they had saved and drawn up when it had been cut free, went Tom, Nicky, Mr. Whitley and Cliff.

Down the ladder, which they had saved and pulled up when it was cut loose, went Tom, Nicky, Mr. Whitley, and Cliff.

Two of the enemy had not reached the bridge; they turned as they saw the youthful trio and man drop down the side of the ledge; but Cliff and Tom, first down, plunged at them so menacingly in the dark that they ran out a ways on the bridge.

Two of the enemies hadn't made it to the bridge; they turned when they saw the young trio and the man drop down from the ledge. But Cliff and Tom, being the first down, charged at them so threateningly in the dark that they ran out a bit onto the bridge.

Mr. Whitley carried an axe, and Tom and Cliff and Nicky all had strong claspknives.

Mr. Whitley carried an axe, and Tom, Cliff, and Nicky all had sturdy clasp knives.

While the men on the bridge wondered, hesitated, those far toward the other side were pelting the campfire in the chasm with their rocks, shouting and yelling so that they did not hear the warnings of their comrades whom Nicky held off with the rifle because Mr. Whitley was swinging the axe with steady, telling strokes.

While the men on the bridge wondered and hesitated, those further along on the other side were hurling rocks at the campfire in the chasm, shouting and yelling so loudly that they couldn’t hear the warnings from their comrades, whom Nicky was keeping back with the rifle because Mr. Whitley was swinging the axe with steady, precise strokes.

Crunch! Smash! Crumble!

Crunch! Smash! Crumble!

One strand of the two great cables supporting the bridge planks was cut.

One strand of the two large cables supporting the bridge planks was cut.

Then the men saw what was happening and turned to rush back across the swaying, teetering, weakening structure.

Then the men saw what was happening and turned to run back across the swaying, unsteady, weakening structure.

276

But Tom and Cliff were hacking away the smaller twists of osier so that soon there was a space several feet wide where there was no support for the planks.

But Tom and Cliff were chopping away the smaller bends of willow, so soon there was a gap several feet wide where the planks had no support.

Crack! Crack! Crunch! Crash!

Crack! Crack! Crunch! Crash!

Mr. Whitley was cutting through the osier on the other half of the swinging bridge. The more deliberate Mr. Gray had by now come down the ladder and he held up a torch for them to see by.

Mr. Whitley was cutting through the willow on the other side of the swinging bridge. The more cautious Mr. Gray had now come down the ladder, and he held up a flashlight for them to see.

The light served to show the men on the bridge how dangerous was their situation. Any minute the second strand might part and the end of the bridge would then go swinging down—down——

The light highlighted just how dangerous the situation was for the men on the bridge. At any moment, the second strand could snap, causing the end of the bridge to swing down—down——

In terror, stumbling over one another, pushing, screaming, they made for the far side of the bridge, which was naturally the nearer to them, for safety.

In panic, tripping over each other, shoving, yelling, they rushed to the far side of the bridge, which was naturally closer to them, for safety.

Mr. Whitley withheld his axe until he was certain that there were no more men on the bridge.

Mr. Whitley held back his axe until he was sure there were no more guys on the bridge.

Crash! Two or three more blows and the bridge, weakened and strained, parted and went crashing down.

Crash! With two or three more hits, the bridge, weakened and strained, broke apart and came crashing down.

277

Between them and their enemies yawned a bridgeless chasm. Long before the men could get up one cliff, over and down, across the valley where they found the terrified Huayca hiding, up the steep stone stairway and onto the ledge, Cliff, Nicky, Tom, Mr. Whitley, Mr. Gray, and Bill—who had come back safely, were on their way toward Cuzco.

Between them and their enemies was a deep chasm with no bridge. Long before the men could climb up one cliff, get across, and make it down into the valley where they found the scared Huayca hiding, Cliff, Nicky, Tom, Mr. Whitley, Mr. Gray, and Bill—who had returned safely—were on their way to Cuzco.

And this time their adventures were truly over and they had plenty of time to disguise their golden burdens, to bleach off their dye where it would show, and to return to civilization, satisfied for the time being that the Mystery Boys had saved a white man from eternal captivity and, in the bargain, brought out a nice collection of golden treasure!

And this time their adventures were really over, and they had plenty of time to hide their golden treasures, to wash off the dye where it would be visible, and to return to civilization, feeling satisfied for now that the Mystery Boys had saved a white man from eternal captivity and, in the process, brought back a nice stash of gold!

278

CHAPTER XXXV
Crossed arms

“Amadale is going to be tamer for us, than a sick rabbit,” volunteered Nicky. He and Tom and Cliff were once more in the couch swing on Aunt Lucy’s porch.

“Amadale is going to be easier for us than a sick rabbit,” Nicky volunteered. He, Tom, and Cliff were once again in the couch swing on Aunt Lucy’s porch.

But this time no mysterious Spaniard, no queer Indian faced them. Instead, a tall, lanky, lean-jawed man with a likeable grin squatted on the floor, idly whittling to a satiny finish a long piece of wood. Had the chums looked through the living room window they could have seen Mr. Gray, Cliff’s father, entirely restored to health, showing his collection of Inca treasures to three scholars. Mr. Whitley, tilted back comfortably in a chair, its back against the porch rail, smiled at Nicky.

But this time, there was no mysterious Spaniard or strange Indian to confront them. Instead, a tall, lanky man with a nice grin sat on the floor, casually whittling a long piece of wood to a smooth finish. If the friends had looked through the living room window, they would have seen Mr. Gray, Cliff's father, fully healthy, sharing his collection of Inca treasures with three scholars. Mr. Whitley, comfortably leaning back in a chair against the porch rail, smiled at Nicky.

“First class in History—and ancient history at that!—begins tomorrow,” he chuckled. “Thomas, please tell me what Inca is the most famous.”

“First class in History—and ancient history at that!—starts tomorrow,” he laughed. “Thomas, please tell me which Inca is the most famous.”

279

“Whackey!” grinned Tom. “He gave America back its citizens.”

“Awesome!” grinned Tom. “He gave America back its citizens.”

“And now, Nicholas, what was the empire of the Incas most famed for?”

“And now, Nicholas, what was the Inca Empire most famous for?”

“Adventure!” promptly replied Nicky.

“Adventure!” Nicky replied enthusiastically.

“Cliff,” continued the instructor, carrying on his joke, “You next. What fact will you remember most about the Incas?”

“Cliff,” the instructor continued, keeping the joke alive, “You’re up next. What fact will stick with you the most about the Incas?”

“My father’s rescue,” said Cliff seriously.

"My dad's rescue," Cliff said earnestly.

That rather ended the joke for they all became sober as they recalled how much danger they had faced to save him.

That pretty much ended the joke, as they all became serious when they remembered how much danger they had faced to save him.

“I told you we’d come out all right if we all thought we could!” Nicky said.

“I told you we’d be fine if we all believed we could!” Nicky said.

“We came out better than all right!” declared Tom, fondling the bright tan colored and brand new bank pass book in which his share of the treasure showed as a sizeable deposit.

“We came out better than okay!” declared Tom, holding the shiny tan-colored and brand new bank pass book that showed his share of the treasure as a substantial deposit.

The treasure they had managed to get to Cuzco had been so cleverly packed in among their old dunnage that the sleepy officials who had no idea that these men had been among fabulous treasures did not even bother to examine their old packs, and so, although there would have been a large part of the beautifully wrought objects claimed by the Peruvian government, none was noted and they got it all through. In America, because of its value as art objects and because they did not intend to dispose of any of it for profit, there was no duty charged.

The treasure they managed to bring to Cuzco was packed so cleverly among their old gear that the sleepy officials, who had no clue that these men were carrying fabulous treasures, didn't even bother to check their old packs. As a result, even though a lot of beautifully crafted items would have been claimed by the Peruvian government, none were noticed, and they got it all through. In America, because of its value as art and since they didn’t plan to sell any of it for profit, no duties were charged.

280

Their share of the revenue came from the purse of Cliff’s father. While he did not buy the gold directly from them, to each he gave a substantial sum for deposit. Mr. Whitley had been reimbursed for his expenditures and had refused to take a cent more. Bill, though, had accepted a good amount with which to buy the ranch for which he yearned. For Mr. Gray, scholar and writer of many books, found on his return to America that his volumes already written had brought in a steady royalty and for a series of articles on the life and customs of the Incas he received a large cash payment.

Their share of the revenue came from Cliff’s father's finances. While he didn't buy the gold directly from them, he gave each of them a significant amount for a deposit. Mr. Whitley had been paid back for his expenses and had refused to take a penny more. Bill, however, accepted a good sum to buy the ranch he longed for. As for Mr. Gray, a scholar and author of many books, he discovered upon his return to America that his already published volumes had generated a steady royalty, and he received a large cash payment for a series of articles about the life and customs of the Incas.

They had agreed not to disclose to the world the actual adventures they had experienced: also, each was bound by the most solemn oath of the Mystery Boys not to divulge the fact that the Incas still lived in their valley.

They had agreed not to share with anyone the real adventures they had gone through: also, each person was bound by the most serious commitment of the Mystery Boys not to reveal that the Incas still lived in their valley.

281

To do so, Mr. Gray urged, would send a host of adventurers—or worse—to invade the hills and to rob and harm the Incas. Instead they let it be understood that the scholar had been on an expedition, had found some valuable old things in the hills and had secured them for the gift which he made of them to a National museum.

To do that, Mr. Gray insisted, would attract a bunch of adventurers—or worse—to invade the hills and rob and hurt the Incas. Instead, they made it clear that the scholar had been on an expedition, discovered some valuable artifacts in the hills, and had secured them as a donation to a national museum.

Bill was visiting the four comrades who, with Cliff’s father, had endeared themselves to him. Soon he would go further West to pick out a good ranch location.

Bill was visiting the four friends who, along with Cliff’s dad, had become close to him. Soon, he would head further west to find a good place for a ranch.

“I wonder if Bill will find it as much excitement chasing steers and branding them as he found it rescuing my father?” Cliff said.

“I wonder if Bill will find chasing steers and branding them as exciting as he did rescuing my dad?” Cliff said.

“Nope!” answered Bill. “But don’t forget—I’m one of the Mystery Boys still. One of these days I expect there will be a letter coming by airmail to my ranch—‘Dear Bill, come a-riding! We’re going to try to find Tom’s sister and discover what that cipher is that Nicky’s got.’”

“Nope!” replied Bill. “But don’t forget—I’m still one of the Mystery Boys. One of these days, I expect there will be a letter arriving by airmail at my ranch—‘Dear Bill, come on over! We’re going to try to find Tom’s sister and figure out what that code is that Nicky has.’”

“Why must we wait?” urged Nicky. “We’re all here now!”

“Why do we have to wait?” Nicky insisted. “We’re all here now!”

“There is school!” reminded Mr. Whitley.

“There is school!” Mr. Whitley reminded them.

“Yes,” agreed Nicky. “But it will be tame after the Incas.”

“Yes,” Nicky agreed. “But it will feel tame after the Incas.”

“But we can do one thing,” Tom broke in. “We can decide how to go about finding out what’s in Nicky’s cipher, can’t we?”

“But we can do one thing,” Tom interrupted. “We can figure out how to decode Nicky’s cipher, right?”

282

“I think it will be wiser to wait until our heads are free from lessons,” smiled Mr. Whitley. “I, for one, cannot go on any further quest for treasure until I have fulfilled my contract with the Amadale Academy.”

“I think it’s smarter to wait until we’ve cleared our minds from lessons,” Mr. Whitley smiled. “I, for one, can’t continue any treasure hunting until I’ve completed my contract with the Amadale Academy.”

“Well,” said Nicky, the irrepressible, glancing at his friends as, out of the corner of his eye he saw Aunt Lucy within the living room, approaching the window with a big plateful of cakes and a pitcher of lemonade. “Well, I know one thing we can decide on, right now.”

“Well,” said Nicky, the unstoppable one, glancing at his friends as he caught sight of Aunt Lucy in the living room, moving toward the window with a big plate of cakes and a pitcher of lemonade. “Well, I know one thing we can agree on, right now.”

“What?” they all asked him.

“What?” they all asked.

Nicky grinned. Gently he began stroking his left ear with the middle finger of that hand. It was the call for a council.

Nicky smiled. He started to lightly stroke his left ear with the middle finger of that hand. It was the signal for a meeting.

Promptly, and somewhat curiously, Tom, Cliff, Bill and Mr. Whitley sat with folded arms—the sign that they were in readiness.

Quickly, and with some curiosity, Tom, Cliff, Bill, and Mr. Whitley sat with their arms crossed—the sign that they were ready.

The Mystery Boys were again in council.

The Mystery Boys were once again in a meeting.

“You’ll promise on the oath, ‘Seeing All, I see nothing: Knowing All, I know nothing: Telling All, I tell nothing’——?”

"You’ll swear on the oath, 'Seeing everything, I see nothing: Knowing everything, I know nothing: Telling everything, I tell nothing'——?”

“Certainly we’ll promise!” said Tom impatiently. “What is it, Nicky?”

“Of course we promise!” Tom said, feeling impatient. “What is it, Nicky?”

“I know!” cried Cliff, as Aunt Lucy stood, smiling, at the window, “We’ve got to decide a great question!”

“I know!” Cliff shouted, as Aunt Lucy stood, smiling, at the window, “We need to figure out something really important!”

“What?” asked Bill.

“What?” Bill asked.

283

Grinning from ear to ear Nicky pointed to his watch, then jammed a finger toward his open mouth—and grabbed a cookie!

Grinning from ear to ear, Nicky pointed at his watch, then shoved a finger toward his open mouth—and grabbed a cookie!

“When do we eat?” he shouted.

“When are we eating?” he shouted.

They all laughed and each elevated his right hand to rub his stomach.

They all laughed and each raised his right hand to pat his stomach.

“Now!” they replied.

"Now!" they responded.

And the council of the Mystery Boys was dissolved!

And the Mystery Boys' council was disbanded!

THE END

THE END

Transcriber’s Notes

  • Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public domain in the country of publication.
  • Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and dialect unchanged.
  • In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.)

Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!